a7 plus - a9 series 2007 rev. 9

A f t e r S a l e s S e r v i c e - P l a n t V i a B i c o c c a 1 4 / c 4 0 0 2 6 I m o l a ( B O )

I t a l y - T e l . + + 3 9 0 5 4 2 6 5 3 4 4 1 - F a x + + 3 9 0 5 4 2 6 5 3 5 9 6

E - m a i l : s e r v i c e . c e f l a d e n t a l e @ c e f l a . i t

T e c h n i c a l m a n u a l

Series 2007

A f t e r S a l e s S e r v i c e - P l a n t V i a B i c o c c a 1 4 / c 4 0 0 2 6 I m o l a ( B O )

I t a l y - T e l . + + 3 9 0 5 4 2 6 5 3 4 4 1 - F a x + + 3 9 0 5 4 2 6 5 3 5 9 6

E - m a i l : s e r v i c e . c e f l a d e n t a l e @ c e f l a . i t

T e c h n i c a l m a n u a lC o d . 9 7 0 7 1 0 9 0 r e v . 9

A7 PLUS - A9Series 2007

1General contents

A. Preinstallation

B. Installation

C. Instruments board and display symbols

D. Service menu

E. Restoring factory settings

F. How to quit shutdown/fault conditions

G. List of Can Bus signals

HI. Control path

JK. List of fault

L. Boards layout

M. Replacing spare parts

NO. Venus Plus operating light

PQ. Hygien System

R. Special tools

S. Electric diagrams

TECHNICAL MANUAL - Classe A7 Plus/A9 (Series 2007)


1Preinstallation

CONTENTS

1 - FOREWORD ......................................................................................................................................................... 2 1.1 - SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS .......................................................................................................................... 22 - GENERAL .............................................................................................................................................................. 23 - PRE-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS .......................................................................................................... 2 3.1 - LOCATION OF DENTAL UNIT ................................................................................................................. 2 3.2 - ELECTRICAL HOOK-UP ........................................................................................................................... 3 3.3 - AIR AND WATER CONNECTIONS (DRAINAGE, SUCTION) ............................................................ 34 - SHIPMENT ............................................................................................................................................................ 4 4.1 - SHIPMENT AND STORAGE ...................................................................................................................... 4 4.2 - DAMAGE DURING SHIPMENT ............................................................................................................... 45 - PACKAGING OF THE UNIT .............................................................................................................................. 56 - CONNECTIONS ................................................................................................................................................... 6


2 Preinstallation

1 - FOREWORD

These instructions are intended for all the personnel who service and/or repair the Cefl a Dental Group equipments. All the specifi c information required is provided.

1.1 - SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

All the safety instructions that help prevent any hazardous situations and operate the equipment in a trouble-free manner are given in the user’s manual as explained below:

WARNING: This alert symbol indicates that the users and/or the patients run high risks and can be seriously injured if the equipment or certain devices are used incorrectly or improperly, or the recommended safety precautions are not taken to avoid hazardous situations.

CAUTION: Indicates that the operator is to take all the required precautions in order for all devices and/or equipment to be used safely and effi ciently.

When the equipment is received, check the packing container for any damage suffered. If evident damage is found, immediately call the shipping agents and fi le a claim for damage. Carefully inspect the equipment for any missing or damaged parts. For any complaints, immediately contact Cefl a Dental Group.

2 - GENERAL

Cefl a Dental Group shall be responsible for the reliability and effi ciency of the equipment as well as the safety of the operating personnel provided that:- the installation, modifi cations, settings or repairs are made by authorised persons using Cefl a Dental Group original

spare parts;- the electrical wiring in the surgery complies with IEC 60364-7-710:2002 engineering regulations;- the equipment is used as outlined in User’s Manual, No. 97050103.

The equipment carries a IMQ type-approval mark in compliance with the EN 60601-01 standards (Class I, type B) and conforms with the Directive, 93/42/EC (Class 2, A).

WARNING: Maintenance work on the suction/drainage system must be carried out using gloves, face mask and eye goggles to prevent contact with infected material.

3 - PRE-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

3.1 - LOCATION OF DENTAL UNIT

Before installing the dental unit and chair, prepare the surgery considering the overall dimensions (see plan no. 97042042).In addition, make all the required internal and external electrical and water connections to the fl oor box. To do this, refer to the 1:1 scale plan no. 97042042.


3Preinstallation

3.2 - ELECTRICAL HOOK-UP

The system must have an effective earth ground that conforms to local regulations. In particular, in Italy, this is to be done in compliance with the IEC 60364-7-710:2002 specifi cation which states that a ground fault circuit interrupter is to be installed before the electrical wiring:If the voltage is = 230V - 50HZ

- rated current: 10 A (BEND D).- breaking capacity: 0.03 A.

If the voltage is = 100/115V - 60HZ- rated current: 16 A (BEND D).- breaking capacity: 0.03 A.

Power supplyNormally, the equipment is supplied for 230 V, 50 Hz. Different power supplies (e.g. 115V - 60Hz) are available on request.Supply: 3x1.5 type H05 RRFAuxiliary control: 2x0.5 type H05 RRFSuction system control: 3x1 type H05 RRF

3.3 - AIR AND WATER CONNECTIONS (DRAINAGE, SUCTION)

Install a cock to shut off the water and air supply to the dental unit.

Air supply- pressure: 6-8 Bar;- fl ow rate: 82 litres/minute (approx.);- free of impurities;- dry;- free of oil;- if needed, install a heavy duty fi lter (40-50 micron) before the air supply;- connection at fl oor level: 1/2 Gas female fi tting;- before installing, bleed the air line.

Water supply- pressure: 3-5 Bar

(if the pressure exceeds 5 bar, install a pressure reducer at the inlet of the dental unit)- fl ow rate: 10 litres/minute (approx);- free of impurities;- water hardness no greater than 60 mg/l

(if exceeded, it is advisable to install a water softener);- connection at fl oor level: 1/2 Gas female fi tting;- before installing, drain the water line.

With no D turn differential switch it is suggested to installon unit the electricity limiter cod. 91109067.


4 Preinstallation

Drain - minimum outfl ow rate: 10 litres/minute;- inside pipe diameter: 40mm, outlet at fl oor level;- min. inclination: 1cm/m.

Suction system- capacity no less than 450 litres/minute;- inside diameter of duct: 40 mm, outlet at fl oor level. CAUTION: A good suction system should have 45° and not 90° bends.

4 - SHIPMENT

4.1 - SHIPMENT AND STORAGE

CARTONPALLET-type packages are used. The shipment and storage instructions are printed on the outside:

Keep as indicated by the arrow

Protect against shocks

Protect against humidity

Do not use hooks

The required storage conditions are indicated: - temperature from –10° to +70°C - relative humidity from 10 to 90% - atmospheric pressure from 500 to 1060 hPa

4.2 - DAMAGE DURING SHIPMENT

If the packages are found to be damaged on delivery, accept them with reserve by signing the delivery note and indicating that the “CONTENTS ARE ACCEPTED BUT THEY NEED TO BE CHECKED”.If the contents are actually damaged, notify the shipping agent and claim for damages within 5 work days. The claim is to be made by the person who commissioned the shipping agent, i.e.:- if the goods are delivered “carriage forward”, the receiver shall notify the shipping agent;- if the goods are shipped “carriage free” or “free delivered”, the consigner shall notify the shipping agent and fi le a

claim for damages. In this case, Cefl a Dental Group shall be informed as soon as possible.The damaged parts returned to Cefl a Dental Group for replacement shall be placed inside the damaged package.Return to Cefl a Dental Group shall be “carriage free” (at the expense of the consigner), while shipment back to the customer shall be at the expense of Cefl a Dental Group (carriage free).


5Preinstallation

5 - PACKAGING OF THE UNIT

Package Procedure Notes

Box 1 Remove the metal staples fastening the carton to the wooden base and lift up. Release the chair from the wooden base, taking out the two screws which hold it in place and lift it up holding it under the seat casting line.Important! Don’t lift the chair from its white plastic parts.

Do not move the chair grasping its backrest, since it could break.Take out all the items contained in it and move them over to the area where the chair will be assembled.

Box 2 Remove the metal staples fastening the carton to the wooden base and lift up.

The dental unit is fastened to the wooden base by a bracket and a pin: do not take out the dental unit until you are ready to fasten it to the chair.Take all the other items over to the area where the dental unit will be assembled.


6 Preinstallation

6 - CONNECTIONS

A - WATER OUTFLOW: Ø 40 (internal).

B - CENTRAL UNIT ASPIRATOR OR DISCHARGING AIR FROM BUILT-IN ASPIRATOR: Ø 40 (interno).

C - AIR: copper or nylon (rilsan) tube Ø 14, outlet Ø 1/2” Gas female tube on the fl oor level.

D - WATER INFLOW: outlet Ø 1/2” Gas female tube on the fl oor level.

E - 230Vac - 50Hz POWER SUPPLY: 3x1,5 mm² (with cable H05 RRF). BILL LEAD: 2x0,5 mm². CONTROL LEAD FOR SUCTION MASCHINE: 3x1 mm².

F - DENTAL CHAIR MOUNTING HOLES: drill hole Ø 10 deep ≥ 50 mm for expander anchors.

M - MULTIMEDIA CONNECTIONS (refer to 97042042 installation diagram): 50 mm iØ fl exible conduit.

K - VENUS PLUS TML CEILING MOUNTED LAMP (see specifi c installation plan code 97042054).

K1 - VENUS PLUS CL CEILING-MOUNTED LAMP CENTER FOR INSTALLATION IN RIGHT-HANDED DENTAL UNITS (see specifi c installation plan code 97042067).

Chair backrest axis

Usable space for connections

Container base for connections

Seat

Guard


7Preinstallation

EXAMPLE OF INSTALLATION

1Installation


CONTENTS

1 - HANDLING AND SHIPMENT OF THE DENTAL CHAIR ........................................................................... 2 1.1 - General procedure ......................................................................................................................................... 2 1.2 - Instructions for use ........................................................................................................................................ 2 1.3 - Set-up of the levers (ANTHOS A2.0 dental chairs) .................................................................................... 22 - PLACING THE DENTAL CHAIR ...................................................................................................................... 33 - REMOVING THE DENTAL CHAIR CARTERS ............................................................................................. 34 - ARRANGING THE DENTAL UNIT INSTALLATION ................................................................................... 45 - INSTALLING THE DENTAL UNIT ................................................................................................................... 56 - ATTACHING THE TUBES TO THE DENTAL CHAIR .................................................................................. 67 - INSTALLING THE FLOOR BOX ...................................................................................................................... 78 - CONNECTING THE HYDROPNEUMATIC AND ELECTRIC SYSTEM .................................................. 8 8.1 - Hydropneumatic connections ....................................................................................................................... 8 8.2 - Electrical connections .................................................................................................................................. 12 8.3 - Suction electrical connection ...................................................................................................................... 149 - DENTAL CHAIR LEVELLING ........................................................................................................................ 1510 - ARMS LEVELLING AND FRICTION SETTING ....................................................................................... 1611 - FIXING THE FOOT CONTROL .................................................................................................................... 1712 - INSTALLING THE DENTAL CHAIR CARTERS ........................................................................................ 1713 - INSTALLING THE SECURITY PLATE AND THE TWO COVERS PLACED AT THE BASE OF THE DENTAL CHAIR ............................................................................................................................... 1814 - ADJUSTING THE DENTIST’S INSTRUMENT BOARD ........................................................................... 1915 - TRAY-HOLDING TABLE ONLY CONTINENTAL VERSION ................................................................. 1916 - INSTALLING THE WATER SUPPLIERS TO THE CUP ............................................................................ 2017 - INSTALLING THE SUCTION TUBES .......................................................................................................... 2018 - OPERATING LAMP ........................................................................................................................................ 2019 - TRAY-HOLDING TABLE ON ASSISTANT’S BOARD ............................................................................... 2120 – PNEUMATIC HEADREST INSTALLATION .............................................................................................. 2121 - ADJUSTING THE OSCILLATING ARM SPRING ...................................................................................... 2222 - CHECK DURING THE ASSEMBLING AND/OR PERIODICAL ATTENSIONS ................................... 2324 - INSTALLING THE COVER OF THE FLOOR BOX ................................................................................... 2423 - PADDING THE SEAT OF THE DENTAL CHAIR ...................................................................................... 2425 - RAISING THE DENTAL CHAIR ................................................................................................................... 25

99918926

99918932

99918929


2 Installation

1 - HANDLING AND SHIPMENT OF THE DENTAL CHAIR

1.1 - General procedure

IMPORTANT INFORMATION AND RULES WHICH MUST BE READ ALONG WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE.

An ID code and warning symbol are stamped on each rod (see instructions manual).The rods have been treated with rust-preventative and must only be used to lift and handle the dental chairs indicated in the instructions manual. The rods must not be used for any other purpose than that specifi ed in the instructions.The rods must be kept in a suitable sheltered place to prevent the material from rusting or deteriorating.The rods must be used together to avoid placing too great a load on only two of them causing them to bend or be damaged.

1.2 - Instructions for use

- do not change the set-up of the dental chair (it should remain as it was in its packing) or apply any other weight.- when the chair is being handled make sure the load remains perfectly level to prevent all the weight from bearing down

on two levers and just one operator. - each time the rods are used make sure that the tooth of the rod is correctly inserted in the rectangular slot provided (see attached illustrations).- periodically check the condition of the rods.- these rods can only be used for handling ANTHOS A2.0 dental chairs.- the overall weight of the dental chair is 110 Kg whereas the dental unit weighs 70 Kg.

1.3 - Set-up of the levers (ANTHOS A2.0 dental chairs)

Fig. 1

BC

A

KSC

M1

K2K1

KS

3Installation


2 - PLACING THE DENTAL CHAIR

When positioning the dental chair, take hold of the metal parts near the electrical and air connections and place it as required. WARNING. the plastic parts are not strong enough to be used as hand-holds when moving the chair.

3 - REMOVING THE DENTAL CHAIR CARTERS

Completely raise the dental chair feeding it directly. Connect connector KS (seat motor power supply) to connector K2 until the dental chair reaches the desired height.

Backrest motorPower supplyUpwardDownward

Seat motor

Remove the carters B (fi xed by pression), C (fi xed by 4 screws), A (fi xed by 4 screws).

Fig. 2

Fig. 3

Dental chair main board (code 97660578)

KSC

M1

K2K1

KS


4 Installation

4 - ARRANGING THE DENTAL UNIT INSTALLATION

Let completely down the dental chair (mechanical end of stroke) by using the power cable and plugging connector KS (seat motor power supply) into connector K1 until it reaches the desired level.


Seat motor


Fig. 4

5Installation


5 - INSTALLING THE DENTAL UNIT

- Unpack the dental unit- Remove the screw below the instrument table.- Remove completely the vertical metallic holder by unscrwung the two fi tting screws in his below part.- By keeping the unit balanced, remove the two screws which fi x the dental unit support to the metal bracket on the wood pallet.- Now two people are required to hold the unit and fi x it to the dental chair. One should hold the arm of the instrument table, and the other should hold in the points indicated in the picture 5.

In order to make the operation easier, use the two guide pins on the dental chair as well as the pin located underneath the hydro-group. The latter, together with a wooden shim, is used to bring the hydrogroup level with the dental chair and ensure the fl oor is not damaged in any way.Four hex. socket head screws (TCEI M8x80) are used to fasten the dental unit to the chair. It is important to grease the screws before using them.Cover the 4 screws with the appropriate carter.

Fig. 5

Metal frame:Lift here

Wooden shim

Lift here Guide pins

CAUTION.When lifting the dental unit never grasp the assistant’s board’s arm.

KSC

M1

K2K1

KS

a

b


6 Installation

6 - ATTACHING THE TUBES TO THE DENTAL CHAIR

Raise completely the dental chair by using the power cable and plugging connector KS (seat motor power supply) into connector K2 until it reaches the desired level.


Seat motor


Fig. 6

Fig. 7/a

Fig. 7/b

Fig. 7/c

- Place the pipes/cabels group (a) along the pantograph of the chair.- Push the pipes maximum back, to have a large tubes bending (Fig. 7/b).- Fix the pipes group with the clamps 97556900 (b) as indicated in the pictures 7/c. The clamps (b) will be hidden by the chair plastic cover.

7Installation


7 - INSTALLING THE FLOOR BOX

The clamping screws are already mounted in the base of the dental chair: they must be turned out before inserting the fl oor box.

Fig. 8

Screws

W.H.E.


8 Installation

8 - CONNECTING THE HYDROPNEUMATIC AND ELECTRIC SYSTEM

8.1 - Hydropneumatic connections

Remove the caps fi tted into the water drainpipe and the air suction hose to prevent the remaining water from gushing out. Connect the water pipes and the air hoses as illustrated in fi g. 9/a/b/c/d/e/f/g. In order to avoid errors, each fi tting comes with a piece of the corresponding pipe/hose. Remove it before connecting the water/air lines. To connect the drain and suction system, use the fi ttings and the seal supplied with the dental unit. CAUTION. Drain and bleed the air and water lines before connecting them.After the hydro-pneumatic connections, check the air and water pressure with the special pressure gauge code 91104498 (See “SPECIAL TOOLS”).

Fig. 9/a

Green pipe Ø 3x5SHS tank outlet

(SHS with WHE/Bioster)

(A) White pipe Ø 6x4marked in black/WW - Water for instruments (Without WHE/Bioster/

SHS)

White pipe Ø 6x4 (without W.H.E).white pipe Ø 6x4 marked in black/WW

(with W.H.E).

Connection (Ø 1/8”) for che-cking air pressure (use pressure

gauge cod. 91104498)

Blue pipe Ø 3x5(Air W.H.E.)

Blue pipe Ø 3x5(Air 3 Bar)

Air inlet(Blue pipe Ø 6x8)

Transparent pipe Ø 3x5(Condensate drain)

Water inlet(Green pipe Ø 6x8)

Connection (Ø1/8”)for checking water pressure (use pressure gau-

ge cod. 91104498)

(A) White pipe Ø 6x4marked in black/WW

(with W.H.E/Bioster).

White pipe Ø 6x4(Water quick-connect cou-

pler)(A) White pipe Ø 6x4marked in black/WW -

Water for instruments (Without WHE/Bioster; with SHS)

Blue tube Ø 6x8 (Air 6 Bar - hydrogroup)

White tube Ø 6x4 (air quick-connect coupler)

(Until: 06/2008)

Clear hose Ø 3x1.7 (Pneumatic headrest air)

WHE + SHS

WHE

9Installation


(From: 07/2008)

Water inlet (Green tube Ø 6x8)

Green tube Ø 6x4 (To dental unit)

Air inlet (Blue tube Ø 6x8)

Blue tube Ø 6x8 (Air outlet 6 Bar)


Clear tube Ø 3x5 (H2O2 tank)

Fig. 9/b

White tube Ø 6x4 with black marking

(Bowl water)Clear tube Ø 3x5 (Con-

densate drain)






Fig. 9/c



densate drain)

Green tube Ø 3x5 (SANASPRAY

tank)




WHE + BIOSTER

WHE + SANASPRAY + BIOSTER


10 Installation







Fig. 9/e



densate drain)






Fig. 9/d



densate drain)

Green tube Ø 3x5 (SANASPRAY tank)


BIOSTER

SANASPRAY + BIOSTER

11Installation







Fig. 9/f



densate drain)

Green tube Ø 3x5(SANASPRAY tank)







Fig. 9/g



densate drain)


M1

KCB1KCB2

K6

KP

KCB2 -

J6


12 Installation

8.2 - Electrical connections

Connection for dental chairConnect the main power supply on K1 and the CAN-BUS cable on KCB2 (connection board code 97660576 - see fi g. 10).Connections for dental unitConnect the electrical cables coming from the hydrogroup as indicated in fi g. 10 (connection board code 97660576). WARNING: before the connection of the main supply (230 Vac), check the main switch of the dental surgery is OFF.Connect the main supply on M2 (boad 97660576): LINE on “L” - NEUTRAL on “N”.Check the power supply voltage in the dental unit (connector M2), which must be 230 (+/-10%)Vac:- If the voltage is too low, move the bridge on 0V (connector KSA), in to position –10.- If the voltage is too high, move the bridge on 0V (connector KSA), in to position +10.Connect the foot control by plugging in the connector KPE.

Dental chair main board - Code 97660578

Dental chair main supply inlet connection -230Vac (K1 -Connection board

code 97660576)

K6 (Used only for the pneumatic headrest’s keyboard)

Fig. 10

K1 Main supply

output for dental chair (M1 - Den-

tal chair board code 97660578)

M2Dental unit power

supply connec-tion - 230Vac

M4Main switch connection - KCB1

(Hydrogroup board code 97660583)

Connection board - Code 97660576

KAL1 - (Hydrogroup board code 97660583)

- Dental unit foot control

KMU-(Monitor supplier board code 97660616) - closed J5 of card code 97660576)

KCB2 -

1 - 2:Connection for the lamp (fi xed on the unit)

7 -8:Connection for the bell

9 - 10: Connec-tion for centralized

suction (ASP C)KTL: Connection relè

for single suction (RELE’ ASP.)

J6 normally closed. J6 open:

- with single dental chair - with dental unit without assistant’s board

F.I.

M6

M7

13Installation


Image freeze cable connection: camera mounted on monitor; Workstation; external PC.

(Dental chair)

Image freeze cable (white wire; brown wire; green wire)

(Monitor / Workstation power supply code 97660616)

Fig. 11

M7: image freeze connection for camera mounted on monitor

M6: image freeze connection for Work-

station or external PC (with or without image capturing card

V-USB2 cod. 76610101).

Code 97660576

Code 97660576

KTL

910M1

RL2


14 Installation

8.3 - Suction electrical connection

Optional

LINE - 230 Vac

SINGLE SUCTION

CENTRALIZED SUCTION

230 Vac - TO SUCTION MOTOR

TO SUCTION CONTROL PANEL (SINGLE CONTACT)

Differential safety switch

RL2: the relay can support a maximum current of 2A.

Fa

b

A

BC

15Installation


9 - DENTAL CHAIR LEVELLING

Mount a level on the dental unit’s arms (see the drawing 12) and work on the controlling foots of the dental chair. CAUTION. To keep these foots grappled, use the hexagonal key (a) but also the special instrument (b) present in the kit supplied (Fig. 13).

Fig. 12

Fig. 13

Level the chair by using the base feet. First adjust feet A, B and C. Allow the remaining feet to rest on the fl oor and then secure the dental chair in place (F - Fig. 13)

B

A


16 Installation

10 - ARMS LEVELLING AND FRICTION SETTING

Fig. 14

* Friction adjustment:- Release the screw A. Operate on part B with the special key code 99919134 to adjust the friction of the arm.

Friction

Pantograph arm springs

Grub screw to block adjustment screw

Leveling screw instrument board

With the instrument board in its work condition with the brake released, the arm should not move up or downOn the contrary, tighten or loosen the arm’s springs.

Fig. 15

Position the pantograph arm hori-zontally and remove the 2 covers.

Friction *

Code 99919134

a

b

17Installation


11 - FIXING THE FOOT CONTROL

The cable is secured in a fi xed position with clips (a), while the clamp is at point (b).The cable of the rheostat foot control is to be attached to connector KPE.

Fig. 16

Fig. 17

12 - INSTALLING THE DENTAL CHAIR CARTERS

Install again the removed carters.

a

b

b

c


18 Installation

13 - INSTALLING THE SECURITY PLATE AND THE TWO COVERS PLACED AT THE BASE OF THE DENTAL CHAIR

The foot control board (a) is fi xed in place with the two screws (b) which are to be found in the base of the dental chair: to install the foot control simply remove one of the screws. To tighten the screws, use an 8-mm Allen wrench.The foot control (c) is simply fi tted into place.

Fig. 18

a

bc

c

ab

19Installation


14 - ADJUSTING THE DENTIST’S INSTRUMENT BOARD

Two dowels (a, b) are provided in the dentist’s instrument table support:- The top dowel (a) is used to control the friction of dentist’s instrument table;- The bottom dowel (b) is used to prevent the instrument table from turning round.Attach the round sticker (c) as illustrated.

Classe A7 Plus International

Fig. 19/a

Classe A7 Plus Continental/A9

Fig. 19/b

15 - TRAY-HOLDING TABLE ONLY CONTINENTAL VERSION

Assemble the tray-holding table, which is fastened by a self-locking nut which is already screwed into the hinge under the instrument table.It is important to check the nut locking strength, so the tray-holding table can move with a certain smoothness.

Nylon washer

Self-locking nut

Fig. 20

a

b

c


20 Installation

16 - INSTALLING THE WATER SUPPLIERS TO THE CUP

17 - INSTALLING THE SUCTION TUBES

Fig. 21

Fig. 22/a

Fig. 23VENUS PLUS LAMP

Mount the label

18 - OPERATING LAMP

- Feed the power supply cable (b) into the lamp stand (a) and assemble the stand (a) in its place after having greased its end. - Link the connector from the light to the corresponding one from the dental unit.- Insert the operating light support arms pin (c) into the dental unit post extension (a).It is not necessary to grease the hinge (c) of the lamp since the grease that is already there is suffi cient, and the bush inside the stand is made of self-lubricating material.

Fig. 22/b

Classe A7 Plus Classe A9

Classe A7 Plus/A9

a

b

c

21Installation


Fig. 25

Fig. 26

Fig. 27

Fig. 24

20 – PNEUMATIC HEADREST INSTALLATION

- Insert the head-rest in its own guides inside the metal part of the back-rest. - Screw the 2 TCEI M4x6 endstop screws with the relative washers, supplied with the apparatus, in the headrest rod as shown in fi g. 25.- Be sure that the head-rest cannot be moved up.- Conecte el cable eléctrico (sólo para el reposa-cabezas con la botonera de mandos en el sillón) y el tubo del aire, tal y como indica la fi gura 26.- Using two clamps block the system in the points a, as shown in fi g. 27.

19 - TRAY-HOLDING TABLE ON ASSISTANT’S BOARD

- Insert the tray-holder (a) in the relative support (b).To lock/unlock the tray holder, simply using the clutch knob (c).

f

b

c

d g

h

i

a

ae


22 Installation

21 - ADJUSTING THE OSCILLATING ARM SPRING

- Remove the two side “plugs” by pulling them sideways and outwards (see fi g.28, point a).- Remove the instrument holder by loosening the 4 screws which secure it to the board.- Once the holder has been removed, take out the pivot pin it rotates on. The pin does not have a stop and can simply be pulled out by hand (see fi g.28, point b).- Remove the arm from the plastic support (fi g.28 point c) being careful to make sure the spring does not come out of its seat. Once the arm has been removed, a set of holes marked with a number (fi g.29) can be seen. One end of the spring will be secured in one of these holes (fi g.28, point e).- Remove the spring and position it in the hole required (fi g.29). To make the arm spring back more quickly, place the spring in a hole marked with a higher number than the previous one. On the other hand, to slacken the arm a little, place the end of the spring in a hole marked with a lower number than the previous one. - Reposition the spring on the arm between the new hole and the stop seat provided (fi g.28, point f).- Install the arm in the support again.- Make sure the end of the spring is correctly placed in the hole at the bottom of the support (see fi g.28, point h).- Re-install the pin carefully in order to secure everything in place.- Once the arm has been secured to the board, put back the two plugs.

Fig. 29 Fig. 28

TABLE SHOWING THE PRE-LOAD POSITIONS OF THE INSTRUMENT HOLDER SPRING:

Type of instrument Pre-load positionSatelec SUPRASSON scaler 4

EMS scaler 4LUZZANI 6F syringe 8

Turbines (all) 8T LED light 11

MC2/MC3 micromotor 14ID CAM Telecamera 8

23Installation


22 - CHECK DURING THE ASSEMBLING AND/OR PERIODICAL ATTENSIONS

UNIT: DOCTOR TABLE Used instrument Result OK• Tension check of the pantograph arm springs /• Air pressure calibration in the turbine (+/- 8% vs. limits indicated by producer) manometer value______• Cooling air regulation of the micromotor inside air cooling fl owmeter/manometer value______• Instrument water and spray regulation /• Check hot air and hot water syringe working /• Check all controll for instrument and chair /• Microprocessor / doctor console check /• F.O. voltage regulation/test voltmeter value______• Friction regulation of the tray-holder table /• Instruments arm spring calibration /• Test and effi ciency turbines and handpieces /UNIT: HYDRO-GROUP• Suction system check /• Water delivery to cup and cuspidor regulation /• Test of hygienising system working /UNIT: FLOOR BOX• Check voltage: 230 (+/- 10&) Vac voltmeter value______• Inlet air pressure check with pressure gauge code 91104498 [high pressure: 6 (+/- 0,25) Bar; low pressure: 3 (+/- 0,25) Bar] manometer value______• Inlet water pressure check with pressure gauge code 91104498 [water pressure: 2,5 (+/- 0,25) Bar] manometer value______• Test of the connection tighness in water /• Check main switch on and off /DENTAL UNIT WITH WHE SYSTEM• Make sure WHE tanks are full /• Check probes for WHE tanks (close air cock) /• Make sure WHE tanks are empty /DENTAL UNIT WITH BIOSTER SYSTEM• Check complete disinfecting cycle /• Check fl ushing cycle /UNIT: FOOT CONTROL• Instrument activation and rheostat working test /• OUT DROP NO RETRACTION test /UNIT: ASSISTENT TABLE• Security microswitch test /• Check every control and simulation of every operational procedure /• Actuators suction system test /• Assistent spray air-water syringe test /UNIT: OPERATING LAMP• Check switch ON/OFF /• Check potentiometer (if present) /• Check fan for the cooling /• Pivot effi ciency test /DENTAL CHAIR• Test safety microswitch to the safety plate and the backrest /• Test noise degree during movements /• Foot control test /• Sliding of the articulated headrest test /MULTIMEDIA• Check the camera handpiece, monitor MEDICAL VIEW or WORKSTATION /• Friction adjustment for WORKSTATION holder. /• test all the function and the quality of the image on the screen /• Check position of the DIP SWITCHES in the camera control board /COMPRESSOR• Test working pressure on compressor manometer minimum value 6 bar / maximum value 8 bar manometer value______• Junction tightness test /

A

O-ring

d

B

B

A


24 Installation

24 - INSTALLING THE COVER OF THE FLOOR BOX

- Place the cover (A), supplied with the apparatus, on the basic dental chair card: it clicks into place.- Insert the cover (B) from the high and fi x it with the 4 screws with a 3 mm male hex. wrench.- Cover the screws with the four appropriate covers.

In case of external connections, it is necessary to cut the cover (B) to let the system leak.

Main switch actuator

Fixing screws

Fig. 32

23 - PADDING THE SEAT OF THE DENTAL CHAIR

The padding of the chair is fastened by four screws in the front as indicated in the drawing (Fig. 30). On the contrary the padding of the backrest, of the armrest and of the headrest are fastened by fast connections which, if necessary, can be set with a screw driver in d.Before adjusting, loosen all the quick-couplings “d” so that they protrude by 1 mm (A – Fig 31).If further adjustment is required, fi t an O-ring (code 97362000) over the internal tabs of the quick coupling (d).

Fig. 30Fig. 31Padding of the seat

Position of quick-connect coupler before being adju-sted (1 mm.)

Backrest, armrest or headrest casting

Screw

Washer

Screw

Loosen bush B bringing it against the metal part of the armrest (the upholstery should not defl ect)

Spacer

CapScrew

230 Vac

A

25Installation


25 - RAISING THE DENTAL CHAIR

Inside every chair there is a sectionable feeding cable of the backrest return motor.This sectioning is placed under the connection box cover (doctor side) and can be used when the dental chair is completly down too.In fact, unscrew the four screws of the cover and insert a hand as shown in the fi gure 34.Feeding directly the motor with a 230 Vac cable and positioning this one between the central point and one of the two extremes (see fi g. 33), the dental chair moves up or down. In this way the connection box is ready for the technical intervention.

MOVE THE CHAIR UP

Fig. 33

Fig. 34


1Instruments board and display symbols

INSTRUMENTS BOARDA7 Plus - A9

(CONTINENTAL)

INSTRUMENTS BOARDA7 Plus

(INTERNATIONAL)

1

50

100

25

75


Instruments board and display symbols2

DESCRIPTION OF THE DENTIST’S CONSOLE CONTROLS

KEYS DESCRIPTION

“MODE” key (change functions).

Multi-function key 1.

Multi-function key 2.

Key, Programmable value increment.

Key, Programmable value decrement.

Key, 1% Instrument power/speed setting.





Key, Seat Up and call up of programmed position “A”.

Key, Backrest Up and call up of programmed position “B”.

Key, Seat Down and call up of programmed position “C”.

Key, Backrest Down and call up of programmed position “D”.

Key, Rinsing position call up (PR).

Key, Automatic Return position call up (RA).

Key, Emergency position call-up.

Memory Key, Dental chair program.



Key, Micro-motor reverse.

Key, Optical fi ber On/Off switch.

Assistant call.

Key, Cup fi ller control.

Key, Water bowl control.

Key, Operation Lamp On/Off switch.

Bowl counter-clockwise button (only for Class A9).

Bowl clockwise button (only for Class A9).

Pneumatic brake release button (only International version)

BIO



ASSISTANT’S BOARDA7 Plus - A9

DESCRIPTION OF THE DENTAL ASSISTANT’S CONSOLE CONTROLS

KEYS DESCRIPTION

Key, Seat Up and call up of programmed position “A”.

Key, Backrest Up and call up of programmed position “B”.

Key, Seat Down and call up of programmed position “C”.

Key, Backrest Down and call up of programmed position “D”.

Key, Call-up of Rinsing position (PR).

Key, Call-up of Automatic Return position (RA).

Key, Cup Filler and Instrument Disinfection control.

Key, Distilled Water control.

Key, Operation Lamp On/Off switch.

Key, Water Bowl control.

Key, Cup Filler control.



SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ON THE INSTRUMENT PANEL DISPLAY

ICONS DESCRIPTION

Disinfection solution reserve.

Fiber optic signal.

Video camera light source on.

Heater signal off.

Brake signal off.

Distilled water reserve.

No distilled water signal.

Spray device active.

Video camera mirror refl ection image activated.

Last automatic chair program called up (A).

Last automatic chair program called up (B).

Last automatic chair program called up (C).

Last automatic chair program called up (D).

Last automatic chair program called up (PR).

Last automatic chair program called up (RA).

BIOSTER cycle in progress.

Suction interrupted because the bowl is full.



Tube washing in progress.

Chair memorization activated.

Micro-door active.

Instrument signal active.

Video camera FREEZE state.

Syringe extracted from the assistant side.

Saliva suction device extracted.

a)

b)

c)

b)

b)

b)

a)

d)

1Service menu


Equipment On .Instruments in “Rest” position.

To gain access to the “Service Settings” menu options, press these keys in the order given:

“Increment”, “Decrement” and “Optical Fiber”.

This appears only when the foot control is provided.

This is used to enable/disable RA/PR function call-up by using the multi-function foot control

lever.(functions RA/PR can always be executed with the buttons at the top of the multifunction foot

control).

With the Multi-Function Foot Control provided, the functions of the “Spray/No Spray” control

lever can be reversed. With the “Pressure Mode” foot control, Speed Increment can be reversed. After the modifi cation has been made, set the

foot control as required.

With the “Pressure Mode” foot control, lever sensitivity can be adjusted according to the selected

operating position. Factory setting is “0”.

SERVICE ITEM MENU

b)

d)

b)

b)

e)


Service menu2

Enables/disables the blower functions (automatic chip) when the instrument is used in Spray

mode.

This is used to disable the Image Freeze function in the camera circuit board (LIVE-ON: NO Image Freeze;

LIVE-OFF: Image Freeze enabled). This function is to be activated

(LIVE-ON) when the camera is linked up to a Personal Computer.

This is used to select the operating mode of the Dental Assistant Call key: button or switch.

This is used to set the blower operating time:

T-ON: length of blow (min 0.1 s: max 10 s)

T-OFF: time lag before blow start (min 0.1 s;

max 10 s) Default: T-OFF = 0.5 s;

T-ON= 1 sUse the Increment/Decrement

keys to set the operating time.

This is used to set the maximum allowable voltage for the instrument fi ber optics

on the dentist’s instrument board. Use the Increment/Decrement keys to set the

required voltage.

b)

b)

e)

b)

b)

b)

f)

3Service menu


Indicates the operational hours of the dental equipment.

Time reset.

This is used to activate the “Maintenance Required” message after 1600 hours of

operation.

This is used to enable the “Safety Energy” function.

This is used to enable/disable the suction system shutoff time lag when the suction

tubes are put back into place.

Set to ON only when the WHE system is present

This is used to select the desired fl ushing mode: non-stop (OFF) or intermittent (ON).

b)

b)

f)

b)

b)

g)

b)


Service menu4

Used to enable/disable the Suction STOP control with the safety footboard installed.

This is used to adjust WHE probe sensitivity and municipal water conductivity

Default value: 1 (water hardness: 30-40 degrees) (Refer to the relevant Hygiene Chart provided,

code 97660420)

Sensitivity of the probes placed in WHE system tanks S1 and S2 can be viewed.

Allows automatic chair controls A, B, C and D present on the instrument panel to be enabled/disabled (only with card, code 97660558/B – fi rmware version ≥ 3.4):- ON (factory value): controls (A-B-C-D) enabled.- OFF: controls (A-B-C-D) disabled.

Instrument confi -guration reset

b)

g)

c)

b)

b)

c)

5Service menu


Displays the fi rmware release of the circuit boards installed in the dental equipment (see

section that deals with Card layout). The default settings of each circuit board are

restored when fi ber optics key

is pressed. (the buzzer sounds when the factory settings are

restored)

CAN link updating. To check the versions of the MX micro-motor circuit and camera circuit

boards, remove the instruments from their respective seats.

With card code 97660558/B - FW ≥ 3.11

With card code 97660558/B - FW ≥ 3.11

Displaying Faults/Alerts:Press the increment/decrement keys:

The fault number is made of 4 fi gures. The fi rst fi gure identifi es: “Faults” (0) ; “Alerts” (1).

Deletes the Faults/Alerts list.

Checks the dentist’s console pad keys.

(B)(A)


Service menu6

BOWL SERVICE MENU (CLASS A9)

Perform the following operations from the “hydrogroup set up” page:

- Press key F2 to go to the various submenus.

- - Press key “MODE” several times to open submenu “Bowl rotation controller setting with return to dental chair home position” (A) or submenu “Bowl rotation controller setting with return to dental chair rinse position” (B).

1st menu page: Manual movement to check bowl motor operation. The normal bowl rotation keys are disabled on this page and the bowl can be moved with keys “+” and “-”. In particular key “+” is used to move the bowl counter-clockwise, whe-reas key “-” is used for clockwise movement. As a result, problems in the normal rotation keys can be identifi ed.

To open menu “Service settings” press the fol-lowing keys one after the other: increase, de-crease and fi ber optic.

2nd menu page: Settling. This consists of continuously mo-ving the bowl approximately 30° in both directions and is used when the dental unit is tested.

3rd menu page: TRADE SHOW movement. This consists of a series of automatic movements of the bowl combined with the dental chair. The series is repeated approximately every 10 minutes. While the cycle is in progress, the manual bowl controls are disabled. Movement is turned on/off with the ON/OFF keys. Attention: the movements are not imme-diately carried out you have to wait a while. There are pauses between movements.

a)

b)

a)

1


Faults/Alerts menu

Equipment On .Instruments in “Rest” position.

To access the “List of Faults/Alerts” menu, press the following keys in sequence:increment, decrement and MM inversion.

Displaying Faults/Alerts:Press the increment/decrement keys:

The fault number is made of 4 fi gures. The fi rst fi gure identifi es: “Faults” (0) ; “Alerts” (1).

FAULTS/ALERTS MENU

NOTE: The Faults/Alerts Menu is only available with dentist’s console board code 97660558/B - fi rmware 60558 rev. ≥ 3.11:

For further information, see the “FAULTS” section in the Technical Manual.


1Restoring factory settings

RESTORING FACTORY SETTINGS (reset)

The factory settings can be completely reset by following the directions given below (to restore the factory settings for each individual electronic card, see the «SERVICE MENU»):

- Press the following keys one after the other on the OPERATOR screen on the doctor’s console:

- the following screen appears:

- press F2 again to confirm:

- the OPERATOR screen will be displayed again and all the data are reset:

- shut off and then turn on the dental unit to go back to regular work conditions - set all the instruments again


1How to quit shutdown/fault conditions

HOW TO QUIT SHUTDOWN/FAULT CONDITIONS DURING DISINFECTING CYCLE (BIOSTER)

EMPTYING

FLUSHING

CYCLE COMPLE-TED PUT INSTRU-MENTS BACK IN

PLACE

ATTENTION. If H2O2 is present in the ducts, wash the cords manually with the relative foot control

and flush the water to cup duct by pressing the fill

key several times.

ATTENTION. Cycle should be reset for strictly

technical reasons only.

1List of Can Bus signals


LIST OF “CAN BUS” SIGNALS

Signal Description CAN-BUS signal source

CAN-BUS signal destination Notes

S1 Activates the micro-switch of the dentist’s syringe

Dentist’s instr. board cardCode 97660532.

Scheda consolle medicoCode 97660558.Hydro-group cardCode 97660583.

Indicates that the syringe has been removed from the instrument board. «SIRINGA - ON» (SYRINGE – ON) is displayed on the doctor’s console.

A Activates the micro-switch of instrument A.


Dentist’ s control console cardCode 97660558.Hydro-group cardCode 97660583.

Indicates that the instrument has been removed from position A.

B Activates the micro-switch of instrument B.



Indicates that the instrument has been removed from position B.

C Activates the micro-switch of instrument C.



Indicates that the instrument has been removed from position C.

D Activates the micro-switch of instrument D.



Indicates that the instrument has been removed from position D.

CHIPWATER Cord washing line Floorbox cardCode 97660576.


Water to instrument solenoid valve enable (EV 36).

CM Line CM. Foot control cardCode 97660442.

Dentist’s instr. board cardCode 97660532.Dentist’ s control console cardCode 97660558.Card MM MX cod. 97660474.

Indicates start up of a selected instrument (instrument extracted) by using the foot control

SPRAY Line ER. Foot control card Code 97660442.

Dentist’s instr. board cardCode 97660532.Card MM MX cod. 97660474.

Indicates when the foot control is activated with water delivered to the instruments.

CHIPAIR CHIP Foot control card Code 97660442

Dentist’s instr. board cardCode 97660532.Card MM MX cod. 97660474.

Enables the CHIP solenoid valve (EV 17).


2 List of Can Bus signals



EGNNo instrument removed from dentist’s instrument board.


Floorbox cardCode 97660576.Hydro-group cardCode 97660583.Dentist’ s control console cardCode 97660558.

Controlled by all the instrumentation on the instrument board and assistant’s board. Active when the instruments have been returned.

BRAKE Instrument board brake.Dentist’ s control console cardCode 97660558.


On/Off freno del braccio tavoletta medico. E’ disattivato quando uno strumento è in funzione.

EMI Hydro-group emergency Hydro-group cardCode 97660583.

Dental chair cardCode 97660578.

Normally activated but inactivated if the hydro-group emergency device is tripped.

FC1_TLED(FC1)

T LED micro on assistant’s board

Assistant’s board cardCode 97660421.

Floorbox cardCode 97660576.Dentist’ s control console cardCode 97660558.

Indicates curing light T LED on the assistant’s board has been removed. It lights up when the instrument is removed. Disables dental chair movements RA-PR. « T LED - ON» is displayed on the doctor’s console.

EN_TLED T LED on assistant’s board removed

Instrument board card code 97660532.

Hydrogroup card code97660583.

Identification T LED instrument removed on assistant’s board

FC2_CAM(FC2)

Cefla Cam micro-switch provided on assistant’s instrument board.



Indicates when the telecamera on the assistant’s board side has been removed. Disables RA-PR movements and enables camera to freeze image. Is displayed on the doctor’s console.

EN_CAMRemoval of camera from dental assistant’s instrument board

Dentist’s instrument board card

Hydrogroup card cod. 97660583

Identification of instrument drawn from dental assistant’s instrument board.

S2(FC3)

Syringe micro-switch provided on assistant’s instrument board.



Indicates that the syringe on the assistant’s side has been removed. Disables RA-PR movements. « SIRINGA - ON» (SYRINGE – ON) is displayed on the doctor’s console.

IN_CAN1 Suction tube 2 micro-switch


Hydro-group cardCode 97660583

Indicates that tube 1 has been removed.

IN_CAN2 Suction tube 2 micro-switch


Hydro-group cardCode 97660583.

Indicates that tube 2 has been removed.





MS Distilled water tank depressurization button


Dentist’ s control console cardCode 97660558.

Indicates that the button has been pressed and this is shown by an icon on the control console.The contact of the button is normally closed so, if it is disconnected, the tank cannot be pressurized.This signal is deactivated in layouts without the distilled water tank (J1 closed)

BY_PASS Municipal water to instruments

Assistant’s board card code97660421.

Instrument board card code 97660532.

Indicates municipal water to instruments turned on with button on assistant’s board (relative LED off).

RIS_H2O Tank 1 reserve level (distilled water)



Indicates the distilled water tank is in reserve and is signaled by an icon on the display console. . If disconnected, the reserve level is not indicated.Inactivated with the configuration where the distilled water tank is not provided (J1 closed) on the hydro-group card 97660583.

RIS_H2O2 Low level in tank 2(hydrogen dioxide)



Indicates the reserve level in the hydrogen dioxide tank with the configuration which includes the disinfection (Bioster) cycle. Shown by an icon on the control console

.If disconnected, the reserve level is indicated.Deactivated in layouts that do not have the disinfecting cycle (J2 open) on disinfecting card 97660420

CANWASH Suction tubes being disinfected



Indicated by an icon shown on the control console

CP Cattani canister drain pump control

Hydro-group cardCode 97660583. Only test node

Indicates that the liquid inside the Cattani canister has reached the maximum level sensor.The suction system is shut off.Displayed by an icon on the console screen. CP


4 List of Can Bus signals



TL- Rinsing bowl drain valve- Suction tube 1.- Suction tube 2.


Floorbox cardCode 97660576.

Suction system activatedEnables suction relay in electrical box after signals S_CAN1 – S_CAN2 have been activated

S.S Seat up, Manual control

Foot control cardCode 97660442.Dentist’ s control console cardCode 97660558.Assistant’s board cardCode 97660421.


The output signal is only sent to the dental chair if the presence of the dental chair has been detected.

D.S Seat down, Manual control




S.Sc Backrest up, Manual control




D.Sc Backrest down, Manual control




CAMP BellDentist’ s control console cardCode 97660558.

Floorbox cardCode 97660576.

Monostable operation. This pilots the output of the relative relay

01 Scaler removedDentist’s instr. board cardCode 97660532.


Indicates the instrument that has been removed.SCALER TYPE 1 signal

03 Turbine removedDentist’s instr. board cardCode 97660532.


Indicates the instrument that has been removed.TURBINETYPE 1 and TYPE 2 signals

04 T LED curing light removed



Indicates the instrument that has been removed.CURING LIGHTTYPE 4 signal





24 MX micromotor removed.Dentist’s instr. board cardCode 97660532.

Dentist’ s control console cardCode 97660558.Card MM MXCode 97660474.

Indicates the instrument that has been removed.MICROMOTOR (MX).

23 Telecamera removedDentist’s instr. board cardCode 97660532.

Dentist’ s control console cardCode 97660558.Camera cardCode 97660476.

Indicates the instrument that has been removed.TELECAMERATYPE 1, TYPE 2 and TYPE 4 signals.

POT - C(Led 0%-

100%)

Instruments speed and power change

Foot control cardCode 97660442.

Dentist’s instr. board cardCode 97660532.Card MM MXCode 97660474.

POT_C signal changed with foot control button


1Control path

CONTENTS

- TURBINE .................................................................................................................................................................. 2- “ISOLITE 300 - MC3” MICROMOTOR .............................................................................................................. 3- “MX” CONTROL ..................................................................................................................................................... 4- T LED CURING LIGHT ......................................................................................................................................... 5- “EMS” SCALERS .................................................................................................................................................... 6- “SATELEC/PZ5” SCALER .................................................................................................................................... 7- SYRINGE ON INSTRUMENT TABLE ................................................................................................................. 8- SYRINGE ON ASSISTANT’S BOARD ................................................................................................................. 8- T LED CURING LIGHT ON ASSISTANT’S BOARD ........................................................................................ 9- OUT - A .................................................................................................................................................................... 10- OUT - B .................................................................................................................................................................... 10- OPTICAL FIBER ................................................................................................................................................... 11- AUXILIARY CALL - CAMP ................................................................................................................................. 12- OPERATING LAMP .............................................................................................................................................. 13- STANDARD FOOT CONTROL ........................................................................................................................... 14- PRESSURE FOOT CONTROL SIGNALS ......................................................................................................... 18- CUP CONTROL PATH .......................................................................................................................................... 22- WATER TO BOWL SIGNALS ............................................................................................................................. 23- PANTOGRAPH ARM BRAKE ............................................................................................................................. 24- DENTAL CHAIR CONTROL SIGNALS ............................................................................................................ 25- DENTAL CHAIR EMERGENCY DEVICES ...................................................................................................... 30- SURGICAL SUCTION APPLICATION .............................................................................................................. 31- BOWL DRAIN VALVE APPLICATION ............................................................................................................. 33- SUCTION TUBE FLUSHING APPLICATION .................................................................................................. 34- DISTILLED WATER APPLICATION ................................................................................................................. 35

I.13

0VDC 24VDC

0VDC

0VDC11VDC 0VDC

24VDC

24VDC

0VDC24VDC


2C

ontrol path

TURBINE - Tav. 97040546INSTRUMENT TAKEN OUT

The values of tension measured are valid (±10%) connecting a probe of the tester to a point at 0V and the other probe to the point you want to measure.Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of a not active signal (instrument not taken out - command not pushed)Ex.: 12VDC = value of tension of an active signal (instrument taken out – command pushed)Dashed line -------------: “can bus” data transmission (see list of can-bus signals) Test the Can bus signals with the special Digit System Tester

INSTR. TABLE BOARD

IN 1-KMA/B/C/D OUT 2-KEVA 1-6-8-14-KSA OUT 2-KEVB 1-6-8-14-KSB OUT 2-KEVC 1-6-8-14-KSC OUT 2-KEVD 1-6-8-14-KSD

TURBINE MODULE CARD

IN 1-6-8-14-KSA OUT 5-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 2 IN 1-6-8-14-KSB OUT 7-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 1 IN 1-6-8-14-KSC IN 1-6-8-14-KSD

INSTR. MI-CROSW.

ABCD

INSTR. TABLE BOARD

IN 5-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 2 OUT IN 7-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 1 KCB2

97660532

DOCTOR CONSOLE

IN Type of instrument KCB1 OUT extracted indication on display: “TURBINE”

97660565

97660532 97660558

H2O SPRAY EV. (EV36)

24VDC1VDC - Foot control with water spray on

EGN A - B - C - D

CODE 03

ER

CM

TURBINE MODULE CARD

IN 13-KS----------ROTATION OF THE INSTRUMENT EV 34 OPEN IN 10-KS---------------------------------------EV 38 OPEN ARIA SPRAY OUT 5-6 KEV IN 9-KS-----------------TURBINE SPEED VARIATION

3,1VDC - Foot control lever not pushed0,6VDC - Foot control lever pushed

24VDC - Foot control with water spray off1VDC - Foot control with water spray on

INSTRUMENT WORKING (rotation of the turbine) ( “ON” appears on the doctor’s console display )Signals active in CAN BUS line

97660565

100% CM SPRAYCHIPAIR 0%

0VDC - Foot control lever not pushedFrom 0 10 Vdc according to the set % and position of the foot control’s middle switchPOT C-C1

(POT C)

OUT 1 KEV - ER


3C

ontrol path

I.13

0VDC 24VDC

0VDC

0VDC11VDC 0VDC

24VDC

24VDC

0VDC24VDC

“ISOLITE 300 - MC3” MICROMOTOR - Dia. 97040547INSTRUMENT TAKEN OUT


INSTR. TABLE BOARD


MM ISOLITE - MC3 CONTROL

IN 1-6-8-14-KSA OUT 7-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 1 IN 1-6-8-14-KSB OUT 3-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 4 IN 1-6-8-14-KSC IN 1-6-8-14-KSD

INSTR. MI-CROSW.

ABCD

INSTR. TABLE BOARD

IN 7-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 1 OUT IN 3-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 4 KCB2

97660532

DOCTOR CONSOLE

IN Type of instrument KCB1 OUT extracted indication on display: “MICROMOTOR”

97660617

97660532 97660558


24,5VDC1VDC - Foot control with water spray on

EGN A - B - C - D

CODE 05

INSTRUMENT WORKING (rotation of the micromotor) (“ON” appears on the doctor’s console display)Signals active in CAN BUS line

ER

CM

CONTROLLO MM ISOLITE - MC3

IN 13-KS---------------MICROM. WORKING MM+;MM- from 0vdc to 23,5Vdc–Winding cooling EV EV39/3 open-4KEV) IN 10-KS----------------EV 38/5-6KEV OPEN (Air Spray) IN 9-KS------------MICROMOTOR SPEED VARIATION

IN 4-KS-----INVERSION OF THE DIRECTION OF RO-TATION OF THE MICROMOTOR PUSHING THE KEY


24VDC - Foot control with water spray off0,9VDC - Foot control with water spray on

97660617

OUT A 0VDC - Reverse function off12VDC - Reverse function on

0VDC - Foot control lever not pushedFrom 0 10 Vdc according to the set % and position of the foot control’s middle switchPOT C-C1


(POT C)

OUT 1 KEV - ER


4C

ontrol path

I.13

0VDC11VDC

“MX” CONTROL - Dia. 97040548INSTRUMENT TAKEN OUT


INSTR. TABLE BOARD

IN 1-KMA/B/C/D OUT KCB2

MM MX CONTROL

IN CAN

INSTR. MI-CROSW.

ABCD

97660532

DOCTOR CONSOLE

IN Type of instrument KCB1 OUT extracted indication on display: “MICROMOTOR”

97660474

97660558

INSTRUMENT WORKING (rotation of the micromotor) (“ON” appears on the doctor’s console display)Signals active in CAN BUS line

SPRAY

CM

MM MX CONTROL

IN CAN-----------------MICROM. WORKING MM+;MM- from 0vdc to 23,5Vdc–Winding cooling EV EV39/3 open-4KEV) IN CAN ----------------- EV 38/5-6KEV OPEN (Air Spray) EV 36/3-4KEV OPEN (Water Spray) IN CAN ------------ MICROMOTOR SPEED VARIATION

IN CAN---------------------MM REVERSE ROTATION BY PRESSING THE RELATIVE BUTTON

97660474

EGN A - B - C - D

CODE 24

POT C

Foot control lever not pushed: signal not activeFoot control lever pushed: signal active

Foot control with water spray off: signal not activeFoot control with water spray on: signal active

Foot control lever not pushed: signal not activeAccording to the % set on the display and to the position of the lever of the foot control: Active signal variable (0% - 100%)

Reverse function off: signal not activeComando inversione inserito: signal active


(POT C)


5C

ontrol path

I.13

0VDC

0VDC11VDC 0VDC

24VDC

24VDC

0VDC24VDC

T LED CURING LIGHT - Dia. 97040551INSTRUMENT TAKEN OUT

INSTR. TABLE BOARD

IN 1-KMA/B/C/D OUT 1-6-8-14-KSA OUT 1-6-8-14-KSB OUT 1-6-8-14-KSC OUT 1-6-8-14-KSD

LAMP MODULE CARD

IN 1-6-8-14-KSA OUT 1-K1 IN 1-6-8-14-KSB IN 1-6-8-14-KSC IN 1-6-8-14-KSD OUT 3-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 4

INSTR. MI-CROSW.

ABCD

INSTR. TABLE BOARD

IN 3-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 4 OUT KCB2

97660532

DOCTOR CONSOLE

IN Type of instrument KCB1 OUT extracted indication on display: “T LED” - “ON”

97660475

97660532 97660558

EGN A - B - C - D

CODE 04

0VDC24VDC

HAND PIECE

ATTENTION! When curing lamp T LED is extracted the dental chair can still be moved in manual mode



6C

ontrol path

I.13

0VDC 24VDC

0VDC

0VDC11VDC 0VDC

24VDC

24VDC

0VDC24VDC

“EMS” SCALERS - Dia. 97040549/554/643/645INSTRUMENT TAKEN OUT


INSTR. TABLE BOARD


SCALER INTERFACE BOARD

IN 1-6-8-14-KSA OUT 7-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 1 IN 1-6-8-14-KSB IN 1-6-8-14-KSC IN 1-6-8-14-KSD

INSTR. MI-CROSW.

ABCD

INSTR. TABLE BOARD


97660532

DOCTOR CONSOLE

IN Type of instrument KCB1 OUT extracted indication on display:: “SCALER”

97660183/630

97660532 97660558


24VDCOUT 1 KEV - ER 1VDC - Foot control with water spray on

EGN A - B - C - D

CODE 01

POT C-C1

CM 5VDC - Foot control lever not pushed0,6VDC - Foot control lever pushed

INSTRUMENT WORKING (“ON” appears on the doctor’s console display)Signals active in CAN BUS line

SCALER INTERFACE BOARD OUT

IN 13-KS EMS control 8-K1/3-KC2 power supply IN 9-KS Power OUT variation 7-K1/6-KC2 IN 11-KS Cooling EV80 open

97660183/630 (EMS)EMS

CONTROL CM

C1

97660262/633

5VDC

0VDC

0,7VDC

From 0VDC to 10VDC

With ENDO function:From 0VDC to 3,9VDC With PARO function:

From 0VDC to 2,4VDC


(POT C)

ENDO function off: from 0 to 10 Vdc according to the set POWER %, set function (DIRECT PROGR.) and position of the foot control switch ENDO function on: from 0 to 5 Vdc according to the set POWER %, set function (DIRECT PROGR.) and position of the foot control switchPARO function on: from 0 to 3 Vdc according to the set POWER %, set function (DIRECT PROGR.) and position of the foot control switch

OUT B 0VDC12VDC 12VDC after pushing the starting O.F. button and foot control lever pushed

EMS ONLY WITH FIBER OPTIC


7C

ontrol path

I.13

0VDC 24VDC

0VDC

0VDC11VDC 0VDC

24VDC

24VDC

0VDC24VDC

“SATELEC/PZ5” SCALER - Dia. 97040550INSTRUMENT TAKEN OUT

INSTR. TABLE BOARD


SCALER INTERFACE BOARD

IN 1-6-8-14-KSA OUT 7-KS A/B/C/D TYPE 1 IN 1-6-8-14-KSB IN 1-6-8-14-KSC IN 1-6-8-14-KSD

INSTR. MI-CROSW.

ABCD

INSTR. TABLE BOARD


97660532

DOCTOR CONSOLE

IN Type of instrument KCB1 OUT extracted indication on display:: “SCALER”

97660365/630

97660532 97660558


24VDCOUT 1 KEV - ER 1VDC - Foot control with water spray on

EGN A - B - C - D

CODE 01


INSTRUMENT WORKING (“ON” appears on the doctor’s console display)Signals active in CAN BUS line

CM

INSTRUMENT MODULE A-B-C-D

IN 13-KS Control OUT 3 power supply KC2 IN 9-KS Power variation OUT 6 KC2 IN 11-KS F.O. cooling EV80 open


97660365/630 (Satelec/PZ5)

OUT B 0VDC12VDC after pushing the starting O.F. button and foot control lever pushed

ENDO function off: from 0 to 10 Vdc according to the set POWER %, set function (DIRECT PROGR.) and position of the foot control switch ENDO function on: from 0 to 5 Vdc according to the set POWER %, set function (DIRECT PROGR.) and position of the foot control switchPARO function on: from 0 to 3 Vdc according to the set POWER %, set function (DIRECT PROGR.) and position of the foot control switch

SATELEC ONLY WITH FIBER OPTIC

POT C-C1

13,2VDC

0VDC

0,8VDC

From 0VDC to 5VDC

With ENDO function:From 0VDC to 2,5VDC With PARO function:

From 0VDC to 1,5VDC

CONTROL

CM

C1


(POT C)

97660385-SAT.97660631-PZ5


8C

ontrol path


I.13

0VDC11VDC

SYRINGE ON INSTRUMENT TABLE - Dia. 97040545INSTRUMENT TAKEN OUT

INSTR. MI-CROSW.

KM-SA KM-SB

97660532

0VDC11VDC

SYRINGE ON ASSISTANT’S BOARD - Dia. 97040524INSTRUMENT TAKEN OUT

ASSISTANT’S BOARD CARD

IN 2-KM3 OUT KCB3

INSTR. MI-CROSW.

FC-SIRI

97660421DOCTOR CONSOLE

IN KCB1 OUT Type of instrument extracted

indication on display:“SIRINGA” - “ON”

97660558

EGNS2

FC3EN_S2

DOCTOR CONSOLE

IN KCB1 OUT Type of instrument extracted

indication on display:“SIRINGA” - “ON”

97660558

EGNS1

INSTR. TABLE BOARD

IN 1-KMSA OUT KCB2 IN 1-KMSB


9C

ontrol path


0VDC10,5VDC

T LED CURING LIGHT ON ASSISTANT’S BOARD - Dia. 97040526INSTRUMENT TAKEN OUT

ASSISTANT’S BOARD CARD IN 2-KM1 OUT KCB3 J1 = ON OUT 1-2 KM6

INSTR. MI-CROSW.


OUT IN Type of instrument KCB1 extracted indication on display:

“T LED” - “ON”

97660558

HAND PIECE T LED

0VDC24VDC

EGNFC1

FC1_TLEDEN_TLED

ATTENTION! When curing lamp T LED is extracted the dental chair can still be moved in manual mode


10C

ontrol path

OUT - A

DOCTOR CONSOLE

OUT KCB1

97660558INSTR. TABLE BOARD

IN KCB2 OUT 4-KS

97660532

OUT - B

DOCTOR CONSOLE

OUT KCB1


IN KCB2 OUT 11-KS

97660532

OUT - A

OUT - B

See instrument module

See instrument module


Signal OUT-A is used for the following functions:- ISOLITE 300 - MC3 micromotor reverse operation

Signal OUT-B is used for the following functions:- EV80 open to cool down scaler’s F.O lamp


11C

ontrol path OPTICAL FIBER

U.F.O.: is the line that turns on the fi ber optic when the instrument is extracted. It is started by pressing the relative button on the doctor’s console.

DOCTOR CONSOLE

OUT KCB1


IN KCB2 OUT 2-KP

97660532

INSTRUMENT MODULE

0VDC3,3VDC3,5VDC

HAND PIECE3,3VDC3,5VDC


FIBER OPTIC ADJUSTMENT

- Connect a tester (minimum 10Vdc) to pins F.O. and 0V on the main instrument board card (code 97660532).- Extract an instrument with fi ber optic (not the camera).

- Turn on the fi ber optic with the key on the doctor’s console.

- Adjust the F.O. voltage according to the instrument model from the doctor’s console (e.g. for Bien-Air turbines set the voltage to 3.3 Vdc).

IMPORTANT! Adjust with the F.O. lamp connected


12C

ontrol path

AUXILIARY CALL - CAMP


DOCTOR CONSOLE

OUT KCB1

97660558AUXILIARY CONNEC-

TIONS CARD IN RL4 KCB1 M1 (7-8)

97660576

AUXILIARY CALL


13C

ontrol path

OPERATING LAMP


SEE PR-RA OPERATION (SIGNAL PATH):

- Lamp shut off with PR or RA- Lamp turned back on with button PR- Lamp turned back on with the dental chair buttons after it was shut off with RA

DOCTOR CONSOLE

COMANDO OUT LAMPADA KCB1 SCIALITICA

97660558


OUT KCB3

97660421

AUXILIARY CONNEC-TIONS CARD

IN OUT KCB1 M1 (1-2)

97660576

LAMP ON0VD 18VDC According to the set % (see Operating instructions)


14C

ontrol path

STANDARD FOOT CONTROL - Dia. 97040530

CM: starts the dynamic instruments once extracted by pushing the foot control lever. It also blocks dental chair movements along with the brake of the pantograph arm when an instrument is running.


FOOT CONTROLBOARD

OUT K22 J2 = OFF


TIONS CARD IN OUT KPE KCB1

OUT KCB2

97660576

DENTAL CHAIR BOARD

IN KCB1 dental chair

97660578

INSTR. TABLE BOARD OUT IN 13-KS KCB1

OUT KCB2 OUT KCB

97660532 CHECK INSTRU-MENT

MODULE:Turbine,

Scaler and Isolite 300 - MC3

Micromotor.

CM

With the instrument extracted, led EGN off and the foot control actuated, the dental chair cannot move

(continues)

EGN

CHECK INSTRU-MENT

MODULE:Camera and

MX Micromotor.

CM

CM


15C

ontrol path


(continues)


POT C-C1: adjusts the speed of the dynamic instruments, once extracted by pushing the middle switch of the foot control to the right or left (POT C). This signal reaches the main instrument board card through the can-bus, which, in turn, lets out line C1. The value of the latter depends on both the foot control and settings entered from the doctor’s console.

FOOT CONTROL BOARD

POT C OUT K22 J2 = OFF


IN OUT C1 KCB1 9-KS

OUT KCB

97660532CHECK INSTRU-

MENTMODULE:

Turbine, Scaler and

Isolite 300 - MC3 Micromotor.

CHECK INSTRU-MENT

MODULE:Camera and

MX Micromotor.

LED 0%-100% (POT C)

0VDC Da

0VDCa

10VDC

LED 0%-100% (POT C)


16C

ontrol path


CHIPWATER: control line that starts washing the cord of the instrument extracted with just water when the relative button on the foot control is pressed

Top foot control button

OUTTasto 1-K5 CHIPWATER

FOOT CONTROL BOARD

IN OUT 1-K5 K22 J2 = OFF

97660442

12VDC0VDC

(continues)

CHIPWATER(CHIPAIR)*


CHIPAIR: signal energising the chip blower solenoid valve (air blow from the TT or the MM) pushing the correspondent button on the foot control (when the instrument is taken out).


OUTTasto 2-K4 CHIPAIR

FOOT CONTROL BOARD

IN OUT 2-K4 K22 J2 = OFF


OUT 4-K1 IN KCB1 OUT KCB OUT 10-KS

97660532

CHIPAIR12VDC0VDC

EV17 - EV CHIP

MM ISOLITE 300 - MC3 Control

MM MX Control97660474

0VDC24,5VDC

24VDC0VDC

CHIPAIREV38

1VDC24VDC

24VDC0VDC

* Value that remains for 2-3 seconds to automatically blow air after water has fl own out

INSTR. TABLE BOARD OUT 4-K1 IN KCB1 OUT 1-KEV OUT 10-KS OUT KCB

97660532

EV17 - EV CHIP

MM ISOLITE 300 - MC3 - TT Control


(0VDC)*24,5VDC

24VDC0VDC

CHIPWATER(CHIPAIR)*

EV38

(1VDC)*24VDC

24VDC0VDC

1VDC24VDC EV36 24VDC

0VDC


17C

ontrol path


(*) Value that remains for 2-3 seconds to automatically blow air after water has fl own out

PR - RATo read signals PR and RA, see “Dental chair control signals”


ER - SPRAY: controls spray of dynamic instruments once extracted by pushing the central switch on the foot control to the right

FOOT CONTROL BOARD

OUT K22 J2 = OFF


OUT 1-KEV IN KCB1 OUT 10-KS OUT 4-K1 OUT KCB

97660532

SPRAY(CHIPAIR)*

EV36 WATER SPRAY1VDC

24VDC

A strumento estratto

EV 38 OPEN AIR SPRAY

(see LINE ER dynamic intruments

working: Scaler, Turbine and MM

Isolite 300 and MC3)

(1VDC)*24VDC

EV17 CHIP AIR(0VDC)*24,5VDC


(see LINE ER dynamic intruments working: MM MX)

SPRAY(CHIPAIR)*

SPRAY(CHIPAIR)*


18C

ontrol path


PRESSURE FOOT CONTROL SIGNALS Dia. 97040531

CM: starts the dynamic instruments once extracted by pushing the foot control lever. It also blocks dental chair movements along with the brake of the pantograph arm when an instrument is running.

FOOT CONTROL BOARD

OUT K22 J2 = ON 1-K1


TIONS CARD IN OUT KPE KCB1

OUT KCB2

97660576

DENTAL CHAIR BOARD

IN KCB1 dental chair

97660578

INSTR. TABLE BOARD OUT IN 13-KS KCB1

OUT KCB2 OUT KCB

97660532

CM

Contact OPEN: foot control lever in home position (12Vdc)Contact CLOSED: foot control lever activated (0Vdc)

12VDC0VDC

(continues)

CM

With the instrument extracted, led EGN off and the foot control actuated, the dental chair cannot move

EGN

CHECK INSTRU-MENT

MODULE:Turbine,

Scaler and Isolite 300 - MC3

Micromotor.

CM

CHECK INSTRU-MENT

MODULE:Camera and

MX Micromotor.


19C

ontrol path


(continues)


POT C-C1: adjusts the speed of the dynamic instruments, once extracted by holding down the middle switch of the foot control (POT C). This signal reaches the main instru-ment board card through the can-bus, which, in turn, lets out line C1. The value of the latter depends on both the foot control and settings entered from the doctor’s console.

FOOT CONTROL BOARD

POT C K22 J2 = ON


IN OUT C1 KCB1 9-KS

97660532CHECK INSTRU-

MENTMODULE:

Turbine, Scaler and

Isolite 300 - MC3 Micromotor.

LED 0%-100% (POT C)

0VDCFrom0VDC

to 10VDC

CHECK INSTRU-MENT

MODULE: MX Micromotor.

LED 0%-100% (POT C)


20C

ontrol path


CHIPWATER: control line that starts washing the cord of the instrument extracted with just water when the relative button on the foot control is pressed


OUTTasto 1-K5 CHIPWATER

FOOT CONTROL BOARD

IN OUT 1-K5 K22 J2 = ON

97660442

12VDC0VDC

(continues)

CHIPWATER(CHIPAIR)*


CHIPAIR: signal that energizes the chip EV (air jets from instruments TT or MM) when the relative button on the foot control is pressed (when the instrument is extracted)


OUTTasto 2-K4 CHIPAIR

FOOT CONTROL BOARD

IN OUT 2-K4 K22 J2 = ON


OUT 4-K1 IN KCB1 OUT KCB OUT 10-KS

97660532

CHIPAIR12VDC0VDC

EV17 - EV CHIP

MM ISOLITE 300 - MC3 Control


0VDC24,5VDC

24VDC0VDC

CHIPAIREV38

1VDC24VDC

24VDC0VDC

* Value that remains for 2-3 seconds to automatically blow air after water has fl own out

INSTR. TABLE BOARD OUT 4-K1 IN KCB1 OUT 1-KEV OUT 10-KS OUT KCB

97660532

EV17 - EV CHIP

MM ISOLITE 300 - MC3 - TT Control


(0VDC)*24,5VDC

24VDC0VDC

CHIPWATER(CHIPAIR)*

EV38

(1VDC)*24VDC

24VDC0VDC

1VDC24VDC EV36 24VDC

0VDC


21C

ontrol path



ER - SPRAY: controls spray of dynamic instruments once extracted by pushing the central switch on the foot control to the right

FOOT CONTROL BOARD

OUT K22 J2 = ON


OUT 1-KEV IN KCB1 OUT 10-KS OUT 4-K1 OUT KCB

97660532

SPRAY(CHIPAIR)*

EV36 WATER SPRAY1VDC

24VDC

with instr.taken out


(see LINE ER dynamic intruments

working: Scaler, Turbine and MM

Isolite 300 and MC3)

(1VDC)*24VDC

EV17 CHIP AIR(0VDC)*24,5VDC

(*) Value that remains for 2-3 seconds to automatically blow air after water has fl own out

PR - RATo read signals PR and RA, see “Dental chair control signals”


(see LINE ER dynamic intruments working: MM MX)

SPRAY(CHIPAIR)*

SPRAY(CHIPAIR)*


22C

ontrol path


CUP CONTROL PATH - Dia. 97040525 - Dia. 97040567 - Dia. 97040585 - Dia. 97040586

- : is the command line of the solenoid valve for the water feeding to cup. It’s activated by the buttons located on both the instrument and assistant’s tables. To check operation of the buttons on the consoles, use the wiring diagrams and ohmmeter tester

DOCTOR CONSOLE

OUT KCB1

97660558

HYDRO-GR. BOARD

IN OUT KCB2 19-KA2

J2 = ON (Hot water on)

J2 = OFF (Hot water off)

IN OUT KCB3 18-KA2

97660583EV 27 (CUP)

BETWEEN 1-2 OF K5: 31VDC (approx 2 sec.) 16VDC WITH CONTROL ON


IN 7-KT OUT KCB3

IN 4-KT

97660421EV 28 (BOWL)


1,9VDC4,7VDC

ASSISTANT’S BOARD

OUT 7-KT

OUT 4-KT 1,9VDC0VDC

with pushed button

with pushed button Only if the cup + bowl func-

tion is selected (see “hydro-group” - “operating instruc-tions” settings)


23C

ontrol path


WATER TO BOWL SIGNALS - Dia. 97040525 - Dia. 97040567 - Dia. 97040585 - Dia. 97040586

- : bowl solenoid valve control line. It is activated either with the buttons on the instrument board and assistant’s board or from the PR controller for the dental chair, if

suitably set up (see Display settings - “operating instruction”)

DOCTOR CONSOLE

OUT KCB1

97660558HYDRO-GR. BOARD

IN KCB2

IN OUT KCB3 18-KA2

97660583


IN 4-KT OUT KCB3

IN 8-KT

97660421EV 28 (BOWL)


1,9VDC0VDC

ASSISTANT’S BOARD

OUT 4-KT

OUT 8-KT 1,9VDC4,7VDC

with pushed button

with pushed button


24C

ontrol path


PANTOGRAPH ARM BRAKE - Dia. 97040585 - Dia. 97040586

SIG M: line activated by grasping the instrument board handpiece

0VDC24,5VDC EV31 - BRAKE

HANDLE CARD

SIG M OUT 3-K1


SIG M OUT IN 3-K1 KCB1


IN OUT KCB2 2-K1

97660532

BRAKE1,3VDC1,7VDC


25C

ontrol path


DENTAL CHAIR CONTROL SIGNALS - Dia. 97040567SS-A (SEAT UP – PROGRAM A), DS-C (SEAT DOWN – PROGRAM C), SSC-B (BACKREST UP – PROGRAM B), DSC-D (BACKREST DOWN – PROGRAM D) AND EMERGENCY PROGRAMSS, DS, SSC, DSC are the four manual command lines of the dental chair. They are activated keeping pushed the correspondent commands. A, B, C,D are the four lines of the dental chair controls: they activate a program only if the correspondent command is pushed for a while. Emergency programme function is to completely lower the backrest.

12VDC0VDC

FOOT CONTROL BOARD

SS OUT 3-K3 DS OUT 2-K3 SSC OUT 4-K3 DSC OUT 5-K3

97660478FOOT CONTROL

BOARD IN 3-K3 SS OUT IN 2-K3 DS K22 IN 4-K3 SSC IN 5-K3 DSC

97660442

DOCTOR CONSOLE SS-A DS-C OUT SSC-B KCB1 DSC-D POS. EMERG.

97660558

ASSIST.BOARD CARD SS-A DS-C OUT SSC-B KCB3 DSC-D POS. EMERG.

97660421

DENTAL CHAIR BOARD

IN KCB1

97660576AUXILIARY

CONNECT. CARD IN KPE

OUT KCB2

IN KCB1

97660578

Vedi “Legenda segnali comandi

poltrona


26C

ontrol path


(continues)

PR: line that brings the dental chair into the rinse position turning on the bowl and shutting off the operatory light at the same time. If button PR is pressed again, the light comes back on after 10 sec. It can be turned on with the foot control when the instruments are in place and the middle switch on the foot control is pushed fully to the left (standard foot control)

DOCTOR CONSOLE

OUT KCB1


TIONS CARD IN OUT KCB1 KCB2 KPE

97660576DENTAL CHAIR BOARD

IN KCB1


OUT KCB3

97660421

97660578

FOOT CONTROL BOARD (STANDARD)

OUT 2-K22(PR activated by the “Servi-ce Menu”: ON)

97660442


27C

ontrol path


HYDRO-GR. BOARD

OUT 18-KA2

97660583


OUT 1-2-M1

97660576

18VDC 0VDC

EV28 - BOWL31VDC(circa 2”) ~16VDC

If the function is activated (see “hydrogroup settings” - opera-ting instructions)

OPERATING LAMP

According to the set % (see Operating instructions)


28C

ontrol path


(continues)

RA: is the line used for automatic dental chair return, shutting off the operatory lamp at the same time. This is done from the standard foot control with the instruments in place and the middle switch on the foot control pushed fully to the right.

DOCTOR CONSOLE

OUT KCB1


TIONS CARD IN OUT KCB1 KCB2 KPE

97660576DENTAL CHAIR BOARD

IN KCB1


OUT KCB3

97660421

97660578

FOOT CONTROL BOARD (STANDARD)

OUT 2-K22(RA activated by the “Servi-ce Menu”: ON)

97660442


29C

ontrol path


HYDRO-GR. BOARD

OUT 18-KA2

97660583


OUT 1-2-M1

97660576

EV28 - BOWL31VDC(circa 2”) ~16VDC

Se la funzione è attivata (Ved. “impostazioni gruppo idrico”) “Operating Instructions”.

OPERATING LAMP18VDC 0VDCAccording to the set % (see Operating instructions)


30C

ontrol path


HYDRO-GR. BOARD

IN OUT 16-KB2 KCB1

97660583

EM_I

DENTAL CHAIR EMERGENCY DEVICES - Dia. 97040580


IN OUT KCB1 KCB2

97660576

DENTAL CHAIR BOARD

IN KCB1

IN 5-K5

IN 1-K4

97660578

DENTAL CHAIR SEAT CARD

IN OUT 2-K12 5-K5

97660164

11,3VDC0,2VDC

BACKREST MICROSWITCH

EM3*

11,3VDC0,2VDC

10,6VDC0,2VDC

FOOTBOARD MICROSWITCH

EM2*

*ATTENTION!MICROSWITCH CLOSED = SAFETY DEVICE NOT ACTIVATEDMICROSWITCH OPEN = SAFETY DEVICE ACTI-VATED

EM_I11,3VDC0VDC

ASSIST. BOARD MICROSWITCH

EM1*


31C

ontrol path


(continues)

3,8VDC(Value that remains active for 3” after the

suction tube is put back in place)

24VDC

SURGICAL SUCTION APPLICATION - Dia. 97040525 - Dia. 97040536 - Dia. 97040537 - Dia. 97040538 - Dia. 97040539 - Dia. 97040541

IN-CAN1: line activated when the large suction tube is extracted and stops at the hydrogroup card TL: starts running after IN-CAN 1 has been activated and is used for operation of the suction contactor.

LARGE SUCTION TUBE CONTROL


IN OUT 2-KM4 KCB1


IN OUT KCB3 KCB1 12-KB2

97660583

IN_CAN1


IN KCB1

(RELE’ RL2)

97660576

0VDC12VDC

TL

(EV111)


32C

ontrol path


(EV110)3,8VDC(Value that remains active for 3” after the

suction tube is put back in place)

24VDC

SURGICAL SUCTION APPLICATION - Dia. 97040525 - Dia. 97040536 - Dia. 97040537 - Dia. 97040538 - Dia. 97040539 - Dia. 97040541

IN-CAN2: line activated when the small suction tube is extracted and stops at the hydrogroup card TL: starts running after IN-CAN 2 has been activated and is used for operation of the suction contactor.


IN OUT 3-KM5 KCB1


IN OUT KCB3 KCB1 11-KB2

97660583

IN_CAN2


IN KCB1

(RELE’ RL2)

97660576

0VDC12VDC

TL

SMALL SUCTION TUBE CONTROL


33C

ontrol path


BOWL DRAIN VALVE APPLICATION - Dia. 97040540

Whenever water is let into the bowl, the fl oat inside the valve triggers surgical suction. The water is conveyed to the suction tube.

VALVOLA DURR

HYDRO-GR. BOARD

IN OUT 12-KA2 KCB1


TIONS CARD IN KCB1 RELE’ RL2 WORKING

97660576

TL0VDCValue that remains active for about 20

seconds after the Durr valve (bowl drainage)

has been emptied)

11,5VDC

Press the button on the indicated module to drain the water from the Durr valve (bowl drain) (hold down the button a few seconds).When the button is released, the valve and therefore suction stay on for 15 seconds.

VALVOLA DURR

HYDRO-GR. BOARD

IN OUT 12-KA2 KCB1

97660583

0VDC(Value that remains ac-tive for approximately 15 seconds after the button is released)

11,5VDCTL


IN KCB1 RELE’ RL2 WORKING

97660576

This button drains the liquids from the valve so that the fi lter can be cleaned.


34C

ontrol path


50” - EV105

SUCTION (continuous) +

WATER(2sec. ON - 1sec. OFF)

10” - EV43

SUCTION +

LIQUID DISINFECTANT

10”

AIR SUCTION

- work cycle

STOP

After only air has been taken in for 10”, the entire suction system stops. To restart, place the two suction tubes in the housings on the assistant’s board and extract them again. If one or both of the suction tubes are extracted before the cycle has been completed, the cycle is interrupted and a beep is provided.

HYDRO-GR. BOARD OUT 13-KB2 IN 15-KB2 (VT) OUT 14-KB2 KCB2 after 50”

97660583

24,7VDC 0,8VDCper 50”

- signal path

Suction tubes ex-tracted and connected to vacuum switches (for the signal path see IN-CAN1 and IN-CAN2)

1sec. 2sec.

24,8VDC 1VDC10sec.

0,9VDC2sec.

0,9VDCper10sec.

24,7VDC1sec.

24,7VDC

EV 105 - WATER

EV 43 - LIQUID DISINFECTANT

HYGIEN SUCT. TUBE B.

OUT 4-K7 (VT)

97660438HYGIEN SUCT. TUBE B.

2-K7 OUT 2-K2 3-K7 OUT 4-K2

97660438

SUCTION TUBE FLUSHING APPLICATION - Dia. 97040544

The system starts running when both suction tubes are connected to the nozzles placed under the suction fi lter. The system automatically washes with municipal water for 50 seconds - EV105 automatically with intermittent operation 2 sec.: ON - 1 SEC.: OFF. After washing with water, liquid disinfectant is let in- EV43 (approx. 10 cc) for about 10 seconds. Lastly it takes in only air for approximately 10 sec. to dry the ducts (total 1 minute and 10 seconds).105 = washing solenoid valve.43 = suction system disinfecting solenoid valve.LINEA VT = line activated when the two suction tubes are connected to the nozzles placed under the suction fi lter.

CANWASHDOCTOR CONSOLE

IN OUT - Icon on KCB1 display:

97660558

0VDC12VDC


35C

ontrol path DISTILLED WATER APPLICATION - Dia. 97040542

The distilled water tank is put under pressure by pressing the button on the assistant’s board (relative LED on). The tank is automatically depressurized when the dental unit switches over to STAND-BY.

The button whose LED is off delivers municipal water to the instruments thereby by passing the tank (BY_PASS).



OUT KCB1

IN 2-8 KT1

HYDRO-GR. BOARD

IN OUT KCB3 10-KB2

97660583

BY_PASS

97660421

EV130,9VDC24,5VDC

Distilled water reserve level signal (Relative symbol displayed on doctor’s console).

DISTILLED WATER TANK

HYDRO-GR. BOARD

IN OUT 17-KB2 KCB2 J1 = OFF


IN DISPLAY KCB1 AVAILABLE ICON

97660558

RIS_H2O0VDC11,5VDC

1List of fault


LIST OF ERRORS THAT APPEAR ON THE DOCTOR’S CONSOLE DISPLAY

LIST OF “ERRORS”

- “ERROR”: Warning regarding a critical problem that shuts down some dental unit functions.

DENTIST’S MODULE ERROR MESSAGES (the message depends on the fi rmware version)

CHECKSNUMERICAL ERROR

(Display shows: Internal error)

DESCRIPTIVE ERROR (with

fi rmware up to: 10/10)

DESCRIPTIVE ERROR (with fi rmware since:

11/10)

1 Problem:hydro-group -

Basic hydrogroup card does not communicate via CAN BUS:- Check the basic hydrogroup card input voltage.- Check the status of the basic hydrogroup card leds.

2 Problem: assistant’s board -

Assistant’s board’s card does not communicate via CAN BUS:- Check the assistant’s board’s card input voltage.- Check the status of the assistant’s board’s card leds.

3 Problem: dentist’s board -

Basic instrument board’s card does not communicate via CAN BUS:- Check the instrument board’s card input voltage.- Check the status of the instrument board’s card leds.

4 Problem: Chair -

Basic dental chair card does not communicate via CAN BUS:- Check the basic dental chair card input voltage.- Check the status of the basic dental chair card leds.

5 Connections problem -

Basic utility service center card does not communicate via CAN BUS:- Check the basic utility service center card input voltage.- Check the status of the basic utility service center card leds.

6 Problem: Foot control -

Foot control card does not communicate via CAN BUS:- Check the foot control card input voltage.- Check the status of the foot control card leds.

7 Problem: Hygiene unit -

Disinfecting system card does not communicate via CAN BUS:- Check the disinfecting system card input voltage.- Check the status of the disinfecting system card leds.

8 - 0008 calltechnical support

Error during autocheck.- Check the CAN BUS connections between the basic hydrogroup card and doctor’s console card.- If OK and errors 9/10/12/13/14/15 appear, replace the basic utility service center card.- If OK and errors 9/10/12/13/14/15 don’t appear, replace the instrument board’s card.NOTE: the error appears only when the dental unit is turned on.


Error during autocheck.- Check the CAN BUS connections between the basic utility service center card and basic dental chair card.- If OK and errors 8/10/12/13/14/15 appear, replace the basic utility service center card.- If OK and errors 8/10/12/13/14/15 don’t appear, replace the basic dental chair card.NOTE: the error appears only when the dental unit is turned on.


Error during autocheck.- Check the CAN BUS connections between the basic utility service center card and basic hydrogroup card.- If OK and errors 8/9//12/13/14/15 appear, replace the basic utility service center card.- If OK and errors 8/9//12/13/14/15 don’t appear, replace the basic hydrogroup card.NOTE: the error appears only when the dental unit is turned on.


2 List of fault


(CAN LITE) The basic utility service center card is not on:- Check the basic utility service center card input voltage.- Check the CAN BUS connections on the basic utility service center card. - Verify if the foot control connection has been made to the correct connector on the basic utility service center card.- If OK, replace the basic utility service center card.(CAN TINY) The basic dental chair card is not on:- Check the basic dental chair card input voltage.- Check the CAN BUS connections on the basic dental chair card. - If OK, replace the basic dental chair card.NOTE: the error appears only when the dental unit is turned on.


Error during autocheck.- Check the CAN BUS connections between the basic hydrogroup card and doctor’s console card.- If OK and errors 8/9/10/13/14/15 appear, replace the basic utility service center card.- If OK and errors 8/9/10/13/14/15 don’t appear, replace the doctor’s console card.NOTE: the error appears only when the dental unit is turned on.


Error during autocheck:- Check the CAN BUS connections between the basic utility service center card and disinfecting system card.- If OK and errors 8/9/10/12/14/15 appear, replace the basic utility service center card.- If OK and errors 8/9/10/12/14/15 don’t appear, replace the disinfecting system card.NOTE: the error appears only when the dental unit is turned on.


Error during autocheck:- Check the CAN BUS connections between the basic utility service center card and foot control card.- If OK and errors 8/9/10/12/13/15 appear, replace the basic utility service center card.- If OK and errors 8/9/10/12/13/15 don’t appear, replace the foot control card.NOTE: the error appears only when the dental unit is turned on.


Error during autocheck:- Check the CAN BUS connections between the basic hydrogroup card and assistant’s board’s card.- If OK and errors 8/9/10/12/13/14 appear, replace the basic utility service center card.- If OK and errors 8/9/10/12/13/14 don’t appear, replace the assistant’s board’s card.NOTE: the error appears only when the dental unit is turned on.

17 Cycle interrupted low level in tank

H2O reserve levelfi ll tank

Distilled water tank reserve level shuts down suction tube washing or disinfecting cycle:- Fill distilled water tank.Hydrogen peroxide tank reserve level shuts down disinfecting cycle:- Fill distilled water tank.

18 Autocheck CAN BUS press OK -

WIRE ERROR:- Check the supply voltage and CAN BUS connections on the dental unit cards.

19 - - EEPROM read/write error:- Replace the basic utility service center card.

51Cycle interrupted

instruments changed

Check instrumentsrepeat cycle

Instruments modifi ed during disinfecting cycle:- Repeat a disinfecting cycle with the same instruments that were extracted during the previous cycle.

52 Cycle interrupted no pressure

0052 calltechnical support

No water/air pressure:- Check the water/air pressure.- If OK, replace the pressure switch.

53 Cycle interrupted low level in tank

H2O2 reserve levelfi ll tank

Hydrogen peroxide tank reserve level shuts down disinfecting cycle:- Fill hydrogen peroxide tank and restart the cycle.

3List of fault


54 Cycle interrupted Filling problem

Open H2O spray valves

Volumetric sensor does not send the correct signal during the disinfecting cycle fi lling stage (hydrogen peroxide):- Check the water cocks on the instrument board (they should be open during the disinfecting cycle).- Check the air pressure to the pneumatic dosing unit.- Check the volumetric sensor.


Tank 1 level probe (W.H.E.) inconsistent (MAX – ON ; MIN – OFF):- Check the status of the disinfecting card.- Check the probes.- Check the status of the leds on the disinfecting card.

56Hanging tank 1:

no mains water-

Tank 1 fi lling error (W.H.E.). Tank 1 eliminated as no water is present:- Check water fl ow to the dental unit.- Check water fl ow to the W.H.E. system.- Check the W.H.E. system probes.


Tank 2 level probe (W.H.E.) inconsistent (MAX – ON ; MIN – OFF):- Check the status of the disinfecting card.- Check the probes.- Check the status of the leds on the disinfecting card.

58Hanging tank 2:

no mains water-

Tank 2 fi lling error (W.H.E.). Tank 2 eliminated as no water is present:- Check water fl ow to the dental unit.- Check water fl ow to the W.H.E. system.- Check the W.H.E. system probes.

59 ExecuteWHE emptying

EmptyWHE system

STOP probe (W.H.E.) covered at start up:- Check the air pressure entering the dental unit.- See if there are water leaks to the W.H.E. system.- Perform the procedure to empty the tanks to quit the shutdown condition.

60 Mains water interrupted

EmptyWHE system

FULL probe covered. W.H.E. system shutdown:- See if there are water leaks to the W.H.E. system.- Perform the procedure to empty the tanks to quit the shutdown condition.


Disinfecting card internal error:- Replace the disinfecting system card.

63 - - Current protector active:- Check the W.H.E. system solenoid valves.


Procedure to empty W.H.E. system not correctly completed:- Check the W.H.E. system solenoid valves.- Check the water to cup solenoid valve.

65Emptying

interrupted WHE not on

Turn on WHE system

If the BY PASS signal is not on, the system cannot be emptied:- Check the led in the BY PASS key on the assistant’s board.

66 - Check suction tubesRepeat cycle

Vacuum meter signal not present:- Check the status of the vacuum meters.- Check the basic hydrogroup card.- Check the disinfecting system card.IMPORTANT: Do not start the suction tube washing cycle while the disinfecting cycle is in progress.

67Hanging tank 1:

STOP probe on-

Tank 1 fi lling error (W.H.E.). Tank 1 eliminated because STOP probe is on:- Check water fl ow to the W.H.E. system.- Check the W.H.E. tank probes.

68Hanging tank 2:

STOP probe on-

Tank 2 fi lling error (W.H.E.). Tank 2 eliminated because STOP probe is on:- Check water fl ow to the W.H.E. system.- Check the W.H.E. tank probes.

100 Instrument not Confi gured

Instrumentset

Instrument not recognized by doctor’s console:- If the factory settings have been reset, press the OK icon key on the doctor’s console display while the instrument is extracted. Repeat the operation for all the instruments on the doctor’s and assistant’s side except for the syringes. On - the contrary, check:

- the basic instrument board card;- the control card of the instrument causing the error;- the basic instrument board card connections (KS/KCB).


4 List of fault

101 Type not valid


Type of instrument not valid:- Check the basic instrument board card and relative connections (KS/KCB).Micromotor MX / camera IDCAM: check the status of the leds on the control card.

102 Problem: Telecamera


Camera handpiece not present or not working:- Connect the camera handpiece to the relative cord if it is not connected- On the contrary, check continuity of the cables inside the camera cord. If OK, replace the camera handpiece.


Hardware problem (fi ber optic):- Replace the basic instrument board card.


Hardware problem (CI):- Replace the basic instrument board card.

107 - -

The Flushing cycle cannot be performed:- Check dip-switch no.4 (ON = with Flushing) of the basic dentist’s module card.- Repeat the cycle with instruments out.

108 - H2O reserve levelFill tank

The Flushing cycle is not performed because the distilled water tank is on reserve:- Put distilled water into the relative tank.

109 - - The Flushing cycle is terminated due to an error:- Repeat the cycle correctly

150 Put back the suction tubes

Put suction tubesback in place

Suction tubes extracted when dental unit was turned on:- Put the suction tubes back in place.

151 Put back instruments

Put instrumentback in place

Instruments on assistant’s board extracted when dental unit was turned on:- Put the instruments back in place on the assistant’s board.

200 Problem: suction Check suction tubesfi lter, suction

Suction tube washing cycle cannot be performed:- Make sure the suction tube terminal is opened.- Check the vacuum switches, vacuum meters and ducts in the suction tube washing system.- Check the suction system.

201 Problem: Cattani pump


Cattani pump faulty:- Replace the Cattani pump.

202 Hardware problem bowl


Bowl hardware problem:- Check the potentiometer, gear motor, bowl rotation card / basic hydrogroup card and relative electrical connections.

203 Communication problem bowl


Communication problems between the bowl rotation card and basic hydrogroup card:- Check the bowl rotation card, basic hydrogroup card and relative electrical connections.

205 Put back the suction tubes

Put suction tubesback in place

Suction tubes extracted when dental unit was turned on:- Put the suction tubes back in place.

206 Put back instruments

Put instrumentback in place

Instruments on assistant’s board extracted when dental unit was turned on:- Put the instruments back in place on the assistant’s board.

300 - Check lampfuses

No 18 VAC:- Check the transformer, fuse (18VAC) and basic utility service center card.

301 - -No 24 VAC_R:- Check the transformer, fuse (24 VAC_R) and basic utility service center card.

302 - - No 24 VAC_I:- Check the transformer, fuse (24 VAC_I) and basic utility service center card.

303 - -Incorrect 12 VDC:- Check the voltage (12 VDC) entering the basic utility service center card.- If OK, replace the basic utility service center card.NOTE: The voltage should always be between +15% and -20%.

5List of fault


304 - -

Incorrect 24 VDC:- Check the led and voltage (24 VDC) entering the basic utility service center card. Check the line voltage (230 VAC).- If OK, replace the basic utility service center card.NOTE: The voltage should always be between +15% and -20%.

305 - -

Incorrect 32 VDC:- Check the voltage (32 VDC) entering the basic utility service center card. - Check the line voltage (230 VAC).- If OK, replace the basic utility service center card.NOTE: The voltage should always be between +15% and -20%.

306 - -

No voltage at multimedia card:- Check jumper/dip switch no. 5 on the basic utility service center card (position ON with monitor/work station). - Check the input/output voltage of the monitor/work station power supply card).

307 - -Main piloting air YV error:- Check the main air YV and relative electrical connection.- If OK, replace the basic utility service center card.

308 - -Main piloting water YV error:- Check the main water YV and relative electrical connection.- If OK, replace the basic utility service center card.

309 Check jumper

Check connection jumper

Brand not confi gured:- Check jumpers/dip switches no. 3 and no. 4 on the basic utility service center card.

310 - - Short circuit in monitor/work station power supply output voltage:- Replace the monitor/work station power supply card.

311 Mains water interrupted


No mains water:- Verify mains water is present.

350 - - Detected values do not permit calibration of foot control.

351 - Foot control setting not OK Incorrect minimum value calibration.

352 - Foot control setting not OK Incorrect CM signal calibration.

353 - Foot control setting not OK Incorrect maximum value calibration.

354 - Foot control setting not OK Incorrect zero (home) calibration.

355 - Foot control setting not OK Incorrect calibration.

400Acquisition

problem Seat motion


Seat potentiometer incorrectly read by basic dental chair card:- Check the voltage values of the seat potentiometer.- If OK, replace the basic dental chair card.

401Acquisition

problem Backrest motion


Backrest potentiometer incorrectly read by basic dental chair card:- Check the voltage values of the backrest potentiometer.- If OK, replace the basic dental chair card.

402

Dental chair problem

Wrong end-stop sett.

-

Direction of potentiometer variation reversed or acquired setting outside range:- Check the potentiometers and reset them from a mechanical point of view.- If the error persists, replace the basic dental chair card.


Internal eprom error:- Replace the basic dental chair card and perform the automatic procedure to set the dental chair movements.


6 List of fault

404 - 0404 seetechnical manual

System between dental chair and dental unit not valid:- Check jumper/dip switch:

- no.2 (ON) on the basic utility service center card and basic dental chair card;- no.4 (ON) on the basic water card.


Basic dental chair card hardware problem:- Replace the basic dental chair card and perform the automatic procedure to set the dental chair movements.





411 - -Seat potentiometer incorrectly read by basic dental chair card:- Check the voltage values of the seat potentiometer.- If OK, replace the basic dental chair card.

412 - -Backrest potentiometer incorrectly read by basic dental chair card:- Check the voltage values of the backrest potentiometer.- If OK, replace the basic dental chair card.

415 - - For internal statistics only.The machine is working properly.

420 - - For internal statistics only. The machine is working properly.

LIST OF “WARNINGS”

- “WARNING”: Warning of a problem that is not important and does not block the dental unit (e.g. the activation of the AUTOSTERIL cycle when the instruments are not extracted).

DENTIST’S MODULE WARNING MESSAGES(The message depends on the fi rmware version)

CHECKSNUMERICAL WARNING

(Display shows: Warning)

DESCRIPTIVE WARNING (with fi rmware up to:

10/10)

DESCRIPTIVE WARNING (with fi rmware since:

11/10)

50 Instruments not in stand-by

Put instrumentsback in place

All the instruments have to be in place in order to start a disinfecting cycle:- Put all the instruments back into place on the instrument board.

51 - - Attempt made to start a disinfecting cycle without selecting an instrument:- Select an instrument or cup or suction tubes.

52 - -

Disinfecting system not installed in the dental unit:- Command refused because the disinfecting system is not installed in the dental unit.- Check jumper/dip switch no. 1 (ON) on the disinfecting card.

53 - -

An instrument is accidentally released during the disinfecting cycle (instruments changed error):- Empty and wash the ducts to exit the shutdown condition.- Always perform the whole disinfecting cycle with the same instruments that were selected when the cycle was started.

54 Cycle interrupted option not included -

Disinfecting system not installed in the dental unit:- Check jumper/dip switch no. 1 (ON) on the disinfecting card.- If OK, replace the disinfecting card.

7List of fault


55 - -

Water to cup command selected with disinfecting cycle shutdown:- Empty and wash the ducts to exit the shutdown condition.- Always perform the whole disinfecting cycle with the same instruments that were selected when the cycle was started.

56 Missing-in problem oxygenated water - Solenoid valve for adding hydrogen peroxide does not work:

- Replace the solenoid valve

57Not enough

instruments taken out

Withdraw allinstruments

Instruments extracted were changed during the disinfecting cycle:- After the disinfecting cycle has been shutdown it has to be restarted with the same instruments that were extracted for the previous cycle that was interrupted.

59 Cycle interrupted no instrument

Withdraw at leastone instrument

Disinfecting cycle started with cups or instruments not selected:- Perform a disinfecting cycle with cups and/or instruments selected.

200 Hydro emergency active

Hydrogroupemergency activated

Hydrogroup emergency while dental chair was moving down:- Check the assistant’s board’s microswitch.

202 Perform setup proc. Bowl

Setbowl

Bowl rotation limit switch setup request:- Set the bowl rotation limit switch.

203 Bowl end-stopOK

Bowl settingOK Bowl rotation limit switch setup correctly completed.

204Problem: bowl

Wrong end-stop sett.

Bowl settingnot OK

Bowl rotation limit switch setup not correctly completed:- Set the bowl rotation limit switch.

250Cycle completedShut off and turn

back on

Shut off andturn back on

W.H.E. drain cycle completed:- Shut off and turn the dental unit back on or press the OK icon key on the doctor’s console to restart the W.H.E. system.

251 Calibrating foot control - Foot control calibration procedure accessed.

300 Execute periodical maintenance

Perform routine maintenance

Perform scheduled maintenance:- Go to the “SERVICE MENU” and reset the hour meter.

400 Chair base emergency active

Foot board emergency Activated

Automatic or manual dental chair movement interrupted because foot control emergency switch was actuated:- Check the foot control emergency microswitch and basic dental chair card.

401 Backrest emergency active

Backrest emergency Activated

Automatic or manual dental chair movement interrupted because backrest emergency switch was actuated:- Check the backrest emergency microswitch and basic dental chair card.

402Perform setup proc.

Dental chair end-stop

Setdental chair

Basic dental chair card not set:- Set the dental chair limit switches.

403 Dental chair motion disabled

Dental chair blocked

Put instrument in place

Automatic dental chair movements A/B/C/D are disabled by an extracted instrument or disinfecting/emptying cycle or camera set to FREEZE:- Put the instrument back in place and wait for the disinfecting/emptying cycle to end or set the camera to LIVE and restart automatic movements A/B/C/D.

404 Dental chair motion disabled -

Set positions A/B/C/D/RA/PR lost. The dental chair automatically set itself to the factory programs:- Reset positions A/B/C/D/RA/PR.

407Dental chair

problemcalibrating

Dental chair settingnot OK

Automatic limit switch setup procedure for dental chair movements not correctly completed:- Verify if the safety foot board has been removed before starting the automatic setup procedure. - Set the dental chair limit switches.

408Dental chair

end-stopOK

Dental chair settingOK

Automatic limit switch setup procedure for dental chair movements correctly completed.


8 List of fault

409 Seat emergencyactive

Seat emergency Activated

Dental chair seat emergency switch actuated:- Check jumper/dip switch no. 8 (OFF) on the basic dental chair card and seat emergency microswitch.- If OK, replace the basic dental chair card.

411 Instrument Extracted



Dental chair automatic functions (A/B/C/D) shutdown:- Verify signal EGN is present when the instruments are in place.

412 Instrument On



Automatic (A/B/C/D) and manual dental chair functions shutdown:- Check the EGN – CM signals:

EGN:- present when the instruments are in place;- absent when the instruments are on.CM:- present with foot control actuated;- absent when foot control is not actuated.

413 User shutdownOn

Dental chair shutdownactivated

Automatic (A/B/C/D) and manual dental chair functions shutdown:- Verify operation of the 50% key.- The relative icon should be shown on the doctor’s console display when operating.


1Boards layout

CONTENTS

- DENTAL CHAIR INTERCONNECTION MODULE (CODE 97660164) ........................................................ 2

- “EMS” SCALER INTERFACE MODULE (CODE 97660183) ........................................................................... 3

- SATELEC SCALER INTERFACE MODULE (CODE 97660365 - Until: 09/2008) .......................................... 4

- CURING LAMP “T LED” MODULE (CODE 97660401) ................................................................................... 6

- DISINFECTANT CARD (CODE 97660420 - Until: 06/2008) .............................................................................. 8

- ASSISTANT BOARD MODULE (CODE 97660421 - Until: 02/2009) .............................................................. 13

- ASSISTANT BOARD MODULE (CODE 97660697 - From: 03/2009) .............................................................. 13

- SUCTION TUBE DISINFECTANT CARD (CODE 97660438)......................................................................... 16

- STANDARD/PUSH-PEDAL CARD (CODE 97660442) ..................................................................................... 17

- MICROMOTOR CONTROL MODULE MX (CODE 97660474) ..................................................................... 22

- BASIC INSTRUMENT BOARD MODULE (CODE 97660532) ....................................................................... 26

- DOCTOR’S CONSOLE MODULE (CODE 97660558) ..................................................................................... 30

-TURBINE CONTROL MODULE (CODE 97660565) ......................................................................................... 33

- BASIC ELECTRICAL BOX MODULE (CODE 97660576) .............................................................................. 35

- BASIC DENTAL CHAIR MODULE (CODE 97660578) ................................................................................... 41

- BASIC DIGITAL HYDROGROUP MODULE (CODE 97660583) ................................................................... 46

- MONITOR/WORKST. PWR SUPPLY CIRCUIT BOARD (CODE 97660616 - Until: 04/10) ....................... 51

- MONITOR/WORKST. PWR SUPPLY CIRCUIT BOARD (CODE 97660906 - From: 05/10) ...................... 51

- MICROMOTOR CONTROL MODULE ISOLITE 300 - MC3 (CODE 97660617) ........................................ 53

- MOTORIZED BOWL CONTROL CARD (CODE 97660627) .......................................................................... 56

- SCALER INTERFACE CARD (CODE 97660630 - From: 10/2008) ............................................................... 58

- SANITATION CONTROL CIRCUIT BOARD (CODE 97660672 - From: 07/2008 - Until: 01/2010) ........... 60

- SANITATION CONTROL CIRCUIT BOARD (CODE 97660866 - From: 02/2010) ...................................... 65


2 Boards layout

DENTAL CHAIR INTERCONNECTION MODULE (CODE 97660164)

1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES 0 V: connector K5 - PIN 2. 5 VDC: connector K5 - PIN 1.2. DESCRIPTION

- It acts an interconnection between basic dental chair module code 97660578, the back potentio-meter and back microswitch.

- It acts an interconnection for the 230 VAC power supply for the back gear motor.

- It acts an interconnection with the keypad on the side of the dental chair OPTIONAL.

3. CONNECTORSK5(AMP) Power supply/signal interconnection

between back potentiometer and basic dental chair module code 97660578 Signal interconnection for back emergency microswitch (EM3)K6(AMP) Power supply/signal interconnection with BASIC dental chair module code 97660578 (ONLY IF SIDE

KEYPAD IS INSTALLED - OPTIONAL).K11(AMP) Back potentiometer connectionK12 Back emergency microswitch connection EM3 If connector K12 is disconnected, the back’s safety device is activated as a result the chair seat/back

cannot move down and the automatic programs are not operative.K13(AMP)Power supply/signal interconnection for keypad on side of dental chair OPTIONALKC Connection, dental chair backrest geared motor capacitorKSC INPUT, backrest geared motor supply from dental chair base circuit board (code 97660578) 230VACKSC-M OUTPUT, backrest geared motor supply, 230VAC

4. RELAYS NOT PRESENT.5. FUSES NOT PRESENT.6. LEDS NOT PRESENT.7. JUMPERS NOT PRESENT8. SETTINGS NOT PRESENT.

FLAT CABLE CONNECTOR:

AMP CONNECTOR:

MOLEX CONNECTOR MICROFIT type:

1 4 72 5 83 6 9


3Boards layout


AMP CONNECTOR:


“EMS” SCALER INTERFACE MODULE (CODE 97660183)

1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES 32 VDC: connector KP1 - PIN 1. 0 V: connector KP1 - PIN 4.

2. DESCRIPTION- Interface module for power supply and signals between the basic instrument board module code 97660532 and module EMS code 97660262.- Generates the instrument recognition signal (TYPE 1).- Supplies the EG signal when the instrument is withdrawn to lock out dental chair movements (SEE CAN BUS “NO EG” SIGNAL).

CAUTION: If the supply voltage (32 Vdc) is less than 30 Vdc, the EMS power supply card (code 97660262) may not activate the scaler’s handpiece or make it vibrate correctly (power low). In this case, check the dental unit’s supply voltage (M2: L - N), which should be 230 (±10%) Vac:

- If the voltage is too low, switch the jumper, placed at 0V of connector KSA (electrical box card code 97660483), to –10V.

- If the voltage is too high, spostare il ponte, situato sullo 0V del connettore KSA (electrical box card code 97660483), to +10V.

3. CONNECTORS F.O. Handpiece F.O. power supply F.O. +: blue wire F.O. -: blue wire V/R Handpiece power supply V: green wire R: red wire

EV Solenoid valve connection, Fiber optics light cooling (ONLY FOR EMS SCALER HANDPIECE WITH F.O.).

KP Power supply/signal interconnection with basic instrument board module (code 97660532).KS(FLAT) Power supply/signal interconnection with basic instrument board module (code 97660532).K1 Power supply/signal interconnection with EMS control (code 97660262).

4. RELAYS RL1 - Double contact relay. EMS control power supply and F.O. power supply to instrument.

5. FUSES - 6. LEDS - 7. JUMPERS - 8.SETTINGS: NOT PRESENT.


4 Boards layout


AMP CONNECTOR:


SATELEC SCALER INTERFACE MODULE (CODE 97660365 - Until: 09/2008)

1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES 24VDC: connector KS1 - PIN 1 32 VDC: connector KP1 - PIN 4 (For Satelec Newtron control power supply code 97660365). 0 VDC: connector KP1 - PIN 1

2. DESCRIPTION- Interface module for power supply and signals between the basic instrument board module code 97660532

and the SATELEC NEWTRON module 97660385.- Generates the instrument recognition signal (TYPE 1)- Supplies the EG signal when the instrument is removed to lock out dental chair movements (SEE CAN BUS

“NO EG” SIGNAL).

3. CONNECTORS F.O. EV Fiber optics cooling solenoid valve power supply

KA1 Handpiece power supply Pin 1: red wire (Orange) Pin 2: white wire (Black) Pin 3: TEAM UP application connection Pin 4: NOT USED Fiber optics power supply Pin 5: blue wire Pin 6: blue wire

KC1 Interconnection with SATELEC NEWTRON control code 97660385.

KC2 Interconnection with SATELEC NEWTRON control code 97660385.

KP1 Power supply/signal interconnection with basic instrument board module (code 97660532).

KS1(FLAT) Power supply/signal interconnection with basic instrument board module (code 97660532).


5Boards layout

4. RELAYS RL1 - double contact relay SATELEC NEWTRON control power supply and F.O. power supply to instrument

5. FUSES NOT PRESENT.

6. LEDS DL1 - green It is placed after relay RL1 and shows 32 VDC is being correctly fed to the SATELEC NEWTRON control code

97660385.

7. JUMPERS NOT PRESENT.

8. SETTINGS Trimmer P1: regulates the voltage for power adjustment (LINE C1 - PIN 6 KC2)

In order for the SATELEC scaler to work effi ciently, 5 VDC (+/- 0.2) should be present at pin 6 of connector KC2 (interface module code 97660365 for SATELEC with NEWTRON CONTROL) when the scaler is working regularly and the program and foot control are at MAX. On the contrary, adjust trimmer “P1” of the interface module to obtain this value. With function ENDO, 2.6 VDC (+/- 0.2) should be present at pin 6 of connector KC2 when the program and foot control are at MAX.


6 Boards layout


AMP CONNECTOR:


CURING LAMP “T LED” MODULE (CODE 97660401)

1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES 0 V: connector KP - PIN 1 DC32V: connector KP - PIN 4

2. DESCRIPTION- Supplies power to the curing light (T-LED) handpiece.- Generates the instrument acknowledgement signal (TYPE 4) if installed on the instrument board.- Generates the EG signal when the instrument is removed to lock out automatic PR/RA movements if the stan-

dard foot control is accidentally pushed. This function is operative only if installed on the instrument board

3. CONNECTORS K1 Supplies power to T-LED handpiece Pin 1 - 24 VDC PIn 2 - 0 V


7Boards layout

KS(FLAT) Power supply/signal interconnection with basic instrument board module (code 97660532)

K2 Microswitch connection, Instrument mount, if installed on the assistant’s board

K3 NOT USED.

4. RELAYS RL1 - Supplies power to the curing light (T- LED) module

5. FUSES NOT PRESENT

6. LEDS DL1 - GREEN If illuminated, it signals 24 VDC power is present for curing light T-LED On when the instrument is removed Off when the instrument is in the holder

7. JUMPERS J1 Position 1-2 when the curing lamp is installed on the instrument board Position 2-3 when the curing lamp is installed on the assistant’s board

J2 Position 1-2 when the curing lamp is installed on the instrument board and assistant’s board

8. SETTINGS NOT PRESENT


8 Boards layout


AMP CONNECTOR:


DISINFECTANT CARD (CODE 97660420 - Until: 06/2008)

(CAN BUS NODE)

CIRCUIT BOARD SUPPLY

0V: connector KAL 5 – PIN 124VDC: connector KAL5 – PIN 3 12VDC: connector KAL5 – PIN 424VDC: connector KAL5 – PIN 6


9Boards layout

2. FUNCTIONING

- The circuit board accepts all possible combinations: Only for BIOSTER system only, WHE system only or both applications at the same time. - Controls BIOSTER and WHE systems. - Varies hydrogen peroxide supply according to the height of the dental unit - Checks metering solenoid valve for short circuits. LED DL4 (if provided) fl ashes to indicate the presence of shorts.

3. CONNECTORS

KAL5(Molex)INPUT power from the connector box base circuit box (item no. 976604422)

KCB5 CAN BUS signal lead interconnection, Connection box base circuit board (item no. 976604422)

K1 NOT USED.

KB1(Molex) PIN 1 - EV connection, Conduit drainage

PIN 2 - EV connection, Hydrogen peroxide dispenser PIN 3 - NOT USED PIN 4 - Connection, Volume-metering sensor PIN 5 - EV connection, Conduit drainage PIN 6 - EV connection, Hydrogen peroxide dispenser PIN 7 - 0V PIN 8 - +12VDC

KB2(Molex) Connector, Hydrogen peroxide system interlock

KD1(Molex) Connector, Addition of hydrogen peroxide

KD2(Molex) Connector, Shut-off unit solenoid valves PIN 1 - TANK S1 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID PIN 2 - TANK S1 SHUTTER SOLENOID PIN 3 - TANK S2 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID PIN 4 - TANK S2 SHUTTER SOLENOID PIN 5 - TANK S1 WATER OUTLET SOLENOID PIN 6 - TANK S2 WATER OUTLET SOLENOIDPIN 7 - PRE-CHAMBER WATER MAIN INLET SOLENOID

KL1 NOT USED.

THE “0VAC” VALUE SPECIFIED FOR CONNECTORS KS1 AND KS2 STANDS FOR A “0V” VALUE, RE-GARDLESS OF THE “0V” VALUE COMMON TO THE REMAINING PARTS OF THE DENTAL UNIT. THE VOLTAGE OF THE PROBE SHOULD THEREFORE BE MEASURED USING THE DEDICATED “0V” VALUE AS A REFERENCE (see KS1, KS1 and TP1)MEASUREMENTS TAKEN WITH THE “0V” VALUE COMMON TO THE DENTAL UNIT MAY BE INAC-CURATE.

KS1 Connector, Shut-off unit common probes PIN 1 – Tank S1 probe PIN 2 – Tank S2 probe PIN 3 – PRE-CHAMBER probe PIN 4 – NOT USED


10 Boards layout

KS2 Connector, Pre-chamber, Tank S1 & Tank S2 probes. PIN 1 – FULL level probe, Tank S1. PIN 2 – LOW-level probe, Tank S1. PIN 3 – FULL level probe, Tank S2. PIN 4 – LOW-level probe, Tank S2. PIN 5 – Pre-chamber STOP probe. PIN 6 – Pre-chamber FULL probe.

KS3 WHE air pressure switch connection. Jumper inserted in connector, if WHE air pressure switch is not installed.

4. RELAYS

NOT PROVIDED

5. FUSES

NOT PROVIDED

6. LEDS

LED “PWRS” – DL1 (NOT USED).

LED “POWER” – DL2 – green Indicates that a 24 VDC supply is on.

LED “ERR” – DL3 – red OFF: The circuit board is operating in a trouble free manner ON: stays on when the probes in the 2 tanks do not detect the correct water level inside. (corresponding to er-rors 55, 56, 57 and 58 on the display). The led remains illuminated when the dental unit is installed in a show room. On the other hand, when it is installed in a doctor’s offi ce, make sure the compressor is on when the led is illuminated and empty the WHE tanks from the doctor’s console. Make sure the sensitivity set for the WHE probes (see Service menu) is correct. The red led goes out after the fault has been cleared and the dental unit has been turned off and back on. Otherwise the card needs to be replaced due to an internal error.FLASHING: There is a fault in the auxiliary equipment (solenoid valves, sensors, probes) controlled by the circuit board. - Solenoid valve EV8, Hydrogen peroxide metering.

LED “DIAG” – DL4 – orange (Diagnostic LED). NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS: Regular fl ashing. If the LED fl ashes four times quickly then pauses for one second, this means that there is fault in the CAN BUS lead (SEE BUS ACTIVITY LED).- If the LED fl ashes quickly or slowly at irregular time intervals, see: “ DIAGNOSTIC LED INDICATIONS “DIAG” - DL4” – Par. “HYGIENE SYSTEMS.

LED “WERR” – DL5 – red (WIRE ERROR LED). The CAN-BUS signals are transmitted over a dedicated shielded lead (2 wires + shield) LED OFF: Normal operating conditions LED ON: Wire of the CAN BUS lead short-circuited LED FLASHING: Wire of the CAN BUS lead pinched


11Boards layout

In the event of fault, all the WIRE ERROR LEDS the CAN-BUS CONNECTION circuit boards are provided with will come on depending on the problems arisen. For trouble-shooting, disconnect the CAN BUS lead starting from the hydro-group assembly and localize the faulty wiring (THE LED GOES OFF WHEN THE FAULT IS FOUND). LED “ACT” – DL6 – green BUS ACTIVITY LED Each circuit board, which handles the CAN BUS signals (digital system) and fi tted with microprocessor, co-mes with a BUS ACTIVITY LED (green colored) This LED fl ashes each time the circuit board transfers data to the CAN BUS. IRREGULAR FLASHING: Normal operating conditions STEADY LIGHT: Problem with the circuit board microprocessor (REPLACE THE CIRCUIT BOARD) or CAN BUS lead disconnected.

LED “FILL” – DL7 – green WHE APPLICATION If steady light is emitted, this means that solenoid valve EV61 is open (WHE water inlet).BIOSTER APPLICATIONIf the LED fl ashes, this means that hydrogen peroxide is passing through the volume-metering sensor (PRO-PER FUNCTIONING). If the LED stays off, the sensor is not detecting the fl ow of hydrogen peroxide.

LED “OUTS1” – DL8 – green If the LED comes on, this means that solenoid valve EV117 (water outlet of tank S1) is open.

LED “OUTS2” – DL9 – green If the LED comes on, this means that solenoid valve EV117 (water outlet of tank S2) is open.

7. JUMPERS

J1 – NO BIO / SL_0 (BIOSTER) ON position: BIOSTER system not providedOFF position: BIOSTER system provided

J2 - NODV /SL_1 (WHE) ON position: WHE system not providedOFF position: WHE system provided

J3 – NO ADD (WHE) ON position: disables H2O2 mixing in the WHE (FW rev. < 2.1) ; WHE with H2O2 at 300ppm (FW rev. ≥ 2.1).OFF position: enables H2O2 mixing in the WHE (FW rev. < 2.1) ; WHE with H2O2 at 600ppm (FW rev. ≥ 2.1). DEFAULT POSITION: OFF

J4 – SA ON position: Sanitation control circuit board installed on analog dental unit OFF position: Sanitation control circuit board installed on digital dental unit

8. SETTINGS

Access the SERVICE ITEM MENU provided to adjust probe sensitivity (refer to relevant chart)


12 Boards layout

Table for adjusting probe sensitivity in relation to water conductibility:

WATER CONDUCTIBILITY CARD SENSITIVITY

< 80 μS/cm Installation of the WHE is not recommended.

< 100 μS/cm

Sensitivity 4 (High sensitivity level for installations with very low water conductibility. Incorrect readings may occur caused by dirt on the walls and/or insulation of probes inside the tank). Check the condition of the probes at least every 6 months. (See PROBE MAINTENANCE).

From 100 to 150 μS/cm Sensitivity 3

From 150 to 250 μS/cm Sensitivity 2

> 250 μS/cm Sensitivity 1

TP1: Test point 0VAC, to be ONLY used for testing tanks S1 & S2 and the pre-chamber.

TP2: Test point 0VAC/DC to be used for the entire dental unit. DO NOT USE THIS TEST POINT TO INSPECT THE TANK PROBES

CHECKING THE PROBES Put the voltage tester prongs between the FULL and LOW level probes of the tank to be inspected as well as the probe common to the respective tank (remember that the common probe is connected to a dedicated 0V supply) - With the probe IMMERSED, the reading should be 0.6 VAC +/- 10% - With the probe NOT IMMERSED, the reading should be 0.1 VAC. If the readings are incorrect, replace the probes.

9. UPDATE

CARD VERSION UPDATE DESCRIPTION UPDATE DATE

Code 97660420/CFirmware 60420 rev. 2.0 First version installed. 23/08/07

Code 97660420/DFirmware 60420 rev. 2.1

The amount of hydrogen peroxide used during continuous WHE system mixing can be set: - J3 in position ON: mixing with hydrogen peroxide equal to 300 ppm (2 sec.).- J3 in position OFF (factory settings): mixing with hydrogen peroxide equal to 600 ppm (4 sec.).

11/12/08

Code 97660420/EFirmware 60420 rev. 2.2

Possibility to add hydrogen peroxide with the dispenser (not only via dropping due to gravity). 15/09/09


13Boards layout


AMP CONNECTOR:


ASSISTANT BOARD MODULE (CODE 97660421 - Until: 02/2009)ASSISTANT BOARD MODULE (CODE 97660697 - From: 03/2009)

(CAN BUS NODE)

1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES

0 V: connector KAL1 - PIN 1 12 VDC: connector KAL4 - PIN 3 24 VDC: connector KAL4 - PIN 4 0 VAC: connector KAL4 - PIN 5 24 VAC: connector KAL4 - PIN 6

2. DESCRIPTION

- Start the instruments on the assistant’s board when picked up- Supplies power to curing lamp T-LED handpiece - Supplies power to the syringe 6F handpiece on the assistant’s board- Control panel/BASIC hydrogroup module signal interconnection- Generates signals S-CAN 1 and S-CAN 2 to start suction- It acknowledges the time the dental chair dual function keys are held down and sends the signal to CAN BUS

to execute either the set or manual movement.


14 Boards layout

3. CONNECTORS K1 24 VAC OUTPUT for syringe 6F PIN 1 - 24 VAC PIN 2 - 0 V KAL4 Module power supply INPUT KCB1 CANBUS signals interconnections KCB2 AVAILABLE CONNECTION OF THE CAN BUS CABLES CAN BE EXCHANGED AMONGST ONE ANOTHER

WITHOUT CAUSING ANY OPERATIONAL PROBLEMS KM1 Microswitch connection, Hydraulic saliva suction / curing lamp T-LED handpiece KM2 Microswitch connection, Camera handpiece KM3 Microswitch connection, Syringe handpiece KM4 Microswitch/large tubing sensor module (ACCORDING TO DENTAL UNIT MODEL) KM5 Microswitch/small tubing sensor module (ACCORDING TO DENTAL UNIT MODEL) KM6 Power supply terminal block, Curing lamp T-LED handpiece KT1 Power supply/signal interconnection, Control panel P1 NOT USED

4. RELAYS NOT PRESENT


6. LEDS

DL1: WERR - red WIRE ERROR LED The CANBUS signal is transmitted with a dedicated screened cable (2 wires + screening). LED OFF: normal operating conditions. LED ON: wire short circuiting in CAN BUS cable LED FLASHING: wire in CAN BUS cable broken In the event of malfunctions, all the WIRE ERROR LEDS present on all the “CAN BUS NODE” electronic modules

will fl ash or stay on, depending on the problem. To troubleshoot, disconnect the CAN BUS cable starting from the hydrogroup to locate where the problem is

(IDENTIFIED BY THE LED THAT GOES OUT).DL2: ACT - green BUS ACTIVITY LED Each module that has the CAN BUS signal (digital system) complete with microprocessor, comes with a BUS AC-

TIVITY LED (green). The LED fl ashes whenever the card transmits data to the CAN BUS. IT FLASHES IRREGULARLY under normal operating conditions. LED ON AND STEADY: fault in microprocessor card (REPLACE CARD) or CAN BUS cable disconnected.DL3: +12 V- green Signals 12 VDC power onDL4: DIAG - orange Diagnostic led REGULAR OPERATION: fl ashes regularly It fl ashes fast four times and then pauses a second to signal there is a problem with the CAN BUS cable (SEE BUS

ACTIVITY LED). If it fl ashes quickly or slowly and irregularly it means the module is damaged and needs to be replaced.DL5: ERR - red OFF: regular module operation ON: comes on when the card detects an error, specifi ed by LED DIAG.


15Boards layout

DL6: +24 V- green Signals 24 VDC power supplied to module

7. JUMPERS

J1 OFF POSITION: T-LED handpiece present ; hydraulic saliva ejector not present. ON POSITION: T-LED handpiece not present ; hydraulic saliva ejector present. J2 NOT USED. ALWAYS OFF J3 With card code 97660421 < /B - FW < 1.7: NOT USED. ALWAYS OFF With card code 97660697 e cod. 97660421 ≥ /B - FW ≥ 1.7: - OFF: Automatic dental chair functions (A-B-C-D) on assistant’s board enabled. - ON: Automatic dental chair functions (A-B-C-D) on assistant’s board disabled. Regardless of the position of jumper J3, the automatic return (RA) and rinse position (PR) functions are always operative. J4 NOT USED. ALWAYS OFF

8. SETTINGSCheck the correct position of the jumper.

9. UPDATE


Code 97660421/AFirmware 60421 rev. 1.6 First version installed. 26/08/05

Code 97660421/B Firmware 60421 rev. 1.7

Use jumper J3 (card code 97660421) to enable/disable automatic dental chair functions A, B, C and D present on the assistant’s board: - J3 open: automatic functions (A-B-C-D) enabled.- J3 closed: automatic functions (A-B-C-D) disabled.Regardless of the position of jumper J3, the automatic return (RA) and rinse position (PR) functions are always operative.

27/06/08


Code 97660697Firmware 60697 rev. 2.0 First product version. 02/03/09

Code 97660697Firmware 60697 rev. 2.1 CAN BUS correction. 15/09/09


16 Boards layout

SUCTION TUBE DISINFECTANT CARD (CODE 97660438)

1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES 0 V: connector K7 - PIN 6 24 VDC: connector K7 - PIN 1

2. DESCRIPTION- Provides the signal which, through the 2 series pressure switches VT1 and VT2, starts the suction tube washing

cycle- Supplies water and disinfectant EV for the suction tube washing cycle

3. CONNECTORS K7(AMP) Power supply/signal interconnection with basic hydrogroup module code 97660583

K2(AMP) PINS 1-2: EV power supply OUTPUT, Opening water for suction tube washing (24 VDC) PINS 3-4: EV power supply OUTPUT, Disinfectant for suction tube washing (24 VDC)



6. LEDS NOT PRESENT

7. JUMPERS NOT PRESENT

8. SETTINGS NOT PRESENT


17Boards layout

STANDARD/PUSH-PEDAL CARD (CODE 97660442)

(CAN BUS NODE)


18 Boards layout


12VDC: connector K22 - PIN 4 0 V: connector K22 - PIN 5

2. DESCRIPTION

CAUTION. In order for the foot control to operate correctly, the magnet of the central switch should be positioned with the dot facing down.

STANDARD FOOT CONTROL

- Generates signal CM for instrument start up through sensor U1.- Generates signal POT_C to change the speed/power of the dynamic instruments through sensor U5.- Generates signal ER to start spray to the instruments.- Generates signal SV to wash the instrument cords.- Generates signal CHIP to start the CHIP BLOWER in MANUAL and AUTOMATIC modes after working with

instruments SPRAY.- Interconnection for signals for dental chair movement from foot control microswitches.- Controls automatic programs PR and RA activated with the central foot control.

PUSH-PEDAL FOOT CONTROL- Generates signal CM for instrument start up through the foot control microswitch.- Generates signal POT_C to change the speed/power of the dynamic instruments through sensor U5.- Generates signal ER to start spray to the instruments IF SELECTED- Generates signal SV to wash the instrument cords.- Generates signal CHIP to start the CHIP BLOWER in MANUAL and AUTOMATIC modes after working with

instruments SPRAY.- Controls automatic programs PR and RA (if present) by pressing the relative button on the foot control.

3. CONNECTORS

K1 Microswitch connection for signal CM (ONLY FOR PUSH-PEDAL FOOT CONTROL)

K3(AMP) Power supply/signal interconnection for foot control module

K4(AMP) CHIP AIR button connection WITH PUSH–PEDAL FOOT CONTROL it turns on/off spray to instruments (SHORT IMPULSE) and, with the instruments in place, automatic PR (LONG IMPULSE) control as well. WITH STANDARD FOOT CONTROL with the instruments in place, it governs automatic PR (LONG IMPULSE) control as well.

K5(AMP) Instrument cord washing button connection WITH PUSH–PEDAL FOOT CONTROL it turns on/off spray to instruments (SHORT IMPULSE) and, with the instruments in place, automatic RA (LONG IMPULSE) control as well. WITH STANDARD FOOT CONTROL with the instruments in place, it governs automatic RA (LONG IMPULSE) control as well.

K6 LED connection, Spray (ONLY FOR PUSH-PEDAL FOOT CONTROL).

K22 Power supply/CAN BUS signal interconnection with BASIC electrical box module code 97660576

P1 NOT USED

4. RELAYS NOT PRESENT.


19Boards layout

5. FUSES NOT PRESENT.6. LEDS

DL1: +12 V - green Lights up to signal 12 VDC power on for module

DL2 - DIAG - orange Diagnostic led REGULAR OPERATION: fl ashes regularly Led DIAG signals the setting stage has started or any errors present (SEE TABLE).

TYPE OF FLASHING LIGHT MEANING

Flashes regularly.The led goes on and off at 400 mS intervals

Correct operation

Flashes quickly.The led goes on and off twice as fast as normal -

200mS

During set up, it indicates the END STROKE SETTINGS ARE BEING SAVED

Flashes irregularly.Fast, slow with pauses

Foot control not properly set or fault inside module.Set the module.

If the problem persists, replace foot control module code 97660442.

DL3: WERR - red WIRE ERROR LED The CANBUS signal is transmitted with a dedicated screened cable (2 wires + screening).

LED OFF: normal operating conditions. LED ON: wire short circuiting in CAN BUS cable LED FLASHING: wire in CAN BUS cable broken

In the event of malfunctions, all the WIRE ERROR LEDS present on all the “CAN BUS NODE” electronic modules will fl ash or stay on, depending on the problem.

To troubleshoot, disconnect the CAN BUS cable starting from the hydrogroup to locate where the problem is (IDENTIFIED BY LED THAT GOES OUT).

DL4: ACT - green BUS ACTIVITY LED Each module that has the CAN BUS signal (digital system) complete with microprocessor, comes with a BUS AC-

TIVITY LED (green). The LED fl ashes whenever the card transmits data to the CAN BUS. IT FLASHES IRREGULARLY under normal operating conditions. LED ON AND STEADY: fault in microprocessor card (REPLACE CARD) or CAN BUS cable disconnected.


20 Boards layout

DL5: ERR - red OFF: regular module operation. ON: comes on when the card detects an error, specifi ed by LED DIAG. 7. JUMPERS

J1 POSITION OFF: Default position POSITION ON: CALIBRATION mode is accessed without pressing buttons RH and LH.

J2 POSITION ON: pressure foot control POSITION OFF: standard foot control

J3 ON POSITION: RA/PR functions disabled from the standard pedal lever (with module code 97660442/D - FW ≥ 2.3 only) and the

upper keys on the push pedal (with module code 97660442/E - FW ≥ 2.5 only). OFF POSITION: RA/PR functions enabled from the standard pedal lever and the upper keys of the push pedal.

J4 NOT USED Default position: OFF

8. SETTINGS

Set the foot control as directed below: THE INSTRUMENTS MUST BE IN THE HOLDERS!!!!

THE SAME PROCEDURE IS PERFORMED TO SET STANDARD AND PUSH-PEDAL FOOT CON-TROLS.

a- Make certain jumper J2 is in the correct position according to the foot control being used (SEE PARAGRAPH “JUMPERS”.

b- Turn on the dental unit holding down both buttons RH and LH or with jumper J1 on (ON).LED “DIAG” FLASHES QUICKLY IN A REGULAR MANNER TO SIGNAL WHEN SET UP MODE IS AC-TIVATED.

c- Release the buttons.d- Move the pedal COMPLETELY to the left and right: repeat the operation a number of times keeping the pedal

at the end of its stroke for 2 seconds.NOTE: WHEN A PUSH-PEDAL FOOT CONTROL IS PROVIDED, ACTIVATING THE SWITCH DOES NOT AFFECT THE RESULTS OF THE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE.

e- Leave both foot controls in the middle position.f- Press key RH to confi rm calibration. THE LED GOES OUT AS SOON AS BUTTON RH IS RELEASED. NOTE: IF LED DIAG FLASHES IN AN IRREGULAR MANNER, BLINKING QUICKLY 7 TIMES

AND THEN PAUSING, IT MEANS THERE IS AN ERROR INSIDE THE MODULE AND THE SET-TING HAS NOT BEEN ACCEPTED.

THEREFORE PRESS BUTTON LH AND REPEAT THE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE AGAIN FROM STEP “D” TO STEP “F”. IF, AFTER REPEATING THE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE LED DIAG STILL FLASHES IRREGULARLY, REPLACE BASIC FOOT CONTROL MODULE.


21Boards layout

g- Move the foot control lever completely to the right and left. LED DIAG SHOULD LIGHT UP JUST BEFORE THE FOOT PEDAL REACHES THE END. NOTE:

IF LED DIAG DOES NOT LIGHT UP OR LIGHTS UP WHEN THE FOOT-PEDAL IS HALFWAY, IT MEANS THERE IS AN ERROR INSIDE THE MODULE AND THE SETTING HAS NOT BEEN ACCEPTED. THEREFORE PRESS BUTTON LH AND REPEAT THE PROGRAMMING PROCE-DURE AGAIN FROM STEP “D” TO STEP “G”. IF, AFTER REPEATING THE PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE LED DIAG STILL FLASHES IRREGULARLY, REPLACE BASIC FOOT CONTROL MODULE.

h- Press button LH to quit programming mode. LED DIAG should fl ash normally again (400 mS ON and 400 mS OFF).

STANDARD FOOT CONTROL PUSH-PEDAL FOOT CONTROL

LEVER LEVER

LH

RH

LH

RH

9. UPDATE


Code 97660442/BFirmware 60442 rev. 1.7 First version installed. 23/11/05

Code 97660442/BFirmware 60442 rev. 1.8 Management of queue of faults added. 04/09/07

Code 97660442/CFirmware 60442 rev. 2.1 Correction in CAN BUS. 09/02/09


RA/PR functions can be enabled/disabled with foot control switch (Standard) through jumper J3:

- J3 opened: RA/PR enabled; - J3 closed: RA/PR disabled.

15/09/09

Code 97660442/DFirmware 60442 rev. 2.4 SPRAY signal error corrected for “push-pedal” version. 19/10/09

Code 97660442/EFirmware 60442 rev. 2.5

Dual operation of the pedal joystick (Standard/Push) activated with the instrument extracted (with console module code 97660558 - Fw ≥ 3.9 only):- Vertical movement of the joystick: switching on/off the operating lamp.- Horizontal movement of the joystick: activation/deactivation of micromotor inversion.Possibility to enable/disable the RA/PR functions using the upper pedal keys (push) via jumper J3: - J3 open: RA/PR enabled; - J3 closed: RA/PR disabled.

15/06/10

11

1


22 Boards layout

MICROMOTOR CONTROL MODULE MX (CODE 97660474)

(CAN BUS NODE)

- Diag – Yellow led- Power – Yellow led- Act – Yellow led- EN (enable) – Yellow led

CAN BUS connection

Solenoid valve power supply:

- 1 – 2 (EV coil cooling)- 3 – 4 (EV water spray)- 5 – 6 (EV air spray)

MX handpiece power supply:

- 1 – phase A (blue)- 2 – phase B (red)- 3 – phase C (black)- 4 – Fiber optic (orange)- 5 – Fiber optic (brown)

Card power supply:- 1 – 32 Vdc- 2 – 24 Vdc- 4 – 0 Vdc- Other contacts not used


Power and analog command connector 32 VDC: PIN 1 - red wire 24 VDC: PIN 2 - purple wire 0 V: PIN 4 - black wire

CAUTION: if the 32 Vdc value is too high (greater than 10%), the micromotor card may trip causing the micromotor to malfunction (it is not very powerful and easily shuts down). In this case, check the dental unit power supply and modify the selector for the electrical box card’s power supply (see electrical card layout – code 97660576) to obtain the correct 32 Vdc value.

2. DESCRIPTION

- Supplies power and controls and monitors the phases of the three-phase induction micromotor (PHASE A – PHASE B – PHASE C).

- Generates the instrument recognition signal via CAN BUS.- Feeds the cooling air for windings and air spray solenoid valves- Provides power supply for handpiece fi ber optics- Generates EG line on CAN BUS line

3. CONNECTORS

Control power supply [white connector] Power supply input, Control and solenoid valves from basic instrument board card code 97660532

Micromotor cord [orange connector] PIN 1 - blue wire - Power supply/Control OUTPUT, Micromotor PHASE A PIN 2 - red wire - Power supply/Control OUTPUT, Micromotor PHASE B PIN 3 - black wire - Power supply/Control OUTPUT, Micromotor PHASE C PIN 4 - brown wire - L -: fi ber optic power supply PIN 5 - orange wire - L +: fi ber optic power supply


23Boards layout

Solenoid valve power supply [green connector] cooling air for windings and air spray solenoid valves power supply (24 VDC) PINS 1-2; Winding cooling EV PINS 3-4: Spray water EV PINS 5-6: Spray air EV

CAN BUS connector CAN BUS signal interconnection CONNECTION OF THE CAN BUS CABLES CAN BE EXCHANGED AMONGST ONE ANOTHER WITHOUT CAUSING ANY

OPERATIONAL PROBLEMS (only for controls provided with two con nectors up to September 2006).



6. LEDS

“EN” LED – yellow led indicator – CAN ENABLEIf illuminated it signals the module is activated when the instrument is extracted.

“ACT” LED – yellow led indicator – CAN ACTIVITYBUS ACTIVITY LED (data transmission)The LED indicator fl ashes whenever he card transmits data to the CAN BUS (instrument microswitch activation). When the instrument is extracted, the LED indicator should fl ash IRREGULARLY.

“DIAG” LED – yellow led indicator – Diagnostic led:

FLASHING RATE MEANING CHECKS

Flashes at regular intervals (800 ms). (Signal provided both with the instrument in place and removed).

Normal operation.

MX MM control card (code 97660474): fast fl ashing rate (100 ms) (signal provided only when the instrument is removed).

Internal control error.- Check micromotor- Check F.O. light bulb- Check wires of MX MM cord (motor and fi ber optic phases)- Replace the control (code 97660474).

Motor phases incorrectly connected (short circuit/interruption).

Fiber optic incorrectly connected (short circuit/interruption).

“POWER” LED indicator – POWER ON(Yellow)Signals 32 VDC provided when illuminated (THE LED INDICATOR IS ILLUMINATED EVEN WHEN THE INSTRUMENT IS IN PLACE).


24 Boards layout


8. SETTINGSSet the fl ow rate of the air used to cool down the windings with a fl ow meter (MX = 10 nl/min) by adjusting the restrictor located under the micromotor module.

The Bien Air MX control has been developed employing completely digital technology. It is not equipped with a trimmer, the min. and max. speeds do not need to be set and the micromotor torque requires no adjustments. In fact, the control automatically determines these settings.

FIBER OPTIC:

Use the key on the dental unit control panel to turn on the MX micromotor fi ber optic and verify it has actually turned on. Use keys + and – on the control panel to vary fi ber optic brightness from the lowest to the highest level, making sure brightness actually changes. Use a DC tester o verify the voltage at the ends of the wires (brown and orange) of the cord connector ranges from a minimum of approximately 1.2 Vdc to a maximum of about 3.5 Vdc (+/– 0.2 V) with the handpiece lamp present. CAUTION: Locate the level indicated on the console’s visual display unit that corresponds to a voltage of 3.1 Vdc (+/– 0.2 V). Tell the doctor that this value should never be exceed to prevent the lamp from overheating that may notably reduce its service life. Make certain the fi ber optic automatically shuts off after about 30 sec. from when the micromotor was extracted with the foot control released.

CHECKING OPERATION:- Carefully verify that the connectors for the power supply and micromotor cord are properly connected before turning on the dental unit.- With the dental unit energized, make sure the POWER ON LED indicator is illuminated and the DIAG LED indicator fl ashes at a regular rate. Remove the micromotor and verify that the EN LED indicator (CAN enable) lights up and the ACT LED indicator (BUS–activity) fl ashes sporadically. Make sure motor MX appears on the dental unit display screen and select “FAST” operation with a 40000 rpm end scale value. - Activate the foot control in order to cover the entire range (minimum – maximum); make sure the micromotor is activated and that it runs regularly from the lowest (100 rpm) to the highest (40000 rpm) speeds. It should run in a trouble–free manner without shaking throughout the entire speed range. Turn the micromotor on several times with the foot control and make sure it always runs correctly; the micromotor should never hesitate or “jolt” when starting up. - Use the relative key on the dental unit control panel or select “SLOW” mode and make sure the end scale value shown on the display is 4000 rpm.Insert the handpiece with a rubber drill if possible. With the foot control released, reverse the micromotor with the relative key on the control panel. Press the foot control and verify that the micromotor runs counter–clockwise at low speed. Restore the normal speed of the micromotor. - Use the relative button on the dental unit control panel to verify that the set torque level corresponds to 100% (torque 100% = 3.2 Ncm).- Press the foot control to run the micromotor at low speed (100 – 200 rpm) exerting pressure on the rubber drill that increases. - Make sure the bar that indicates the torque on the display screen gradually increases. Increase the pressure until the motor stalls and make certain the bar is completely on and the display reads “0” rpm. - With the foot control released, set the torque level to 50% with the relative key on the control panel. In addition, activate functions “AUTOREVERSE” and “AUTOFORWARD”.


25Boards layout

AUTOREVERSE: Repeat the operation to load the rubber drill and make sure the micromotor stops once the set torque is reached. After the set pause time has elapsed (set by the user with 7 levels each T = 0.5 sec.), make sure it starts running counter–clockwise. Generally speaking the time is set to 4 = 2 sec.

AUTOFORWARD: Repeat the operation to load the rubber drill and make sure the micromotor stops once the set torque is reached. After the set pause time has elapsed (set by the user with 7 levels each T = 0.5 sec.), make sure it starts running counter–clockwise (free the test disk during this stage). Once the time set by the user has elapsed (with 7 levels each T = 0.5 sec.), the micromotor automatically goes back to clockwise operation. Generally speaking the time is set to 4 = 2 sec.

- Deactivate functions “AUTOREVERSE” and “AUTOFORWARD”.

PROBLEM CAUSE REMEDY

With the fi ber optic and autoreverse/autofoward functions active, the motor does not have torque at low speed (approximately 100-300 Rpm) and the autoreverse function immediately starts up.

Problem in cord’s bayonet fi tting. Replace MM MX cord

The motor and fi ber optic fail to start even though the MX menu is correctly displayed.

Connection between control (code 97660474) and motor interrupted.

See DIAG led signals of control code 97660474 (par. 6)

9. UPDATE


Code 97660474/BFirmware 60474 rev. 2.2 First version installed. 20/08/07


26 Boards layout

FLAT

CA

BL

E C

ON

NE

CTO

R:

AM

P C

ON

NE

CTO

R:

MO

LE

X C

ON

NE

CTO

R M

ICR

OFI

T ty

pe:

BASIC INSTRUMENT BOARD MODULE (CODE 97660532)

(CAN BUS NODE)

1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES 0 V: connector KAL2 - PIN 1 32 VDC: connector KAL2 - PIN 2 24 VDC: connector KAL2 - PIN 3 12 VDC: connector KAL2 - PIN 4 0 VAC: connector KAL2 - PIN 5 24 VAC - R: connector KAL2 - PIN 6


27Boards layout

2. DESCRIPTION- Supplies power to the instrument spray heater- Supplies power to the instrument module modules (32 VDC)- Instrument modules enabled through microswitch (MA-MB-MC-MD)- Instrument removed acknowledged (TYPE 1-2-4 signals)- F.O. power supply to all instruments (except MX micromotor supplied by its board code 97660474).- Instruments are interdependent- Instrument activated only with foot control in home position (CM signal not active)- Syringe 6F power supply- Power supply for 6.4” screen found on the instrument board (IF PRESENT)- Power supply for water spray to instruments solenoid valve (KEVA-B-C-D)- Power supply/interconnections for doctors console- Controls the value of line C1 (instrument power/speed variation) according to the settings entered in the

doctor’s console.- Saves instrument settings. - EG line (from instrument controls) sent to basic electrical box module code 97660576.- Sixth instrument control (T LED or ID CAM)- Panoramic negatoscope on/off.

3. CONNECTORSTP1-FO Syringe Power supply (OUTPUT) for syringe fi ber optics (IF PRESENT)

M1 Negatoscope power supply (IF PRESENT) Instrument board monitor power supply (IF PRESENT) Spray heater power supply (IF PRESENT) K1(AMP) Lock EV connection Chip EV connection K2 Syringe power supply (OUTPUT) K2 - SB NOT USED KAL2 Power supplies (input) KAL5(AMP) Doctor’s console power supply (OUTPUT) KCB1 CAN BUS signal interconnection for hydrogroup module code 97660583 KCB2 CAN BUS signal interconnection for doctor’s console KCB A-B-C-D CAN BUS signal interconnection for instrument modules A-B-C-D KEV A-B-C-D Power supply for spray water solenoid valves, Modules A-B-C-D KM A-B-C-D Microswitch connection, Modules A-B-C-D KP A-B-C-D Power supply for instrument modules A-B-C-D KS A-B-C-D(FLAT)Power supply/signal interconnection for instrument modules A-B-C-D P1 NOT USED

KTLED KEV-S (AMP) KM-SA (AMP) KM-SE (AMP) KM-E (AMP)

4. RELAYS RL1 – F.O. power supply to the syringe and instruments.

RL2 – X-ray viewer power supply (24 VAC-R).RL3 – Curing lamp power supply (24 VDC).

Power supply output (24 VDC) for T LED curing lamp.Syringe water solenoid valve connection.Syringe microswitch connection.Syringe microswitch connection as 6th instrument.6th instrument module microswitch connection.


28 Boards layout

5. FUSES (NOT PRESENT).

6. LEDS

DL1 - ACT - green BUS ACTIVITY LED Each module that has the CAN BUS signal (digital system) complete with microprocessor, comes with a BUS

ACTIVITY LED (green). The LED fl ashes whenever the card transmits data to the CAN BUS.DL2 - WERR - red WIRE ERROR LED The CANBUS signal is transmitted with a dedicated screened cable (2 wires + screening). LED OFF: normal operating conditions. LED ON: wire short circuiting in CAN BUS cable LED FLASHING: wire in CAN BUS cable broken In the event of malfunctions, all the WIRE ERROR LEDS present on all the “CAN BUS NODE” electronic mo-

dules will fl ash or stay on, depending on the problem. To troubleshoot, disconnect the CAN BUS cable starting from the hydrogroup to locate where the problem is

(IDENTIFIED BY THE LED THAT GOES OUT).DL3 - ERR - red OFF: regular module operation. ON: comes on when the card detects an error, specifi ed by LED DIAG.DL4: DIAG - orange Diagnostic led REGULAR OPERATION: flashes regularly It fl ashes fast four times and then pauses a second to signal there is a problem with the CAN BUS cable (SEE

BUS ACTIVITY LED). If it fl ashes quickly or slowly and irregularly it means the module is damaged and needs to be replaced.DL5: +12 V - green Lights up to signals 12 VDC power is provided DL6: +24 V - green Illuminated to signal 24 VDC power is fed to the module DL7: +32 V - green Illuminated to signal 32 VDC power is fed to the module DL8: 24 VAC - green Illuminated to signal 24 VAC power is fed to the module

7. JUMPERS J1 OFF POSITION: 6th instrument set for camera ID CAM. ON POSITION: 6th instrument set for T LED curing lamp. J2 NOT USED. Default position: OFF. J2 NOT USED. Default position: OFF.

8. SETTINGS TP3: 0 V test point. TP4: Test point to check signal C1. TP2: Test point for checking the voltage for the fi ber optics set for the doctor’s console with the instrument remo-

ved (MM MX off). The maximum value for each instrument (MM MX off) can be set from the SERVICE MENU (Maximum allowable value: 3.4-3.5 VDC) as directed below:


29Boards layout

- Sequence for accessing the SERVICE MENU. Press the keys in the following order:

- Press key

- Press key MODE until the screen used to adjust the fi ber optic is reached.

- The screen for setting the fi ber optic allows the maximum voltage that can be fed (3.4-3.5 VDC) to the fi ber optic of each instrument present on the instrument board to be adjusted (Except MM MX)*.

- Select the desired instrument (A - B - C - D - S) with key

- Adjust the voltage with the increase/decrease keys.

If the fi ber optic of an instrument is fed less than 3.2 VDC (see F.O. lamp specifi cations), press the key

- To go back to the operating conditions, press key MODE and twice.

(*) MM MX: the voltage supplied to the F.O. can be checked between PINS 4-5 of the “handpiece power” connector of card code 97660474.

9. UPDATE



Code 97660532/AFirmware 60532 rev. 3.3 Correction in CAN BUS. 03/03/09


30 Boards layout


AMP CONNECTOR:


DOCTOR’S CONSOLE MODULE (CODE 97660558)

(CAN BUS NODE)

1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES 0 V: connector KAL5 - PIN 1 24VDC connector KAL5 - PIN 2 12VDC: connector KAL5 - PIN 3 0V: connector KAL5 - PIN 4

2. DESCRIPTION- Interconnection of control panel signals/BASIC instrument board module code 97660532).- Negatoscope power supply interconnection, checks automatic shut off after 2 minutes and when brightness is

varied.- Controls variation of signal C1 with the increase/decrease keys to adjust the speed/power of dynamic instru-

ments. - Sows all the functions provided, according to the dental unit model, on the display.- Interconnection with lock sensor card code 97660280.- It acknowledges the time the dental chair dual function keys are held down and sends the signal to CAN BUS

to execute either the set or manual movement.

3. CONNECTORSKCB1 CAN BUS signal interconnection.KAL5(AMP) Power supply INPUT from basic instrument board module.K1 Power supply/signal interconnection for lock sensor card code 97660280.K7 Power supply/signal interconnection for doctor’s console.TP2/TP3 Power supply OUTPUT for doctor’s console negatoscope lamp (24 VDC).P1 NOT USED.



31Boards layout


6. LEDS LED “12V” – DL1 – green Lights up to signal power on (12 VDC input).

LED “24” – DL2 – green Lights up to signal power on (24 VDC input).

LED “BRAKE” – DL3 – yellow If illuminated, it signals the digital signal is provided (output) to activate the pneumatic lock for the instrument

board’s arm. LED ON: Board stuck; EV31 not energized. LED OFF: Pneumatic brake released; EV31 energized.

LED “DIAG” – DL4 – orange Diagnostic led REGULAR OPERATION: fl ashes regularly It fl ashes fast four times and then pauses a second to signal there is a problem with the CAN BUS cable (SEE

BUS ACTIVITY LED). If it fl ashes quickly or slowly and irregularly it means the module is damaged and needs to be replaced.

LED “ERR” – DL5 – red OFF POSITION: regular module operation. ON POSITION: comes on when the card detects an error, specifi ed by LED DIAG. LED “ACT” – DL6 – green BUS ACTIVITY LED Each module that has the CAN BUS signal (digital system) complete with microprocessor, comes with a BUS

ACTIVITY LED (green). The LED fl ashes whenever the card transmits data to the CAN BUS.

IT FLASHES IRREGULARLY under normal operating conditions. LED ON AND STEADY: fault in microprocessor card (REPLACE CARD) or CAN BUS cable disconnected.

LED “WERR” – DL7 – red WIRE ERROR LED The CANBUS signal is transmitted with a dedicated screened cable (2 wires + screening).


In the event of malfunctions, all the WIRE ERROR LEDS present on all the “CAN BUS NODE” electronic mo-dules will fl ash or stay on, depending on the problem.

To troubleshoot, disconnect the CAN BUS cable starting from the hydrogroup to locate where the problem is (IDENTIFIED BY THE LED THAT GOES OUT).


32 Boards layout

7. JUMPERS J1

Always in position ON. OFF: NOT USED. J2 OFF POSITION: Without motorized spittoon. ON POSITION: With motorized spittoon. J3 ON POSITION: negatoscope on (Continental version). OFF POSITION: panoramic negatoscope on (International version).

8. SETTINGS TP1: 0V test point Make sure jumpers J1 and J2 are in the correct position.

9. UPDATE



Code 97660558/AFirmware 60558 rev. 3.2 Erroneous brake operation for dental unit A7 Plus International corrected. 04/10/07

Code 97660558/BFirmware 60558 rev. 3.2

The display’s frame has been connected to the dental unit’s electric “0” to eliminate electrostatic charges. 21/01/08


- The time taken to save the dental chair programs has been increased to 2 sec. - Two new warnings are displayed on the console to inform the user that the automatic set up procedure for the dental chair’s end of travel limit switches has been successfully completed or has failed. - “Dental chair fault” “during set up”- “Dental chair limit switch” “OK”

12/02/08


- The user can enable/disable automatic dental chair functions A, B, C and D present on the doctor’s console from the “service menu”:- Position ON (factory setting): automatic functions (A-B-C-D) enabled.- Position OFF: automatic functions (A-B-C-D) disabled.Regardless of whether ON or OFF has been selected, the automatic return (RA), rinse position (PR) and emergency shutdown functions are always operative. - Icon “spray on” has been added when the push-pedal foot control is present.

27/06/08


Hold down key “50” on the doctor’s console (with console card code 97660578 - FW rev. ≥ 3.5) for at least 2 sec. to shut down manual/automatic dental chair movements. 11/02/09


- New graphic page added to the service menu to check for correct keypad operation on the dentist’s side.- New graphic page added to the service menu to scroll through and delete the list of the latest 60 messages displayed on the dentist’s control panel.- New graphic page available which can be retrieved by pressing the following sequence of keys: “INCREASE - DECREASE - INVERSION” to scroll through the list of the latest 60 messages displayed on the dentist’s control panel.

21/10/10


33Boards layout


AMP CONNECTOR:


TURBINE CONTROL MODULE (CODE 97660565)

1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES 0 V: connector KP - PIN 1 DC32V: connector KP - PIN 4

2. DESCRIPTION- Feeds the proportional solenoid valve for turbine operation.- Feeds the air spray solenoid valve.- Generates the instrument signals (TYPE 1, TYPE 2).- Generates the EG signal when the instrument is removed to lock out dental chair movements. (SEE “NO EG

CAN BUS SIGNAL)

3. CONNECTORS KP Power supply/signal interconnection with basic instrument board module (code 97660532). KS(FLAT) Power supply/signal interconnection with basic instrument board module (code 97660532). KEV Power supply, Air spray solenoid valve, Turbine air solenoid valve. M1 Power supply, Fiber optics handpiece +: brown wire -: blue wire

4. RELAYS RL1 - Double contact relay Turbine module power supply and F.O. power supply to instrument


6. LEDS NOT PRESENT.


34 Boards layout


8. SETTINGS

TRIMMER P1: trimmer used to adjust minimum pressure to turbine (low speed) TRIMMER P2: trimmer used to adjust maximum pressure to turbine (high speed)

SETTING THE TURBINE:Adjust the module that controls the proportional solenoid valve: minimum and maximum opening is controlled by the two trimmers found on the module.

- Mount a pressure gauge in series with the turbine.

- Completely loosen the restrictor that regulates the turbine pressure (screw under turbine module).

- Remove the instrument.

- Move the foot control to position “minimum” and set the pressure to 1.4 (+0.2) bar with trimmer “P1 minimum”. As regards dental units in which the speed is set from the instrument board, bring the foot control to position “maximum”. Make sure the speed is set to low on the console and set the pressure to 1.4 (+0.2) bar with trimmer “P1 minimum”.

- Move the foot control to position “maximum” and set the pressure to approximately 4 (±0.2) bar with trimmer “P2 maximum”. As regards dental units in which the speed is set from the instrument board, bring the foot control to po-sition “maximum”. Make sure the speed is set to high on the console and set the pressure to 4 (±0.2) bar with trimmer “P2 maximum”.

Be careful to stop turning the trimmer when the pressure no longer changes. The turbine pressure will not be linear if the trimmer is turned any further.

- Set the turbine to the correct pressure by adjusting the restrictor found under the instrument board near the drive air solenoid valve of the corresponding turbine module.

DL10DIAG ERR ACT

DL4DL9

+12V +24V +32VDL6 DL5

DL11 DL8WERRKTL

DL

1-24

V-I

DL

2-24

V-R

DL

3-18

VD

L7-

HT


35Boards layout

BASIC ELECTRICAL BOX MODULE (CODE 97660576)

(CAN BUS NODE)

If card code 97660576 is replaced, the operating time of the dental unit is zeroed from the SERVICE MENU.


36 Boards layout


AMP CONNECTOR:


THE ELECTRICAL BOX’S MODULE IS ALWAYS ENERGIZED (230 VAC, ORANGE LED DL7 - HT ON). DURING MAINTENANCE, SHUT OFF THE OFFICE’S MAIN SWITCH!!!!!


The power supply reached connector KT directly from the transformer (SECONDARY). 0 V: connector KT - PIN 7 - 8 - 9 18 VAC: connector KT - PIN 1 24 VAC-R: connector KT - PIN 2 24 VAC-I: connector KT - PIN 3

12VAC : connector KT - PIN 7.

Connector M2: External 230 - 115 - 100 VAC power supply input

2. DESCRIPTION - The power supply module provides the following voltages:

- 12 VDC (rectifi ed) to feed the electronic modules- 24 VDC (rectifi ed) to feed the instrument solenoid valves- 32 VDC to feed the instruments’ controls- 32 VDC to feed the solenoid valves that deliver water to the cup and bowl- 32 VDC to feed the air and water solenoid valves in the electrical box

(The solenoid valves are fed 32 VDC the fi rst 3-4 seconds after which the voltage is halved to 16 VDC only to keep the solenoid valves open).

- Supplies power to:- hydrogroup 24 VACI- instrument board 24 VACR- operatory light 18 VAC- dental chair 24 VACI -- controls the suction contactor- counts the number of hours the dental unit has operated. - Save the last user selected (A - B - C).

3. CONNECTORS

M1 PINS 1-2: Operatory light 18 VAC power supply PIN 3: 0 V PIN 4: 24 VDC OUTPUT PIN 5: 32 VDC OUTPUT PIN 6: 24 VAC OUTPUT for hydrogroup PINS 7-8 Beeper connection (free contact). PINS 9-10: Central suction connection (free contact).


37Boards layout

M2 230 VAC - 115 VAC - 100 VAC external line INPUT

M3 230 VAC auxiliary connections NOT USED

KSA Transformer power switch (230 VAC - 115 VAC - 100 VAC)

230 VAC CONNECTION 115 VAC CONNECTION 100 VAC CONNECTION (Fuse F2: T 6,3A - 250V) (Fuse F2: T 10A - 250V) (Fuse F2: T 10A - 250V)

P1 NOT USED K1 High voltage OUTPUT, Dental chair motor power supply M4 Dental unit main switch connection K5(Molex) Disinfectant module power supply OUTPUT: 12 - 24 - 32 VDC K4(AMP) 12 VDC “Dental Unit Tester” power supply OUTPUT. K8(AMP) Municipal/distilled water BY PASS EV control - 24 VDC KAL1 Hydrogroup power supply OUTPUT KAL2 NOT USED KEV(AMP) Electrical box water/air EV 32 VDC power supply OUTPUT KCB1 Hydrogroup CAN BUS connection KCB3 NOT USED KCB2 Dental chair CAN BUS connections KCB4 “Dental Unit Tester” CAN BUS connection. KCB5 Disinfectant card CAN BUS connections

CONNECTION OF THE CAN BUS CABLES CAN BE EXCHANGED AMONGST ONE ANOTHER WITHOUT CAUSING ANY OPERATIONAL PROBLEMS KMU(AMP)Power supplies/signals interconnection, MONITOR/WORKSTATION power supply card KEG Connector for air/water solenoid valve power supply

Check the power supply voltage in the dental unit (connector M2), which must be 230/115/100 Vac (+/-10%):- If the voltage is too low, move the bridge on 0V (connector KSA), in to position –10.- If the voltage is too high, move the bridge on 0V (connector KSA), in to position +10.

123

6 5 4

9 8 7

1 2 3

4 5 6

AF2


38 Boards layout

KT Low voltage INPUT (SECONDARY): 18 VAC - 24 VAC-I - 24 VAC-R

KTH Transformer’s primary winding power supply OUTPUT

KP(AMP) 24 VAC-I OUTPUT for dental chair module code 97660578 KPE Signal interconnection, CAN BUS signals/Foot control 12 VDC power supply KTL(AMP) Single suction contactor connection

4. RELAYS RL1 - Operatory light on/off RL2 - ON/OFF contact for central/single suction (See “M1” and “KTL”) RL4 - Beeper relay

5. FUSES F2 - 115/100 VAC input: fuse 5x20 T 10A 250V.

- 230VAC input: - fuse 5X20 T6,3A-250V: without electrical receptacle (A) in utility service center box. - fuse 5X20 T8A-250V: with electrical receptacle (A) in utility service center box.

F4 - 24V-I for hydrogroup-fuse 5x20 T 6.3 A 250V F5 - 24V-R for dental unit-fuse 5x20 T 6.3 A 250V F6 - 18 VAC for operatory light -fuse 5x20 T 6.3 A 250V

0 V: connector KT - PIN 7-8-9 18 VAC: connector KT - PIN 1 24 VAC-R: connector KT - PIN 2 24 VAC-I: connector KT - PIN 3

12VAC : connector KT - PIN 4.

0V: connector KTH - PIN 2.230VAC: connector KTH - PIN 6.115VAC: connector KTH - PIN 5.100VAC: connector KTH - PIN 4.


39Boards layout

6. LEDSDL1: 24V-I - green Lights up to signal 24 VAC power on for hydrogroupDL2: 24V-R - green Lights up to signal 24 VAC power on for dental unitDL3: 18V - green Lights up to signal 18 VAC power on for operatory lightDL4: +32V - green Lights up to signal 32 VDC power onDL5: +24V - green Lights up to signal 24 VDC power onDL6: +12V - green Lights up to signal 12 VDC power onDL7: HT - orange Lights up to signal 230 - 115 - 100 VAC dental unit input

THE ELECTRICAL BOX’S MODULE IS ALWAYS ENERGIZED (230 VAC, ORANGE LED DL7 - HT ON). DURING MAINTENANCE, SHUT OFF THE OFFICE’S MAIN SWITCH!!!!!

DL8: WERR - red WIRE ERROR LED The CANBUS signal is transmitted with a dedicated screened cable (2 wires + screening). LED OFF: normal operating conditions. LED ON: wire short circuiting in CAN BUS cable LED FLASHING: wire in CAN BUS cable broken In the event of malfunctions, all the WIRE ERROR LEDS present on all the “CAN BUS NODE” electronic modules

will fl ash or stay on, depending on the problem. To troubleshoot, disconnect the CAN BUS cable starting from the hydrogroup to locate where the problem is

(IDENTIFIED BY LED THAT GOES OUT).DL9: ACT - green BUS ACTIVITY LED Each module that has the CAN BUS signal (digital system) complete with microprocessor, comes with a BUS AC-

TIVITY LED (green). The LED fl ashes whenever the card transmits data to the CAN BUS. IT FLASHES IRREGULARLY under normal operating conditions. LED ON AND STEADY: fault in microprocessor card (REPLACE CARD) or CAN BUS cable disconnected.DL10: DIAG - orange Diagnostic led REGULAR OPERATION: fl ashes regularly It fl ashes fast four times and then pauses a second to signal there is a problem with the CAN BUS cable (SEE BUS

ACTIVITY LED). If it fl ashes quickly or slowly and irregularly it means the module is damaged and needs to be replaced.DL11: ERR - red OFF: regular module operation ON: comes on when the card detects an error, specifi ed by LED DIAG. 7. JUMPERS J2 Always in position OFF J3 Always in position ON


40 Boards layout

J4 Always in position OFF. J5 ON POSITION: power supply for monitor/workstation present OFF POSITION: power supply for monitor/workstation not present

8. SETTINGS Make sure the jumpers are correctly set

9. UPDATE



Code 97660576Firmware 60422 rev. 2.1

- Correction in CAN BUS.- The fi rmware becomes version 60422. 02/02/09

F1

RL1

RL2

RL3

DL7K5

DL4STOP ACT WERR

DL3DL6

D_OK +VR DIAGDL8 DL2

DL5

KSC

M1

K2

K1

KS


41Boards layout


AMP CONNECTOR:


BASIC DENTAL CHAIR MODULE (CODE 97660578)

(CAN BUS NODE)

0 V test point

Back poten-tiometer test point

Chair seat potentiometer test point

1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES 0V: connector KP - PIN 7 AC24V: connector KP - PIN 8 2. DESCRIPTION

- Controls movements of the dental chair, programs and manual controls.- Controls the dental chair safety devices (chair seat-back). If the microswitches are activated (contact open),

the chair seat and back cannot move down and the dental chair program cannot be run. If connector K4 is disconnected, the safety device for chair seat downward movement is activated and the corresponding move-ments (SEE ABOVE) cannot be carried out.

- Controls safety of dental chair movements (TOTAL LOCK OUT) according to signal CM received from the foot control.

- Controls the dental chair safety devices (assistant’s board). If the microswitches are activated (contact open), the chair seat cannot be lowered, the BACK CANNOT BE RAISED and the programs cannot be run (see signal EM1).


42 Boards layout

- Feeds the chair seat and back gear motors (230 VAC).- Controls and monitors the dental chair potentiometers (chair seat and back) to run the programs and inter-

locking devices (see dental chair settings). NOTE: If the voltage is not properly transformed (from 0 to 5 VDC) in the TEST POINTS (P-S; P-SC), the

corresponding movement is interrupted a few seconds after it was started UNTIL THE MECHANICAL END-STOP IS REACHED. If a potentiometer is disconnected, the relative part can be raised but not lowered through shifts/impulses that last a few seconds each time activated.

- It tells the disinfectant card 97660420 the seat height to change the time H2O2 is dispensed.- It supplies the signal to turn on the operatory light as soon as the selected program is reached.- The selected program A-B-C-D is displayed on the control panel.

3. CONNECTORS M1 230 VAC voltage INPUT MCS Chair seat up/down motor capacitor connection MMS Chair seat up/down motor power supply (230 VAC) K1 (Downward movement) Used only for installation or repairs K2 (Upward movement) Used only for installation or repairs K3(AMP) Chair seat potentiometer connections K4(AMP) Connection of dental chair foot board. K5(AMP) Signal interconnection from dental chair interconnection module (code 97660164) K6(AMP) OPTIONAL: Connection of keypad on side of dental chair K8(AMP) Power supply/signal interconnection for basic hydrogroup module (module 97660388) KP(AMP) Power supply/signals INPUT from basic electrical box code 97660169 KS 230 VAC OUTPUT for external connection, Chair seat up/down motor power supply KSA 230 VAC INPUT for external connection, Chair seat up/down motor power supply KSC Back up/down motor power supply (230 VAC) KCB1 CAN BUS signal for connection to basic electrical box module code 97660576. KCB2 NOT USED CONNECTION OF THE CAN BUS CABLES CAN BE EXCHANGED AMONGST ONE

ANOTHER WITHOUT CAUSING ANY OPERATIONAL PROBLEMS. P1 NOT USED P2 NOT USED KTR NOT USED

4. RELAYS RL1 - Back movement reversed RL2 - Power supply/safety system (230 Vac line) for dental chair motors RL3 - Chair seat movement reversed

5. FUSES F1 - 5x20 T 4A - 230 VAC input protection

6. LEDS LED “+VR” – DL2 – green

- when illuminated, it signals 32 VDC is provided

LED “DIAG” – DL3 – orange Diagnostic led

REGULAR OPERATION: fl ashes regularly

It fl ashes fast four times and then pauses a second to signal there is a problem with the CAN BUS cable (SEE BUS ACTIVITY LED).


43Boards layout

- If the light fl ashes twice: hardware problem (programs cannot be read).- If the light fl ashes 3 times: problem in dental chair movements (seat/backrest potentiometer does not work).- If the light fl ashes 5 times: limit switch malfunction (values of potentiometers outside saved limit switches).

- If the light fl ashes 6 times: limit switch previously saved lost or never set (factory settings restored). - If it fl ashes 7 times, it signals the dental chair’s set positions have been lost (the dental chair automatically sets itself to the factory set programs). - If it fl ashes quickly or slowly and irregularly (see par. 8 - SETTINGS) it means the module is damaged and needs to be replaced.

LED “STOP” – DL4 – red- Off under normal conditions.- Illuminated only in analog dental units to indicate dental chair shutdown with instruments active.

LED “ACT” – DL5 – green BUS ACTIVITY LED Each module that has the CAN BUS signal (digital system) complete with microprocessor, comes with a BUS

ACTIVITY LED (green). The LED fl ashes whenever the card transmits data to the CAN BUS.

IT FLASHES IRREGULARLY under normal operating conditions. LED ON AND STEADY: fault in microprocessor card (REPLACE CARD) or CAN BUS cable disconnected.

LED “WERR” – DL6 – red WIRE ERROR LED The CAN BUS signal is transmitted with a dedicated screened cable (2 wires + screening).


In the event of malfunctions, all the WIRE ERROR LEDS present on all the “CAN BUS NODE” electronic mo-dules will fl ash or stay on, depending on the problem.

To troubleshoot, disconnect the CAN BUS cable starting from the hydrogroup to locate where the problem is (IDENTIFIED BY THE LED THAT GOES OUT).

LED “HT” – DL7 – yellow- This led lights up to signal 230 VAC is present

LED “D_OK” – DL8 – green- Illuminated under normal conditions.- If off, emergency EM for the foot rest or back is activated. In this case, the chair seat and back cannot be mo-

ved.

7. JUMPERS J1 Turn to position ON to set the limit switches for movement of the chair seat and back (see settings) J2/J3/J4/J5 RESERVED. NOT USED. ALWAYS OFF. J6 Always select ON to detect interlocking device EM1 on the dental assistant’s board support arm.

A


44 Boards layout

8. SETTINGS

The following procedure should be performed when an electronic module, gear motors and dental chair poten-tiometers are replaced (if not set, the dental chair will not move correctly)

MANUAL SETUP: Turn on jumper J1 when the dental chair is energized and on (yellow led DL3 fl ashes faster).Press the keys shown below to position the limit switches: the limit switch should be stopped approximately 5 mm before the relative end-stop.

CAUTION. Back downward movement should be set to 8 mm.- Press one of the following keys to bring the dental chair to the limit switch to be set:

- Press key

- Press one of the 4 keys shown above to set the desired limit switch.- Repeat the steps for the remaining 3 limit switches. (if just one limit switch is changed, the others stay in the previous position).- Shut off the dental unit.- Deactivate jumper J1.- Turn the dental unit back on (yellow led DL3 starts fl ashing regularly again).

AUTOMATIC SETUP:

Before attempting to perform the “automatic set up” procedure, take off the dental chair safety grid (A).

If, after setting the end strokes, the dental chair does not move smoothly, check the settings of the potentiometers (dental chair seat and backrest) and set the end strokes again.

- Turn on jumper J1 when the dental chair is energized and on (yellow led DL3 starts fl ashing more quickly). IMPORTANT: The dental chair seat and backrest must NOT be at the mechanical end stops but in an interme-diate position. - Hold down key MEMORIA (SAVE) on the doctor’s console for about 4” and then release it: as a result, the automatic set up procedure for the dental chair starts. - Make sure the order in which movements take place is correct during the automatic set up procedure: 1) backrest and seat move completely up simultaneously (mechanical end stop). 2) backrest and seat move completely down simultaneously (mechanical end stop). 3) backrest and seat move up a short step simultaneously (position of limit switches).If the sequence is not correct, check the settings of the potentiometers and the number of times yellow led DL3 fl ashes then perform the automatic dental chair set up procedure again. If the sequence is correct, yellow led DL3 will continue to fl ash quickly.Once the set up procedure has been completed: Shut off the dental unit, open jumper J1 again and turn the dental unit back on (yellow led DL3 fl ashes at a regular rate again). CAUTION :- Once the manual or automatic set up procedure has been completed: move the dental chair parts to the end of their strokes. If a beep is given at the end strokes (BEEP = INCORRECT SETTING) check the potentiometers and perform


45Boards layout

the set up procedure again.- If the procedure given above is not followed during the manual/automatic set up procedure, the dental chair shuts down. In this case, shut off and turn the dental unit back on and repeat the set up procedure from the beginning.

DL3 ERROR FLASHES:If yellow led DL3 does NOT fl ash regularly, it means the end strokes were not successfully set. In this case, check the potentiometers and set the dental chair card again: 5 - 3 fl ashes: check the potentiometers and set the dental chair card again.6 fl ashes: set the dental chair card again.7 fl ashes: if it fl ashes 7 times, it signals the dental chair’s set positions have been lost (the dental chair automatically sets itself to the factory set programs).

CHECKING ROTARY SEAT/BACKREST POTENTIOMETER CALIBRATION:It is extremely important to check calibration of the potentiometers. Incorrect calibration could compromise proper operation of the patient chair board and the control of the interface with the cuspidor bowl.- Check the power supply (5VDC) to the seat potentiometers (between 1 and 4 of the K3 on board code 97660578) and the backrest potentiometers (between 1 and 4 of the K11 on board code 97660164 or between 1 and 2 of the K5 on board code 97660578).- Connect the volt meter (scale max. 10 V DC) between test point 0V and test point P_SC / P_S of the relative poten-tiometer.- Insert the jumper J1 with the patient chair powered and on.- Bring the backrest to its lowermost position and the seat to its uppermost position (until the mechanical limit stops are reached). The value detected by the volt meter must be about 0.7-0.8 V DC, for both seat and backrest.- Remove the jumper J1.After carrying out calibration of the patient chair electrical limit switches, check that the maximum value of the poten-tiometers never exceeds 4.5 V DC (with seat and back in uppermost position).Maximum and minimum values can change depending on (seat/backrest) movement because the movement strokes differ.

9. UPDATE



Code 97660578Firmware 60578 rev. 3.2

-Two new warnings are displayed on the doctor’s console (only if card code 97660558 is provided with fi rmware version ≥ 3.3) to inform the user that the automatic set up procedure for the dental chair’s end of travel limit switches has been successfully completed or has failed. - “Dental chair fault” “during set up”- “Dental chair limit switch” “OK”- New method to display icon regarding dental chair programming to prevent icon fl uttering.

12/02/08

Cod. 97660578/CFirmware 60578 rev. 3.5

Hold down key “50” on the doctor’s console (with console card code 97660558 - FW rev. ≥ 3.5) for at least 2 sec. to shut down manual/automatic dental chair movements. 15/12/08


New updates to avoid:- dental chair blockage when turned on;- errors in dental chair backrest potentiometer.

15/09/09

Code 97660578/DFirmware 60578 rev. 3.7 Acknowledgement of hydrogroup emergency signal (EMI) improved. 30/11/09

Code 97660578/EFirmware 60578 rev. 3.8 Correction to eliminate backrest movements when suction cannula is holstered. 13/06/11


46 Boards layout


AMP CONNECTOR:


BASIC DIGITAL HYDROGROUP MODULE (CODE 97660583)

(CAN BUS NODE)


47Boards layout

1. CIRCUIT BOARD SUPPLY 0V: connector KAL1 – PIN 1 32VDC: connector KAL1 – PIN 224VDC: connector KAL1 – PIN 312VDC: connector KAL1 – PIN 40VAC-R: connector KAL1 – PIN 5 24VAC-R: connector KAL1 – PIN 60VAC-I: connector KAL1 – PIN 724VAC-I: connector KAL1 – PIN 8

2. FUNCTIONING - the circuit board delivers electrical power to the hydro-group solenoid valves (The solenoid valves are fed 32 VDC with a 125ms impulse repeated every 30’’. The tester will always read a value that is approxi-mately 13 VDC)- controls surgical suction according to the signals coming from the respective suction tube micro-switches - Operates the cup fi ller heater - Emits signals to indicate low-level in the distilled water tank - Emits signals to indicate low-level in the hydrogen peroxide tank- Serves as an interface module to the camera control circuit board - Interconnection for dental assistant and dentist’s instrument boards - Bowl movement control (OPTIONAL: A7 Plus).- Automatic bow movement associated to dental chair programs RA and PR: the doctor an enable/disable both these movements from the two “Hydrogroup settings” pages on the doctor’s console. When key RA is pressed, automatic bowl movement is NOT activated if the dental chair is already in its home position. - Manual controls to turn the bowl with the keys on the doctor’s console. - “Special bowl movements” functions that can be accessed only by technicians through a special service menu SEPARATE from the regular service menu given on the doctor’s console (See. “service menu” in the Techni-cal manual).

3. CONNECTORS M1 PIN 1 – OUTPUT 0VAC PIN 2 – 24VAC PIN 3 – 32VDC PIN 4 – 24VDC PIN 5 – 0VDC

KA1 Power supply: METASYS SEPARATOR DURR SEPARATOR CENTRAL SUCTION SYSTEM SOLENOID VALVE CUP FILLER HEATER

KA2(Molex)Power OUTPUT PIN 1 – 0V, Pressure switch PIN 2 – 0V, DURR/METASYS separator PIN 3 – 0V, Low-level probe of hydrogen peroxide tank PIN 4 – 12VDC, Low-level probe of hydrogen peroxide tank


48 Boards layout

PIN 5 – 0VAC-I, DURR/METASYS separator PIN 6 – 24VAC-I, DURR/METASYS separator PIN 7 – 32VDC PIN 8 – 32VDC PIN 9 – 32VDC PIN 10 – 24VDC PIN 11 – Pressure switch connection PIN 12 - DURR/METASYS separator connection

PIN 13 - Low-level probe of hydrogen peroxide tank PIN 14 – Connection, CATTANI canister MIN-level probePIN 15 - Connection, CATTANI canister COM level probePIN 16 - Connection, CATTANI canister MAX-level probe

THE “0VAC” VALUE OF COMMON PROBE “C” STANDS FOR “0V” REGARDLESS OF COMMON “0V” VALUE RELATING TO THE OTHER DENTAL UNIT PARTS. VOLTAGE PROBE READING SHOULD THEREFORE BE TAKEN USING THE DEDICATED “0V” AS A REFERENCE (COMMON PROBE “C”). ANY MEASUREMENTS TAKEN BY USING THE COMMON “0V” VALUE OF THE DENTAL UNIT AS REFERENCE WILL BE OF NO USE.

PIN 17 – CATTANI Canister pump supply PIN 18 – EV 28: Cup fi ller PIN 19 – EV 27: Bowl assembly PIN 20 – Syringe (dental assistant’s side)

KB1 PIN 1 – 0V PIN 2 – 32VDC PIN 3 – 24VDC

Power OUTPUT, Dental assistant’s console BASE circuit board (item no. 97660421):PIN 4 – 12VDCPIN 5 – 0V PIN 6 – 24VDC PIN 7 – 0VAC-I PIN 8 – 24VAC-I

KB2(Molex)Signal/power leads PIN 1-2-3-4-5 – 24VDC PIN 6-7-8-9 – 0V PIN 10 – EV13 connection PIN 11 – EV110 connection PIN 12 – EV111 connection PIN 13 – EV105 connection PIN 14 – EV43 connection PIN 15 – Connection, Suction tube fl ushing control pressure switch PIN 16 – Connection, Hydro-group emergency switch PIN 17 – Connection, Low-level probe of distilled water tank PIN 18 – Distilled water tank depressurization microswitch connection

KC1(Molex) Motorized bowl control circuit board interconnection (OPTIONAL: A7 Plus).KCB1 CAN BUS Interconnection, Connection box KCB2 CAN BUS Interconnection, Dentist’s instrument boardKCB3 CAN BUS Interconnection, Dental assistant’s instrument boardKCB-E CAN BUS InterconnectionKIDCAM CAN BUS Interconnection, ID CAM control circuit boardKAL1 Power INPUT, from Connection box


49Boards layout

KAL2 Power OUTPUT, Dentist’s instrument boardK1(AMP) NOT USEDK2 - P1 NOT USED

4. RELAYS NOT PROVIDED

5. FUSES NOT PROVIDED

6. LEDS

LED “24V-R” – DL5 – green Comes on to indicate a 24VAC supply to the dental unit

LED “24V-I” – DL4 – green Comes on to signal a 24VAC supply to the hydro-group

LED “+12V” – DL3 – greenComes on to signal a 12VDC supply to the circuit board



LED “DIAG” – DL8 – orange Diagnostic LED NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS: Regular fl ashing If the LED fl ashes 4 times quickly and pauses 1 second, this means that the CAN-BUS lead is faulty (See BUS ACTIVITY LED) If the LED fl ashes quickly or slowly at irregular time intervals, this means that the circuit board is damaged and needs replacement.

LED “ERR” – DL9 – red OFF: normal circuit board operation ON: comes on when the card detects an error, specifi ed by LED DIAG. FLASHING: short circuit in either solenoid valve of the hydro-group: - Cup fi ller water supply - Bowl water supply

LED “ACT” – DL7 – green BUS ACTIVITY LED Each circuit board, which handles CAN-BUS signals (digital systems) and fi tted with a microprocessor, co-mes with a BUS ACTIVITY LED (green colored) This LED fl ashes each time the circuit board transfers data to the CAN-BUS.

IRREGULAR FLASHING: Normal operating conditions

LED EMITS STEADY LIGHT: Problems with the circuit board microprocessor (REPLACE THE CIR-CUIT BOARD) or CAN BUS lead disconnected.


50 Boards layout

LED “WERR” – DL6 – red WIRE ERROR LED The CAN-BUS signal is transmitted over a dedicated shielded lead (2 wires + shield).

LED OFF: normal operating conditions LED ON: a wire in the CAN-BUS lead is short-circuited LED FLASHING: pinched wire in the CAN BUS lead

In case of fault, all the WIRE ERROR LEDS on the CAN-BUS circuit boards will start fl ashing or stay on depending on the fault arisen. To trouble-shoot, disconnect the CAN BUS lead starting from the hydro-group and localize the faulty wiring (THE LED SHOULD GO OFF as soon as the fault has been found)

LED “RISC” – DL10 – greenLED OFF: water to cup heater not fed LED ON: water to cup heater fed

7. JUMPERS

J1 OFF POSITION: DISTILLED WATER SYSTEM PRESENT ON POSITION: DENTAL UNIT WITHOUT DISTILLED WATER SYSTEM

J2OFF POSITION: HOT WATER TO CAP FILLER HOT WATER TO CUP FUNCTION DISABLED FROM DOCTOR’S MENU (COLD WATER): THE ICON APPEARS ON THE DISPLAY

ON POSITION: DENTAL UNIT WITHOUT HOT WATER SYSTEM TO CUP FILLER

J3OFF POSITION: WITHOUT POWERED BOWL .ON POSITION: WITH POWERED BOWL.

8. SETTINGS (NOT REQUIRED)

9. UPDATE




Updated so that inappropriate error messages (204 and bowl communication down) are not displayed in dental units equipped with motorized bowl. 30/06/08

Code 97660583/CFirmware 60583 rev. 3.3 Updated to prevent suction system shutdown. 10/10/08

Code 97660583/DFirmware 60583 rev. 3.4 CAN BUS communication up-date. 28/11/08

JP1


51Boards layout


AMP CONNECTOR:


MONITOR/WORKST. PWR SUPPLY CIRCUIT BOARD (CODE 97660616 - Until: 04/10)MONITOR/WORKST. PWR SUPPLY CIRCUIT BOARD (CODE 97660906 - From: 05/10)

1. CIRCUIT BOARD SUPPLY 0V: connector M1 – PIN 1 21VAC: connector M1 – PIN 2

2. FUNCTIONING - The circuit board delivers 15VDC to operate the monitor and the workstation. - It governs the FREEZE signal for the WORKSTATION application, for connection to an external PC, for the camera application on the assistant’s side in analog dental units and for camera with monitor applications.- Causes the connection box circuit board to shut off the multimedia application in the event of short-circuits in the output. - Indicates no 21VDC input voltage from the transformer. The respective ON/OFF LED DL1 comes on. - Indicates the 15Vdc signal is not present at the transformer’s output through the relative LED DL4 - 15 VDC.

3. CONNECTORS M5(AMP)PIN 1 –24VDC INPUT, Connection box circuit board. PIN 2 – IMAGE FREEZE signal, Image Freeze.

PIN 3 – ON/OFF INPUT signal, Power supply switching-on. PIN 4 – NOT USED..

PIN 5 – ERROR 1 OUTPUT signal – No 21VDC at transformer input. M3 OUTPUT 21 VAC for built in camera ID CAM power supply (code 97660555).

PIN 6 – ERROR 2 OUTPUT signal – Short circuits in transformer output. The connection box shuts off the multimedia application.

PIN 7 – 0V. PIN 8 – NOT USED.

M1 21VAC INPUT from transformer. M6 Image freeze connection for Workstation or external PC (with or without image capturing card V-USB2 cod. 76610101).


52 Boards layout

M7 Image freeze connection for camera on assistant’s side or camera mounted on monitor (ANALOG DENTAL UNITS)M2 15VDC OUTPUT, monitor/workstation

4. RELAYS RL2 – Used to turn on the monitor and dental unit at the same time.

5. FUSES FU1 - 21VAC input - fuse 5x20 6,3 A-250V.

6. LEDSDL1 – 21VAC – green Lights up to signal 21VAC in transformer input.DL2 – FREEZE – yellow Comes on to indicate that the FREEZE signal is activated.DL3 – ON/OFF – yellow Comes on to indicate that the ON/OFF signal is activated.DL4 - +15VDC –green Lights up to indicate 15VDC output for monitor/workstation.

7. JUMPERS - Card code 97660616: NOT PROVIDED

- Card code 97660906:JUMPER DESCRIPTION

JP113VCC Always OFF (not used).15VCC Always ON: Monitor/Workstation power supply.

8. SETTINGS NOT REQUIRED

9. TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEWhen the dental unit is turned on, a 0 V signal is sent to pin 3 of connector M5 (card code 97660616/906);after which the following LED indicators light up:- LED DL1 - 21 VAC: indicates the input voltage is present (21 Vac).- LED DL3 - ON/OFF: indicates the turn on signal from the dental unit is present - LED DL4 – 15VDC: indicates the output voltage is present (15 Vdc).

LED DESCRIPTIONCAUSE REMEDY

Led DL1-21 VAC: OFF

- Vertical fuse FU1 blown. - Replace the fuse.

- No input voltage (21 Vac). - Check the input voltage (21 Vac) in connector M1.

- Relay RL2 not working. - Replace the card code 97660616/906.

Led DL1-21 VAC: ON

Led DL3-ON/OFF: OFF

Led DL4-15 VDC: OFF

- No turn on signal (0 V) received from dental unit.

- Verify the presence of 24 Vdc in points 1-7 of connector KMU (card code 97660616/906).- Check continuity and connections of the power cable between the electrical box card and card code 97660616/906.

- Power cable (15 Vdc) for monitor/workstation interrupted.

- Check continuity and connections of the power cable between the card code 97660616/906 and monitor/workstation.

- Error inside card code 97660616/906. - Replace the card code 97660616/906.


53Boards layout


AMP CONNECTOR:


MICROMOTOR CONTROL MODULE ISOLITE 300 - MC3 (CODE 97660617)

1. MODULE POWER SUPPLIES - 0 V: connector KP1 - PIN 1 - 32 VDC: connector KP1 - PIN 4

2. DESCRIPTION Supplies the micromotor power supply: max 24 VDC (+/- 0.5 VDC) Generates the instrument recognition signal (TYPE 1 + TYPE 4) Supplies the EG signal when the instrument is removed to lock out dental chair movements (SEE CAN BUS “NO

EG” SIGNAL). Feeds the cooling air for windings and air spray solenoid valves

3. CONNECTORS M1 Handpiece fi ber optics power supply F.O. +: brown wire F.O. -: blue wire Micromotor handpiece power supply MM1: red wire MM2: black wire KEV Solenoid valve power supply, Air spray and cooling air for windings KS1(FLAT) Power supply/signal interconnection with basic instrument board module (code 97660532) KP1 Power supply/signal interconnection with basic instrument board module (code 97660532)

4. RELAYS RL1 - double contact relay - power supply for micromotor module and fi ber optics power supply to instruments. RL2 - reversal of direction of micromotor rotation.


54 Boards layout


6. LEDS DL1 - red Shows when the speed of the micromotor is changed It is off when the foot control is inactivated On with the foot control operative: the brightness of LED DL1 depends on the position of the foot control switch

(signal C1) and instrument activation signal (CM). LED DL1 is parallel with the pins used to connect the micro-motor’s cord.

7. JUMPERSJ1 - Position 1: micromotor MC2/Isolite 300 Position 2: micromotor MC3

8. SETTINGS

TRIMMERS P1 - MAX: trimmer used to adjust the micromotor’s high speed P2 - POT: trimmer used to adjust the micromotor’s power P3 - MIN: trimmer used to adjust the micromotor’s low speed P4 - LIM: trimmer used to adjust the micromotor’s current limit. DO NOT TOUCH!!!

SETTING MICRO MOTOR MC3:

a) Connect a tester (minimum capacity 25 Vdc) to the wires (red and black) of the micro motor’s cord on the micro-motor control.

b) Mount a handpiece in the micromotor with a rubberized dental burr (usually used to polish).c) Take out the micromotor.d) Operate the dental unit’s foot control at maximum and set the maximum speed to about 23.5 (± 0.5 Vdc) with the

MAX trimmer. Regarding dental units whose speed is adjusted on the instrument board, make sure the maximum seed is set.e) Run the dental unit’s foot control at minimum and set the minimum speed to approximately 1.8 (± 0.2) Vdc with

the MIN trimmer. Regarding dental units whose speed is adjusted on the instrument board, run the foot control at maximum and

make sure the speed shown on the panel is set to minimum and set the minimum speed to approximately 1.8 (± 0.2) Vdc with the MIN trimmer.

f) Run the dental unit’s foot control (as explained at e) and slow down the rubberized dental burr with your fi ngers, trying to simply slow it down and not stop it. Adjust power trimmer POT so that the voltage of the micromotor increases as the dental burr slows down up to 7-8 (± 0.5) Vdc (with the dental burr nearly blocked). It is IMPOR-TANT that the micromotor runs smoothly without jerking during this stage.

g) Set the air fl ow rate for cooling down the windings (when a turbine simulator is used, 3.4-3.5 bar is lost per Long life turbine) by adjusting the restrictor located under the micromotor module.

WHENEVER THE SETTING OF A TRIMMER IS CHANGED (PMAX or PMIN or PPOT) THE OTHER SETTINGS ARE ALSO AFFECTED: CHECK AND SET THEM AGAIN IF NECESSARY;JUMPER J1 POSITION 2.

SETTING MICROMOTOR MC 2 AND ISOLITE 300:

a) Connect a tester (minimum capacity 25 Vdc) to the wires (red and black) of the micro motor’s cord on the micro-motor control.

b) Mount a handpiece in the micromotor with a rubberized dental burr (usually used to polish).c) Take out the micromotor.


55Boards layout

d) Operate the dental unit’s foot control at maximum and set the maximum speed to about 24 (± 0.5 Vdc) with the MAX trimmer.

Regarding dental units whose speed is adjusted on the instrument board, make sure the maximum seed is set.e) Run the dental unit’s foot control at minimum and set the minimum speed to approximately 2 (± 0.2) Vdc with the

MIN trimmer. Regarding dental units whose speed is adjusted on the instrument board, run the foot control at maximum and

make sure the speed shown on the panel is set to minimum and set the minimum speed to approximately 2 (± 0.2) Vdc with the MIN trimmer.

f) Run the dental unit’s foot control (as explained at e) and slow down the rubberized dental burr with your fi ngers, trying to simply slow it down and not stop it. Adjust power trimmer POT so that the voltage of the micromotor increases as the dental burr slows down up to 7-8 (± 0.5) Vdc (with the dental burr nearly blocked). It is IMPOR-TANT that the micromotor runs smoothly without jerking during this stage.

g) Set the fl ow rate of the air used to cool down the windings with a fl ow meter (MC2 = 4 nl/min; Isolite 300 = 8 nl/min) by adjusting the restrictor located under the micromotor module.

WHENEVER THE SETTING OF A TRIMMER IS CHANGED (PMAX or PMIN or PPOT) THE OTHER SETTINGS ARE ALSO AFFECTED: CHECK AND SET THEM AGAIN IF NECESSARY;JUMPER J1 POSITION 1.


56 Boards layout

MOTORIZED BOWL CONTROL CARD (CODE 97660627)

1. CARD POWER SUPPLY0V : connector K1 – PIN 5.24VDC : connector K1 – PIN 8 –MOTOR POWER SUPPLY.12VDC : connector K1 – PIN 7 –POWER SUPPLY CARD

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION- Feeds the bowl motor (24VDC).- Controls the limit switches and memories of the bowl according to the position of the potentiometer.

3. CONNECTORS K1 Signal/power supply (12VDC , 24VDC) interconnection with standard hydrogroup card code 97660583.K2 Potentiometer signal/power supply interconnection for bowl motor (12VDC).KP1 NOT USED.

4. RELAYS NOT PRESENT.


CONNECTOR FLAT CABLE:

CONNECTOR AMP.:

CONNECTOR MOLEX type MICROFIT:


57Boards layout

6. LEDDL1 - (+12) - green- When illuminated it signals 12 VDC presentDL2 - (+24) - green - When illuminated it signals 24 VDC presentDL3 – DIAG - yellowDiagnostic ledREGULAR OPERATION: regular fl ashing.- Flashes 6 times and pauses: check the potentiometer (code 97520617) for bowl rotation and relative connections. - Flashes 7 times and pauses: set the bowl rotation limit switch.- Flashes 8 times and pauses: check the gear motor (code 97213100) and relative connections; check the bowl rotation card (code 97660627).

7. JUMPERJ1OFF: Default setting (NOT USED – ALWAYS OFF: Card code 97660627 < /B).ON: Setting the bowl rotation limit switch (Card code 97660627 ≥ /B).

8. SETTINGS

SETTING THE BOWL ROTATION LIMIT SWITCH (Card code 97660627 < /B):- With the dental unit ON, disconnect connector K2 of card code 97660627 and reconnect it (the card automatically sets itself up for programming the positions of the limit switch; led DL3-DIAG blinks 7 times and pauses). - Turn the bowl BY HAND in both directions until the end stop is reached (keep the bowl at the end stop for about 2 seconds): led DL3-DIAG fl ashes regularly. Shut off the dental unit and turn it back on to confi rm the limit switch settings.

SETTING THE BOWL ROTATION LIMIT SWITCH (Card code 97660627 ≥ /B):- With the dental unit SHUT OFF, turn on jumper J1 (ON).- Energize the dental unit (the card automatically sets itself up to set the end-stop positions: series of 5 fl ashes and led DL3-DIAG pause).- Turn the bowl in both directions BY HAND until the end-stop is reached (keep the bowl at the end of its travel for approximately 2 seconds): led DL3-DIAG fl ashes regularly.- Shut off the dental unit.- Turn off jumper J1 (OFF).- Turn the dental unit back.

9. UPDATE



Code 97660627/AFirmware 60627 rev. 3.2 Change implemented for controlling motor over-absorption. 15/11/07

Code 97660627/BFirmware 60627 rev. 3.3 Set up procedure modifi ed. 30/06/08

12

34

56

12

34

(*)

1

(**)

1 1


58 Boards layout


CONNECTOR AMP.:

CONNECTOR MOLEX type MICROFIT:1. 1. CARD POWER SUPPLY

CONNECTOR VOLTAGEKP (pin: 4 - 1) 32 VDC - 0 VDC

2. DESCRIPTION

The card controls:- EMS scaler control;- SATELEC scaler control;- PZ5 scaler control.In addition, it generates the following signals: - TYPE 1: to acknowledge the instrument;- EG: to block dental chair movement when the instrument is withdrawn.

3. CONNECTORS

CONNECTOR TYPE DESCRIPTION

KP AMP-MODU Connection (power supply/signals) to instrument board card (code 97660528).

KS FLAT Connection (power supply/signals) to instrument board card (code 97660528).

M1 Morsetto PHOENIX

Handpiece connection:- Pin 1: handpiece power supply (orange wire).- Pin 2: handpiece power supply (black wire).- Pin 3: TEAM UP application.- Pin 4: not used.- Pin 5: fi ber optic power supply (+FO) / led (+LED).- Pin 6: fi ber optic power supply (–FO) / led (–LED).

KC1 Molex Microfi t (*) Scaler control connection.

SCALER INTERFACE CARD (CODE 97660630 - From: 10/2008)


59Boards layout

KC2 Molex Microfi t (**) Scaler control connection.TP1 - TP2 Faston Connection for cooling solenoid valve for EMS handpiece fi ber optic.

4. RELAYS (NOT PRESENT)

5. FUSES (NOT PRESENT)

6. LED

LED COLOR DESCRIPTION

DL1(POWER_ON) GREEN Normally on: indicates la presenza della tensione di alimentazione al controllo.

7. JUMPER

JUMPER DESCRIPTION

J11 - 2 EMS control voltage:

from 0 to 10 V between TP3 (0) and TP5 (10V).

2 - 3 SATELEC and PZ5 control voltage: from 0 to 5 V between TP3 (0) and TP5 (5V).

J21 - 2 EMS handpiece selection.2 - 3 SATELEC/ PZ5 handpiece selection.

8. SETTINGS (NOT PRESENT)

ON


60 Boards layout


CONNECTOR AMP.:

CONNECTOR MOLEX type MICROFIT:1. CARD POWER SUPPLIES

CONNECTOR VOLTAGEK2 (pin: 3 - 1) 24 VDC - 0 VDCK2 (pin: 4 - 1) 12 VDC - 0 VDC

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION

the card controls:- the WHE 2008 system in both analog and digital dental units. - addition of hydrogen peroxide (600 ppm) with the dosing pump.- the BIOSTER system in digital dental units.

3. CONNECTORS

CONNECTOR TYPE DESCRIPTIONK1 JST Utility service center box CAN BUS connection (DIGITAL dental units).

K2 Molex Microfi tPower supply input:- 12 VDC (pin: 4 - 1): card and CPU power supply.- 24 VDC (pin: 3 - 1): solenoid valve piloting.

K3 Molex Microfi t- Power supply (24 VDC) EV- dosing unit control (pin: 2 - 6).- Power supply (24 VDC) EV- duct drainage (pin: 1 - 5) - (BIOSTER).- Volumetric sensor connection (pin: 4 - 7 - 8) - (BIOSTER).

SANITATION CONTROL CIRCUIT BOARD (CODE 97660672 - From: 07/2008 - Until: 01/2010)


61Boards layout

K4 Molex Microfi t Power supply (24 VDC) EV- hydrogen peroxide (BIOSTER).

K5 JST Probe connection (normally opened) for hydrogen peroxide tank reserve. Reserve active: 4 beeps at start up (ANALOG dental units).

K6 Molex Microfi t

Connection to interface card:- Pin 1: 24 VDC.- Pin 2: MIN_S1 (normally opened fl oating probe).- Pin 3: 0 VDC.- Pin 4: EV_AIR_S1.- Pin 5: EV_AIR_S2.- Pin 6: EV_H2O_IN- Pin 7: EV_ADD_H2O2.- Pin 8: STOP (normally opened fl oating probe).- Pin 9: FULL (normally opened fl oating probe).- Pin 10: MAX_S2 (normally opened fl oating probe).- Pin 11: MIN_S2 (normally opened fl oating probe).- Pin 12: MAX_S1 (normally opened fl oating probe).



6. LED


DL4 (DIAG) YELLOW

At fi rst it indicates the fi rmware version after which it fl ashes regularly at a rate of approximately 1 sec.. Flashes quickly and irregularly to signal an internal error. If it fl ashes slowly and irregularly (with 2 sec. pause):- 2 fl ashes and pause: internal error.- 4 fl ashes and pause: internal error.- 5 fl ashes and pause: drainage cycle not correctly completed. - 6 fl ashes and pause: tank S1 status error.- 7 fl ashes and pause: time to fi ll tank S1 fi nished.- 8 fl ashes and pause: tank S2 status error.- 9 fl ashes and pause: time to fi ll tank S2 fi nished.- 10 fl ashes and pause: FULL probe signals water presence.- 11 fl ashes and pause: STOP probe signals water presence: tank S1 is interrupted.- 12 fl ashes and pause: STOP probe signals water presence: tank S2 is interrupted.

DL1 (ACT) GREENFlashes according to CAN BUS activity under normal conditions. Led on: problem inside card (code 97660672) or CAN BUS cable (disconnected).


62 Boards layout

DL2 (WERR) RED

Normally off. If it is on or fl ashes, it signals a problem in the CAN BUS connection: - led on: short circuited wire in CAN BUS cable;- led fl ashing: frayed wire in CAN BUS cable.

DL3 (24V) GREEN Normally on: indicates power on (24 VDC) to feed the solenoid valves.

DL5 (12V) GREEN Normally on: indicates power on (12 VDC) to feed the microprocessor.

DL6 (ERR) RED Normally off. Comes on when the card detects an error specifi ed by DL4 (DIAG).

DL7 (OUT_S1) GREEN Normally off. Comes on when tank S1 is delivering.


DL9 (EV_ADD) GREEN Normally off. Comes on when the solenoid valve for adding hydrogen peroxide is activated.

DL10 (EV_POMPA) GREEN Normally off. Comes on when the solenoid valve that controls the dosing

pump (BIOSTER) is activated.DL11 (EV_SVUOT) GREEN Normally off. Comes on when the solenoid valve that empties the spray

ducts (BIOSTER) is activated.DL12 (EV_H2O2) GREEN Normally off. Comes on when the solenoid valve that to fi ll the spray

ducts (BIOSTER) is activated.DL13 (EV_H2O) GREEN Normally off. Comes on when the solenoid valve that lets municipal water

into the WHE system tank is activated.

DL14 (DOS) GREEN Normally fl ashes. Indicates correct operation of the sensor that detects hydrogen peroxide fl ow inside the dosing pump (BIOSTER).

7. DIP SWITCH

DIP SWITCH DESCRIPTION

SW1

1

DIGITAL dental units:- ON: shuts off BIOSTER system.- OFF: turns on BIOSTER system.

ANALOG dental units Always OFF (not used).

2

DIGITAL dental units:- ON: shuts off WHE system.- OFF: turns on WHE system.

ANALOG dental units Always OFF (not used).

3

- ON: disables H2O2 mixing in the WHE (FW rev. < 3.3) ; WHE with H2O2 at 300ppm (FW rev. ≥ 3.3).- OFF: enables H2O2 mixing in the WHE (FW rev. < 3.3) ; WHE with H2O2 at 600ppm (FW rev. ≥ 3.3).

4Enables DIGITAL/ANALOG operation:

- OFF DIGITAL dental units- ON. ANALOG dental units


63Boards layout

8. SETTINGSCard code 97660672 in rev. < /C e fi rmware 60672 in vers. < 4.0: controls only the WHE “EQUAL SENSORS” sy-stem (with all 6 normally open probes). Card code 97660672 in rev. ≥ /C e fi rmware 60672 in vers. ≥ 4.0: controls the WHE “EQUAL SENSORS” system and WHE “DIFFERENT SENSORS” system. Select them as directed below: (electronic card code 97660672 is factory set to be used with the WHE “DIFFERENT SENSORS” system):- With the dental unit shut off, turn the 4 dip-switches (1-2-3-4 of SW1) to ON.- Turn on the dental unit and wait for the diagnostic led (DL4 - DIAG) to signal the set up procedure has been started (fast fl ashing).

- Select the WHE “EQUAL SENSORS” system (with all 6 normally open probes): Turn dip-switches 1 and 2 to OFF (dip-switches 3 and 4 stay in the ON position). A beep indicates the selection has been made (only if the other WHE system was previously selected).

WHE “EQUAL SENSORS” system (without serial number)

- Select the WHE “DIFFERENT SENSORS” system (with 2 normally closed probes and 4 normally open probes). Turn dip-switches 3 and 4 to OFF (dip-switches 1 and 2 stay in the ON position). Two beeps signal the selection has been made (only if the other WHE system was previously selected).

WHE “DIFFERENT SENSORS” system (with serial number)

- Shut off the dental unit and turn the 4 dip-switches to the positions for normal operation (see the applications present).


64 Boards layout

9. UPDATES

CARD VERSION UPDATE DESCRIPTION DATE UPDATED


Code 97660672/AFirmware 60672 rev. 3.2 WHE system modifi ed: normally opened probes used. 25/08/08


The amount of hydrogen peroxide used during continuous WHE system mixing can be set: - SW1 - no.3 in position ON: mixing with hydrogen peroxide equal to 300 ppm (1 metering device impulse). - SW1 - no.3 in position OFF (factory settings): mixing with hydrogen peroxide equal to 600 ppm (2 metering device impulses).

11/12/08

Code 97660672/CFirmware 60672 rev. 4.0 WHE type can be selected. 16/03/09

Code 97660672/CFirmware 60672 rev. 4.1 3 beeps added once the emptying process has been completed. 26/05/09

Code 97660672/DFirmware 60672 rev. 4.2 Standby time for STOP probe to be unblocked increased to 6 seconds. 30/10/09

ON


65Boards layout

SANITATION CONTROL CIRCUIT BOARD (CODE 97660866 - From: 02/2010)


CONNECTOR AMP.:

CONNECTOR MOLEX type MICROFIT:1. CARD POWER SUPPLIES

CONNECTOR POWER ONK2 (pin: 3 - 1) 24 VDC - 0 VDCK2 (pin: 4 - 1) 12 VDC - 0 VDC

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION

the card controls:- the WHE 2008 system in both analog and digital dental units. - addition of hydrogen peroxide (600 ppm) with the dosing pump.- the BIOSTER system in digital dental units.

3. CONNECTORS

CONNECTOR TYPE DESCRIPTIONK1 JST Utility service center box CAN BUS connection (DIGITAL dental units).

K2 Molex Microfi tPower supply input:- 12 VDC (pin: 4 - 1): card and CPU power supply.- 24 VDC (pin: 3 - 1): solenoid valve piloting.

K3 Molex Microfi t- Power supply (24 VDC) EV- dosing unit control (pin: 2 - 6).- Power supply (24 VDC) EV- duct drainage (pin: 1 - 5) - (BIOSTER).- Volumetric sensor connection (pin: 4 - 7 - 8) - (BIOSTER).

K4 MICRO-MATE Power supply (24 VDC) EV- hydrogen peroxide (BIOSTER).

K5 JST Probe connection (normally opened) for hydrogen peroxide tank reserve. Reserve active: 4 beeps at start up (ANALOG dental units).


66 Boards layout

K6 Molex Microfi t

Connection to interface card:- Pin 1: 24 VDC.- Pin 2: MIN_S1 (normally opened fl oating probe).- Pin 3: 0 VDC.- Pin 4: EV_AIR_S1.- Pin 5: EV_AIR_S2.- Pin 6: EV_H2O_IN- Pin 7: EV_ADD_H2O2.- Pin 8: STOP (normally opened fl oating probe ).- Pin 9: FULL (normally opened fl oating probe).- Pin 10: MAX_S2 (normally opened fl oating probe).- Pin 11: MIN_S2 (normally opened fl oating probe).- Pin 12: MAX_S1 (normally opened fl oating probe).

KEG MICRO-MATE Power supply output (24 VDC) for main pilot solenoid valve.



6. LED


DL4 (DIAG) YELLOW

At fi rst it indicates the fi rmware version after which it fl ashes regularly at a rate of approximately 1 sec.. Flashes quickly and irregularly to signal an internal error. If it fl ashes slowly and irregularly (with 2 sec. pause):- 2 fl ashes and pause: internal error.- 4 fl ashes and pause: internal error.- 5 fl ashes and pause: drainage cycle not correctly completed. - 6 fl ashes and pause: tank S1 status error.- 7 fl ashes and pause: time to fi ll tank S1 fi nished.- 8 fl ashes and pause: tank S2 status error.- 9 fl ashes and pause: time to fi ll tank S2 fi nished.- 10 fl ashes and pause: FULL probe signals water presence.- 11 fl ashes and pause: STOP probe signals water presence: tank S1 is interrupted.- 12 fl ashes and pause: STOP probe signals water presence: tank S2 is interrupted.

DL1 (ACT) GREEN

Flashes according to CAN BUS activity under normal conditions. Led on: problem inside card (code 97660672) or CAN BUS cable (disconnected).

DL2 (WERR) RED

Normally off. If it is on or fl ashes, it signals a problem in the CAN BUS connection: - led on: short circuited wire in CAN BUS cable;- led fl ashing: frayed wire in CAN BUS cable.


67Boards layout

DL3 (24V) GREEN Normally on: indicates power on (24 VDC) to feed the solenoid valves.

DL5 (12V) GREEN Normally on: indicates power on (12 VDC) to feed the microprocessor.

DL6 (ERR) RED Normally off. Comes on when the card detects an error specifi ed by DL4 (DIAG).



DL9 (EV_ADD) GREEN Normally off. Comes on when the solenoid valve for adding hydrogen peroxide is activated.

DL10 (EV_POMPA) GREEN Normally off. Comes on when the solenoid valve that controls the dosing

pump (BIOSTER) is activated.DL11 (EV_SVUOT) GREEN Normally off. Comes on when the solenoid valve that empties the spray

ducts (BIOSTER) is activated.DL12 (EV_H2O2) GREEN Normally off. Comes on when the solenoid valve that empties the spray

ducts (BIOSTER) is activated.DL13 (EV_H2O) GREEN Normally off. Comes on when the solenoid valve that lets municipal water

into the WHE system tank is activated.

DL14 (DOS) GREEN Normally fl ashes. Indicates correct operation of the sensor that detects hydrogen peroxide fl ow inside the dosing pump (BIOSTER).

7. DIP SWITCH

DIP SWITCH DESCRIZIONE

SW1

1

DIGITAL dental units:- ON: shuts off BIOSTER system.- OFF: turns on BIOSTER system.ANALOG dental units Always OFF (not used).

2

DIGITAL dental units:- ON: shuts off WHE system.- OFF: turns on WHE system.ANALOG dental units Always OFF (not used).

3 Always OFF (not used).

4Enables DIGITAL/ANALOG operation:- OFF DIGITAL dental units- ON. ANALOG dental units

5 - ON: WHE with H2O2 at 300ppm.- OFF: WHE with H2O2 at 600ppm.

6

- ON: Select the WHE “EQUAL SENSORS” system (with all 6 normally open probes).- OFF: Select the WHE “DIFFERENT SENSORS” system (with 2 normally closed probes and 4 normally open probes)


68 Boards layout

8. SETTINGS (NOT REQUIRED)

9. UPDATES

CARD VERSION UPDATE DESCRIPTION DATE UPDATED



1Replacing spare parts

CONTENTS

1 - REPLACEMENT OF ROTARY POTENTIOMETER (Code 97520709) FOR SEAT UP/DOWN ADJUSTMENT ...................................................................................................................................................... 22 - SETTING THE BACKREST POTENTIOMETER .......................................................................................... 53 - CHECKING THE SETTING OF BACKREST/SEAT ROTARY POTENTIOMETERS ............................. 64 - REPLACING THE POTENTIOMETER AND GEAR MOTOR FOR BOWL .............................................. 75 - SETTING THE BOWL ROTATION LIMIT SWITCH .................................................................................... 9

KSC

M1

K2K1

KS

s

vb

c

b

a


2 Replacing spare parts

1 - REPLACEMENT OF ROTARY POTENTIOMETER (Code 97520709) FOR SEAT UP/DOWN ADJUSTMENT

- Remove the connection box cover (a).

- Move the chair all the way up (to its mechanical stop): disconnect the KS connector and insert it in K2 (see fi g. 3)- Remove the cover (b) of the pantograph arm.- Disconnect electric power to the chair.

Dental chair main board (cod. 97660578)

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

Fig. 3

Backrest motor

Power supplyUpwardDownwardSeat motor

K

d

i

h

j

g fe

c



- Screw out the 3 screws (v) shown in fi gure 2 and move the main chair board assembly (s) to obtain access to the potentiometer (d).- Loosen the dowel (e) of the gear wheel (f).- Manually turn the potentiometer shaft (working on point “j”) to obtain front positioning of the dowel (g) located on the pin (h). - Loosen the dowel (g).- Take out the pin (h) and the gear wheel (f).- Replace the potentiometer (d).- After installing the new potentiometer (d) at its special position (i), insert the pin (h) and the gear wheel (f) on the potentiometer with their front-facing fi xing dowels (g ; e).- IMPORTANT: The gear wheel (f) should be resting against the pin (h) and be in line with the sector gear (k).- Tighten the pin (h) on the potentiometer with the special dowel (g).

Fig. 4

j

f



- Turn the potentiometer shaft clockwise to its travel limit and then, turn it counter-clockwise by 3-4 notches (see fi g. 5).- Lock the gear wheel (f) on the pin (h) with the special dowel (e).- Place the main chair control board (s) at its design location (c) and tighten the 3 fi xing screws (v).- Plug the potentiometer electric cable (d) into the connector K3 of the main chair board (s).- Turn on electrical power to the dental chair and set the dental chair limit switches as directed in the procedure for setting the dental chair card (code 97660578).

Fig. 5 END SLOT

START SLOT

w



2 - SETTING THE BACKREST POTENTIOMETER

- Completely lower the backrest (down to the limit stop), directly feeding from the backrest motor (connect connector KSC of the dental chair board to connector K1, until the motor goes down to the lower limit stop).- Release the grub screw (w) which fi xes the pinion to the potentiometer pin.

- Turn with a screwdriver the potentiometer pin completely clockwise down to the lower limit stop (looking in front of the pinion).- Turn with a screwdriver the potentiometer pin completely anti-clockwise for three teeth (fi g. 7).

- Block the pinion to the central pin using the grub screw.- Set the limit switches for movement of the chair back as directed in the procedure for setting the dental chair card (code 97660578).

Fig. 6

Fig. 7 END SLOT

START SLOT



3 - CHECKING THE SETTING OF BACKREST/SEAT ROTARY POTENTIOMETERS

It is extremely important to check calibration of the potentiometers. Incorrect calibration could compromise proper operation of the patient chair board and the control of the interface with the cuspidor bowl.

- Check the power supply (5VDC) to the seat potentiometers (between 1 and 4 of the K3 on board code 97660578) and the backrest potentiometers (between 1 and 4 of the K11 on board code 97660164 or between 1 and 2 of the K5 on board code 97660578).- Connect the volt meter (scale max. 10 V DC) between test point 0V and test point P_SC / P_S of the relative poten-tiometer.- Insert the jumper J1 with the patient chair powered and on.- Bring the backrest to its lowermost position and the seat to its uppermost position (until the mechanical limit stops are reached). The value detected by the volt meter must be about 0.7-0.8 V DC, for both seat and backrest.- Remove the jumper J1.After carrying out calibration of the patient chair electrical limit switches, check that the maximum value of the poten-tiometers never exceeds 4.5 V DC (with seat and back in uppermost position).Maximum and minimum values can change depending on (seat/backrest) movement because the movement strokes differ.

b

Y

a

d

c

Y

X

e

f



4 - REPLACING THE POTENTIOMETER AND GEAR MOTOR FOR BOWL

- Take off the bottom cover (a) observing the direction (X) indicated in fi gure 8.- Loosen the 6 screws for the cover outside the hydrogroup (b), the 2 screws for the inside one (c) and remove both covers (b ; c) together observing the direction (Y) indicated in fi gure 8.- Loosen the 2 screws and take off the cover (d).

- Detach the tubes and electrical cable for the bowl unit (e) inside the hydrogroup. - Loosen the grub screw (f).- Remove the bowl assembly (e).

Fig. 9

Fig. 8

i

jk

l

g

h

mn

o



- Loosen the 4 screws (g) at the bottom of the bowl assembly and remove the bowl support (h).- Take the cover (i) off the gear motor.

REPLACING THE POTENTIOMETER:- Loosen the grub screw (j) for the toothed wheel (k) of the potentiometer (l).- Remove the toothed wheel (k) of the potentiometer (l).- Replace the potentiometer (l).- Put the toothed wheel (k) on the rod of the new potentiometer (l) and tighten the grub screw (j).- Put the cover (i) on the gear motor.- Secure the support (h) on the bottom of the bowl assembly with the 4 screws (g) provided.

REPLACING THE GEAR MOTOR:- Loosen the grub screw (m) for the toothed wheel (n) of the gear motor (o).- Remove the toothed wheel (n) of the gear motor (o).- Replace the gear motor (o).- Put the toothed wheel (n) on the shaft of the gear motor (o) and tighten the grub screw (m).

Fig. 10

f

e

k



- Turn the toothed wheel (k) of the potentiometer clockwise or counter-clockwise up to the end stop and move back 4 turns referring to the grub screw.

- Put in the bowl assembly (e) making sure its axis coincides with the axis of the hydrogroup. - Tighten the grub screw (f).- Connect the tubes and electric cable for the bowl assembly (e) inside the hydrogroup. - Set the basin rotation limit switch (see following paragraph).

Fig. 11

Fig. 12

- Put the hydrogroup covers on in the following order: d ; b + c ; a (see fi g. 8).



5 - SETTING THE BOWL ROTATION LIMIT SWITCH

SETTING THE BOWL ROTATION LIMIT SWITCH (Card code 97660627 < /B):- With the dental unit ON, disconnect connector K2 of card code 97660627 and reconnect it (the card automatically sets itself up for programming the positions of the limit switch; led DL3-DIAG blinks 7 times and pauses). - Turn the bowl BY HAND in both directions until the end stop is reached (keep the bowl at the end stop for about 2 seconds): led DL3-DIAG fl ashes regularly. Shut off the dental unit and turn it back on to confi rm the limit switch settings.

SETTING THE BOWL ROTATION LIMIT SWITCH (Card code 97660627 ≥ /B):- With the dental unit SHUT OFF, turn on jumper J1 (ON).- Energize the dental unit (the card automatically sets itself up to set the end-stop positions: series of 5 fl ashes and led DL3-DIAG pause).- Turn the bowl in both directions BY HAND until the end-stop is reached (keep the bowl at the end of its travel for approximately 2 seconds): led DL3-DIAG fl ashes regularly.- Shut off the dental unit.- Turn off jumper J1 (OFF).- Turn the dental unit back.


1Operating light

CONTENTS

1 - ENGINEERING DATA ......................................................................................................................................... 2

1.1 - SPECIFICATIONS ..................................................................................................................................... 2

1.2 - DIMENSIONS ............................................................................................................................................... 4

1.3 - WIRING DIAGRAM .................................................................................................................................... 6

2 - PACKING ............................................................................................................................................................... 7

2.1 - TRANSPORT AND STORAGE .................................................................................................................. 7

2.2 - DIMENSIONS AND CONTENT ................................................................................................................ 7

3 - INSTALLATION .................................................................................................................................................. 8

3.1 - INSTALLING THE UNIT-MOUNTED OPERATING LIGHT .............................................................. 8

3.2 - INSTALLING CEILING-MOUNTED OPERATING LIGHTS .............................................................. 8

3.3 - INSTALLING CEILING-MOUNTED OPERATING LIGHTS (VENUS PLUS CL) .......................... 12

3.4 - HANDLE INSTALLATION (only VENUS model) .................................................................................. 17

3.5 - INSTALLING THE CLEAR SHIELD (only VENUS model) ................................................................. 17

4 - MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENTS ..................................................................................................................... 18

4.1 - Balancing the pantograph arm .................................................................................................................. 18

4.2 - Adjusting the optical unit’s clutch (spot tilt) ............................................................................................. 18

5 - REPLACING THE LAMP ................................................................................................................................ 19

6 - REPLACING THE POTENTIOMETER CARD, BRIGHTNESS SENSOR AND LAMP ON/OFF

LEVER (Only VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML/PLUS CL) ................................................................................... 21

7 – REPLACING THE FAN .................................................................................................................................... 25

8 – REPLACING THE TEMPERATURE SENSOR (Only VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML/PLUS CL model) ... 26

9 - VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML LAMP CONTROL CARD (CODE 97660427 - Until: 10/07) ............................ 28

VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML LAMP CONTROL CARD (CODE 97660594 - From: 11/07; Until: 05/09) ..... 28

10 - VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML/PLUS CL LAMP CONTROL CARD (CODE 97660841 - From: 06/09) ....... 30

11 - VENUS LIGHT CONTROL CARD (CODE 97660428) ................................................................................ 32

12 - VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML/PLUS CL LAMP POTENTIOMETER CARD (CODE 97660429) .............. 33

13 - VENUS PLUS TML/PLUS CL LAMP POWER SUPPLY CARD (CODE 97660509) ............................... 34


2 Operating light

VENUS/VENUS PLUS OPERATORY LIGHT

1 - ENGINEERING DATA

1.1 - SPECIFICATIONS

VENUS PLUS ¬OPERATORY LIGHT (unit-mounted version)

Apparatus for continuous operation

Voltage 17VAC – 50/60Hz

Power 95 W

Dimensions of light spot 75 mm x 160 mm

Lux 35000

Color temperature 4900 K (+/-5 %)

Maximum temperature on accessible surfaces (during normal use) < 85°C

Fan noise level < 40 dB (A)

Total weight 6,5 Kg.

Protection against electrical hazards Class II type B equipment

Halogen light bulb (code 97710135) PHILIPS 17V – 95W – G6,35

VENUS PLUS TML/CL OPERATORY LIGHT (ceiling-mounted version)


Voltage 100-115-230VAC – 50/60Hz

Power 115 W


Lux 35000




Weight

- VENUS PLUS TML:Track 24 Kg and carriage with operatory light 12 Kg.- VENUS PLUS CL lamp weight: 14 kg lamp post and ceiling mounting unit and 7 kg lamp assembly

Protection against electrical hazards Class I type B equipment


3Operating light

VENUS OPERATORY LIGHT (unit-mounted version)


Voltage 9-12 VAC – 50/60Hz

Power 50 W


Lux 22500




Total weight 6,5 Kg.

Protection against electrical hazards Class II type B equipment

Halogen light bulb (code 97710154) OSRAM 12V – 50W – G6,35

VENUS OPERATORY LIGHT (unit-mounted version)

Fuses - F1 = T4 A Transformer’s primary.- F2 = T6.3 A Transformer’s secondary.

Halogen light bulb (code 97710135) PHILIPS 17V – 95W – G6,35

VENUS

VENUS PLUS


4 Operating light

1.2 - DIMENSIONS

VENUS PLUS TML

VENUS PLUS CL


5Operating light

VENUS PLUS TML/CL

VENUS

VENUS PLUS


6 Operating light

1.3 - WIRING DIAGRAM


7Operating light

2 - PACKING

2.1 - TRANSPORT AND STORAGE

Instructions on how to handle, store and open the packing are given on the cardboard box. These instructions must be carefully followed.

1) Transport and store only in the direction indicated by the arrows. 2) Handle with care. Do not bang.3) Protect against humidity. 4) Do not use hooks to move. 5) Plate containing environmental conditions required for storage:

- Temperature from - 15° to 50° C.- Relative humidity from 10 to 90 %.- Atmospheric pressure from 500 to 1060 hPa.

2.2 - DIMENSIONS AND CONTENT

VENUS/VENUS PLUS operatory light (unit-mounted version):- Overall dimensions: 915x365x405 mm.- Weight: 9,5 Kg.- Content: light complete with arms; outfi t; documentation and warranty.

VENUS PLUS TML operatory light (ceiling-mounted version): - Overall dimensions: 915x365x405 mm.- Weight: 8 Kg.- Content: light complete with articulated arm; outfi t; documentation and warranty.

Ceiling mount for VENUS PLUS TML operatory light:- Overall dimensions: 355x1615x315 mm.- Weight: 30 Kg.- Content: track complete with slide to mount on ceiling; post L=835 mm; support bars; outfi t.

VENUS PLUS CL lamp (ceiling mounted version):- Overall dimensions: 915 x 365 x 405 mm.- Weight: 22,5 kg.- Content: lamp complete with arms, fi tting for ceiling mounted lamp, outfi t, documentation and warranty.

Fitting for ceiling mounting for VENUS PLUS CL lamp:- Overall dimensions: 110x110x1400 mm.- Weight: 7 kg.- Content: post L = 1700 mm.

L = 790 mmL = 490 mm


8 Operating light

3 - INSTALLATION

3.1 - INSTALLING THE UNIT-MOUNTED OPERATING LIGHT

To mount the operating light on the dental unit, follow the directions given below: - Connect the light’s connector to the corresponding one for the dental unit.- Insert the pin of the arm in the dental unit post extension. The light’s pin does not need to be greased.

3.2 - INSTALLING CEILING-MOUNTED OPERATING LIGHTS (VENUS PLUS TML)

The mounting post for the Venus Plus TML lamp is available in different measures: - L = 790 mm (standard long post) for dental offi ces with ceilings H = 3÷2,7 m.- L = 490 mm for dental offi ces with ceilings H = 2,7÷2,4 m.

ATTENTION. Prior to installation a specialized technician must check the static capacity of the load bearing structure the operating light is to be secured to and issue a signed report about the possibility of installing the light on the ceiling in the desired room. All local construction regulations and standards currently in force must be observed. Select a system suitable for the ceiling characteristics to secure the light. The selected system should be able to withstand a breaking force of 75 Kg applied in each of the 8 points.The anchor bolts provided should be used if the ceiling is made of concrete or solid brick.ELECTRIC CONNECTIONS: the system must have an effective earth–ground in compliance with local regulations. In Italy the electrical wiring must conform to standards C.E.I. 64-4, that require upstream installation of a differential switch with the following characteristics:- Contact capacity: 250V - 6A (Curve C).- Differential sensitivity: 0.03 A.- Power supply: 3x1.5 mm_.The color of the 3 supply wires must conform to the standards (power BROWN, neutral BLUE, earth YELLOW/GREEN).A switch should be installed in an easy-to-reach location to shut off electrical power to the equipment. The two-pole power switch should have a clearance of at least 3 mm between the contacts, a capacity of 250V 6A and meet the essential requirements of electrical codes IEC 328, 447 and 60601-1.INSTALLATION: Only a specially trained technician may install the dental unit following the mechanical and electrical installation instructions given herein. Before installing, make sure the surgery’s main switch is shut off. As the size of the equipment makes it hard to handle at the time of installation (installation on track), 2 people are needed.

White (12V)

Brown (18V)

Black (9V)

Blue (0V)

a

b

c

d

e

c

r


9Operating light

Installing the light on the ceiling :

- Install the frame (a) in the position shown in the centering diagram with the dental chair (see fi g. 1) using template 97042054 to make the 8 holes and identify the point (b) in which the power cables run out.A hole should be drilled and an anchor bolt put in right away to hold the frame (a) in the desired position (one of the 4 central holes should be used and not one of the 4 holes at the ends). Once the frame stays up by itself, drill the remaining holes. The position of the headrest should be determined with the dental chair completely lowered, back rest horizontal and headrest pushed into the backrest.If the anchor bolts provided are used, drill the ceiling at least 70 mm using a D14 bit.

- Use a spirit level to verify that the two bars are at the same height and parallel with each other. If they are not, place a few shims between the bars and ceiling in the required spots.

Fig. 1

- Remove the installation plates (c) and secure the track (d) to the support bars with n°8 M6x20 screws complete with washers. - Make sure the transformer box stays on the side of the dental chair’s legs. - Before tightening the track mounting screws, run the power cable (e) to the end of the track with the card and make sure the cable is not pinched anywhere along its entire length.

Fig. 2

h

o

m

l

i

pf

d

g


10 Operating light

- Place the slide (f) on the track (d) from the side opposite the transformer and with the connector’s bracket facing outwards. Connect the connector with the one (p) of the cable contained in the track. Secure the cable with a clamp. - To prevent the carriage from accidentally slipping off, fully tighten the end stops (g) using the M5 nuts and washers supplied before attempting to carry out any other operation.- Try sliding the slide along the entire length of the track to verify that the electrical cable inside the track is able to move freely.

Fig. 3

- Tighten the threaded tube (h) to the slide.After fully tightening the tube, secure the system with the M6x10 grub screw (i) supplied- Attach the connector of the light arm’s cable (l) to the one for the cable that runs out of the post (h). - Attach the light’s arm (m) with the n°3 M5x10 countersunk screws (o) at the end of the post.Install the light so that the position perpendicular to the dental chair is the intermediate point in relation to its total rotation of 325° (see fi g. 5).

Fig. 4

Fig. 5

n r


11Operating light

Electrical connection of ceiling-mounted operatory light:

- Remove the cover plate (r) - (see fi g. 2).- Connect the power cable (POWER) to terminal block M3 of the card code 97660509, observing the following positions:

L POWER

EARTH

N NEUTRAL

ATTENTION!Make sure the voltage set with selector switches K3 on the card correspond to that of the electrical system.

- Check the voltage of the operating light (M2: points 1 - 2), which should be 18.5 (+/-10%) Vac.When the voltage is too low, move the jumper, found at 0V of connector K3, to - 10V. When the voltage is too high, move the jumper, found at 0V of connector K3, to + 10V.

- Put on the two side covers (n) using n° 2 self-threading screws #7x3/8» for each of them.Put the cover (r) on the card side after passing the power cable through the relative cable clamp.

Fig. 6


12 Operating light

3.3 - INSTALLING CEILING-MOUNTED OPERATING LIGHTS (VENUS PLUS CL)

Fig. 1

WARNING!- A qualifi ed technician must verify the static characteristics of the load bearing structure on which the lamp is to

be mounted prior to installation and give the customer a signed declaration stating the ceiling-mounted lamp can be installed in the desired room.

Building standard laws and regulations in force must be observed. - Select a mounting system suitable for the characteristics of the ceiling and able to withstand a tearing force of 75

kg applied individually to each of the 5 anchoring points. Use the rawlplugs provided if the ceiling is constructed in brick or concrete. - ELECTRIC CONNECTIONS: the wiring system must include ground conductors in compliance with I.E.C. – US

National Electrical Codes and C.E.I. standards. It must comply to standards I.E.C. 60364-7-710 in Italy that require installation of a differential switch with the

following characteristics before the system: - contact capacity: 250 V 6A (CURVE C) in compliance with standards I.E.C. 60898-1 and I.E.C. 60947-2.- Differential sensitivity: 0.03A.

Power supply: 3 x 1.5 mm2. The color of the 3 conductors must be as specifi ed by the standards (line BROWN, neutral BLUE, earthing YELLOW/GREEN).

- Install a switch in a position that the operator can easily reach to shut off electrical power to the apparatus. The two-pole on-off switch should have contacts that are at least 3 mm apart (as set forth by standard I.E.C. 60601-1), a 250V 6A contact capacity and comply to standards I.E.C. 61058-1, 60447 and 60601-1.

- INSTALLATION: the unit may be installed solely by a qualifi ed technician in accordance with the electric and mechanical installation instructions given herein.

- Before installing the unit, make certain the facility’s main switch is turned to the “off” position.

Installing the ceiling-mounted CL version

Follow the directions given below to install the ceiling-mounted CL version:

- Identify the initial fi xing point ( B ) referring to point ( A ) regarding the center of the headrest (see fi gure).

NOTE: the position ( A ) of the headrest should be determined with the dental chair completely lowered, backresthorizontal and headrest fully retracted into the back of the chair. .


13Operating light

Fig. 2

Fig. 3

- Place the plate ( 1 ), keeping point ( B ) at the middle hole and mark the positions of the 5 rawlplugs (one in the middle and 4 outer ones arranged as a cross)

WARNING!Set the plate ( 1 ) set that the hole with the cable gland is at the power cable outlet. NOTE: if the rawlplugs provided are used, make sure to drill a section that is at least 60 mm in the ceiling with a D14 bit.

- After inserting the 5 rawlplugs ( 2 ) mount the plate ( 1 ) using 5 screws M8x60 ( 3 ) complete with washers ( 4 ).

- Put 3 washers ( 8 ) on the plate’s screws where the M8 nuts are already provided.

- Insert the post mounting fl ange ( 5 ) on the ceiling-mounted fl ange and tighten without blocking the nuts M8 (9) with relative washers ( 8 ).

NOTE: be careful to place the tube’s slot at the power cable outlet.

- Connect the power supply wire to the terminal block ( 22 ) and verify the set voltage corresponds to the voltage of the electrical installation with selectors K3 on the card.

- Check the lamp’s supply voltage (M2: points 0-18). It should be 18.5 (+/- 10%) Vac. If the voltage is too low, move the jumper found at 0 V of connector K3 to –10 V. If the voltage is too high, move the jumper found at 0 V of connector K3 to +1V .


14 Operating light

Fig. 4

Fig. 5

- Prepare the post ( 11 ) making sure it is the right length as per formula L = H – 1950 (see fi gure).NOTE: be careful to cut the part of the post that is not needed on the side that does not have any holes.

- Place the prepared post ( 11 ) in the hole in the mounting fl ange.NOTE: make sure the post is fi rmly in place.- Secure the post with 2 grub screws M6x14 ( 6 ) and tighten the screw ( 19 ).- Once the post has been secured, drill a hole D4 in the post at hole D4 found in the sleeve and insert the roll pin D4x12 ( 7 ).- Set the post so that it is perpendicular with the 3 nuts ( 9 ) and then secure the fl ange ( 5 ) with the nuts present on the

plate ( 1 ). - Loosen the 3 fi xing screws TPS M5x10 ( 14 ) and remove the bush ( 16 ) from the post.- Run the lamp’s power cord through the opening in the post’s mounting sleeve. Pull it out approximately 200 mm and

connect it to the terminal block ( 22 )


15Operating light

Fig. 6

Fig. 7

- Place the ceiling fi xture ( 10 ) and ring ( 12 ) on the post. Hold the fi xture against the ceiling and secure the ring with grub screw M4x8 ( 13 ).

- Unpack the lamp and turn the fi xed arm ( 20 ) 180° as directed below (see fi gure):- remove the top and bottom covers of the fi xed arm’s joint.- remove the screw that secures the fi xed arm.- take out the fi xed arm ( 20 ) and turn it 180°.- insert the fi xed arm on the joint again.- Insert the pin D5x43 ( 21 ) provided in the hole in the fi xed arm.

NOTE: insert the pin from the unknurled part. - tighten the arm’s fi xing screw again.- Put the top and bottom covers back on the joint.


16 Operating light

Fig. 8

- Place the bush ( 16 ) on the pin of the lamp’s arm (20).- Connect the electric cord that runs out of the post to the one exiting from the lamp’s arm.- Place the wrench( 15 ) in the groove in the lamp arm’s pin (20).- Secure the entire lamp post assembly with the 3 TPS screws M5x10 ( 14 ) previously removed.

e

cd

x

b

a


17Operating light

3.5 - INSTALLING THE CLEAR SHIELD (only VENUS model)

- Take the 2 covers (c) off the handles, pulling them in the direction indicated by the arrow. - Put in the 2 safety pins 3x14 (d) provided. PRECAUTION: When in place, the pin should protrude 3 mm. - Put on the clear shield (e), it clicks when in place.- Put on the safety sign (x) supplied.

3.4 - HANDLE INSTALLATION (only VENUS model)

- Insert the 2 handles (a) and secure with a plastic 4x30 screw (b) supplied.

a

b

d

c


18 Operating light

4.2 - Adjusting the optical unit’s clutch (spot tilt)

- Take the rear cover (c) off the joint.- Adjust the spring’s clutch (d) by working on the fi xing screws with a 2.5 mm male hex. wrench:

- tighten to increase the clutching force;- loosen to decrease the clutching force.

4 - MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENTS

4.1 - Balancing the pantograph arm

- Take the top cover (a) off the pantograph arm.- Tension the spring with the compression nut (b) using a 15 mm fork wrench:

- tighten to increase the lift force of the spring; - loosen to decrease the lift force of the spring.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

c

a

a

b


19Operating light

- Loosen the safety screw (c) with the 2 mm male hex. wrench supplied; - Open the light bulb cover

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

Fig. 3

5 - REPLACING THE LAMP

ATTENTION. Always shut off electrical power to the device the lamp is connected to before attempting to carry out this operation.

- Loosen the ring nut (a) and remove the handles (Only VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML/PLUS CL model).

- Turn the optical unit upwards. - Place the tool (b) provided under the screen.- Turn the tool downwards to release the screen’s clip. - Repeat the operation on the opposite side and pull up the screen to take it off. To put the transparent screen back in place simply put it in until the click is heard.

d e

f


20 Operating light

- Loosen the ring nut (d) and pull out the light bulb support (e).

- Remove the light bulb (f) pulling it outwards.- Put in the new light bulb making sure the electric pins are fully in place in the holder. PRECAUTION.The light bulb must be as indicated in paragraph “Specifi cations”.Do NOT touch the new light bulb with your hands; always use the protection provided. If you accidentally touch it with your fi ngers, wipe off the fi nger prints with a cotton ball soaked in alcohol.

- Put all the parts back in place by performing the steps described above in reverse order.

ATTENTION. Put the transparent screen and links back in place, paying careful attention to their safety fasteners.

Fig. 4

Fig. 5

a

b

a

b

c

d


21Operating light

6 - REPLACING THE POTENTIOMETER CARD, BRIGHTNESS SENSOR AND LAMP ON/OFF LEVER (Only VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML/PLUS CL)

If the lamp does not turn on or the brightness cannot be adequately adjusted, take out the entire brightness adjustment unit located in the position shown by the arrow in fi gure 1.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

Fig. 4

- Remove the 2 rubber guards (a ; b) at the bottom of the lamp support arms.

- Remove the 2 power cables (c ; d).

Fig. 3

A B


22 Operating light

Fig. 5

Fig. 6

Fig. 7

- Remove the brightness variator.

The sensor card used to modify brightness can now be replaced.

- Loosen the 2 fi xing screws for the variator found in positions “A” and “B” (Fig. 5).

e

f


23Operating light

Fig. 8

Fig. 9

Fig. 10

Fig. 11

REPLACING THE SENSOR:

- Take off the cover (Fig. 8) for centering the turn on switch.

- Remove the turn on switch fi rst taking out the pin (e) shown in fi g. 10 (Watch out for the spring).

- Loosen the screw (f) indicated in fi g. 11.

g


24 Operating light

Fig. 12

Fig. 13

The sensor used to modify brightness can now be replaced.

a

b

K4

c

b

c

K3


25Operating light

7 – REPLACING THE FAN

Take the cover off the back of the lamp by loosening the screw shown in fi g.1.

Unplug the power cable (b) from connector K4 (VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML/PLUS CL fi g. 2) or K3 (VENUS fi g. 3) and take out the fan (c).

Put the new fan in place, observing the direction indicated by the arrow stamped on the fan: - Arrow facing inside light for VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML/PLUS CL.- Arrow facing outside light for VENUS.

a

M4

b

c


26 Operating light

8 – REPLACING THE TEMPERATURE SENSOR (Only VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML/PLUS CL model)

- Open the light bulb cover (a) (See fi g. 1/2/3 par.: «REPLACING THE LIGHT BULB»).

- Open the back cover (See fi g. 1 par.: «REPLACING THE FAN»).- Detach the 2 sensor wires from connector M4 shown in fi gure 2.- Take out the card (b) from its slot (c).

e d

d


27Operating light

- Remove the 2 sensor wires (d) (Fig. 4).- Remove the sensor (e) and put in the new one.


28 Operating light

1. CARD POWER SUPPLIES

0V : connector M2 – PIN 1 17 VAC : connector M2 – PIN 2

2. DESCRIPTION

- Feeds the lamp’s cooling fan. - Feeds the lamp and varies the power supply when the position of the sensor used to adjust brightness is

modifi ed. - Controls how the fan speed varies as the lamp temperature increases.

3. CONNECTORS

M1 OUTPUT lamp power supply

M2 INPUT 17 VAC from electrical box card

M3 NOT USED

M4 Lamp temperature sensor connection

K2 Brightness variation sensor connection Lamp on/off sensor connection (When connector K2 is NOT connected, the lamp operates only at maximum brightness through the

relative control on the instrument board).

K4 OUTPUT cooling fan power supply


9 - VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML LAMP CONTROL CARD (CODE 97660427 - Until: 10/07) VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML LAMP CONTROL CARD (CODE 97660594 - From: 11/07; Until: 05/09)


29Operating light


6. LEDS

DL1 – green. If illuminated it signaled 17 VAC power supply input

7. JUMPER

J1 (DEFAULT POSITION: OFF) If closed, it decreases the fan’s supply voltage at the minimum speed from 17 VDC to 15 VDC. In any case, as the temperature increases, the power supply to the fan also increases reaching maximum 24 VDC.

J2 (DEFAULT POSITION: OFF) If closed, the cooling fan’s start up threshold is increased, speeding up at a higher temperature reaching maximum

24 VDC.

8. SETTINGS

For card code 97660427 revision < /A and fi rmware version < 1.3:

SHUTTING OFF THE POTENTIOMETER:a) Shut off the light with the button on the doctor’s console and make sure led DL1 is off.b) Activate the light on switch while turning on the device with the relative button on the console (led DL1 lights

up and the light stays off).c) Turn on the light with the switch. d) The potentiometer has now been shut off and brightness CANNOT be adjusted.

RESETTING AND TURNING THE POTENTIOMETER BACK ON (To be carried out if the potentiometer does not work properly) a) Shut off the light with the button on the doctor’s console and make sure led DL1 is off.b) Activate the light on switch while turning on the device with the relative button on the console (led DL1 lights

up and the light stays off).c) Turn on the light with the switch. d) Turn the potentiometer alternately to the 2 end positions a number of times. e) The potentiometer has now been turned back on and brightness can be adjusted.


30 Operating light

1. CARD POWER SUPPLIES 0V : connector M2 – PIN 1 17VAC : connector M2 – PIN 2

2. DESCRIPTION - Feeds the lamp’s cooling fan. - Feeds the lamp and varies the power supply when the position of the sensor used to adjust brightness is

modifi ed.

3. CONNECTORS M1 OUTPUT 16,4VAC lamp power supply. M2 INPUT 17 VAC from electrical box card. M4 NOT USED. M3 Lamp temperature sensor connection. K2 Brightness variation sensor connection. Lamp on/off sensor connection . (When connector K2 is NOT connected, the lamp operates only at maximum brightness through the

relative control on the instrument board). K1 OUTPUT cooling fan power supply.



10 - VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML/PLUS CL LAMP CONTROL CARD (CODE 97660841 - From: 06/09)


31Operating light

6. LEDS


DL1 GREEN Normally on: indicates power on (17 VAC).

DL2 (DIAG) YELLOW

It initially indicates the fi rmware version and then fl ashes regularly at a rate of approximately 1 sec..Signals an internal error if it fl ashes fast and irregularly.If it fl ashes irregularly and slowly (with 2 sec. pause):

- 2 fl ashes and pause: temperature sensor disconnected or does not work.- 4 fl ashes and pause: potentiometer to adjust brightness disconnected or does not work.- 6 fl ashes and pause: temperature sensor and potentiometer to adjust brightness disconnected or does not work.

DL3 (ERR) RED Normally off. It lights up when the card detects an error specifi ed by DL2 (DIAG).

7. JUMPERNOT PRESENT

8. SETTINGS

NOT PRESENT


32 Operating light

11 - VENUS LIGHT CONTROL CARD (CODE 97660428)

1. CARD POWER SUPPLY0VAC – TERMINAL BLOCK M1 PIN 39VAC – TERMINAL BLOCK M1 PIN 213VAC – TERMINAL BLOCK M1 PIN 1

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION- Generates 18VDC for the cooling fan- Supplies the cooling fan - Supplies the light bulb ( 12VAC / 9VAC )- Shuts off the light if the temperature sensor is activated

3. CONNECTORS M1 – POWER SUPPLY INPUT M2 – HEAT SIGNAL INPUT M3 – LIGHT BULB OUTPUT K1 – COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT– 18VDC



6. LED DL1 – green Illuminated to signal power is supplied to the cooling fan– 18VDC

7. JUMPER NOT PRESENT

8. TARATURE NOT PRESENT


33Operating light

1. CARD POWER SUPPLY 5 VDC – connector K3 – PIN 1 0 VDC – connector K3 – PIN 4

2. DESCRIPTION - Turns the lamp on and off through sensor U5. - Varies brightness through sensors U3 and U4.

3. CONNECTORS K1 NOT USED K3 Brightness variation sensor, on/off sensor, power supply connection . PIN 1 – INPUT 5 VDC POWER SUPPLY (see paragraph 8 “TESTS”) PIN 2 – OUTPUT ON/OFF impulse to turn the lamp on/off (see paragraph 8 “TESTS”) PIN 3 – OUTPUT sensor signal for varying brightness PIN 4 – 0V

4. RELAYS NON PRESENT

5. FUSES NON PRESENT

6. LEDS NON PRESENT

7. JUMPERS NON PRESENT

8. TESTSLamp turn on switch - card energized and switch NOT pressed (magnet NOT in front of sensor) – 5 VDC - card energized and switch pressed (magnet IN FRONT of sensor) – 0 VDC - card not energized – 0 VDCOUTPUT sensor signal for varying brightness - Brightness at MINIMUM : approximate value 1.5 / 1.7 VDC - Brightness at MAXIMUM : approximate value 3.1 / 3.3 VDC

12 - VENUS PLUS/PLUS TML/PLUS CL LAMP POTENTIOMETER CARD (CODE 97660429)

1

23

4

56


34 Operating light

13 - VENUS PLUS TML/PLUS CL LAMP POWER SUPPLY CARD (CODE 97660509)

1. CARD POWER SUPPLY100/115/230 VAC: connector M3 - 1 line (L).GROUND: connector M3 - 2 ground ( ).0 VAC: connector M3 - neutral (N).

2. DESCRIPTIONGenerates the voltage (18 VAC) for the ceiling-mounted Venus Plus TML lamp.

3. CONNECTORS M3 – supply mains 0-100/115/230 VAC.M1 - Venus Plus 0-18 VAC lamp output power supply.

K3 – selector for input voltage (100/115/230 VAC):

With voltages higher than 10 V: change 0 V to +10 VAC.With voltages lower than 10 V: change 0 V to –10 VAC.

K2 - transformer primary winding

1 - (–10 VAC)2 - (0 VAC)3 - (+10 VAC)4 - (100 VAC)5 - (115 VAC) 6 - (230 VAC)

1

2

3

4


35Operating light

K1 - transformer secondary winding

1 - (0 VAC)2 - (18 VAC)3 - (13 VAC)4 - (10 VAC)

4. RELAYSNON PRESENT

5. FUSESF1 = 4 A - 230 VAC (transformer primary line).F2 = 6,3 A - 230 VAC (lamp secondary neutral).

6. LEDDL2 (green) – power on light (0-18 VAC).

7. UPDATES

CARD VERSION DESCRIPTION OF THE UPDATE DATE OF UPDATE

Cod. 97660509 First product version. 15/03/06

Cod. 97660509/A Replace the fuse carriers from SHURTER to BULGIN for improved reliability. 16/07/09


1Hygien System

CONTENTS

- W.H.E. SYSTEM – DIGITAL DENTAL UNITS (Until: 06/2008) ..................................................................... 2- NEW W.H.E. 2008 SYSTEM (FLOATING PROBES) – DIGITAL DENTAL UNITS (From: 07/2008)..........9- SHS SYSTEM – DIGITAL DENTAL UNITS ...................................................................................................... 12- SUCTION TUBE FLUSHING SYSTEM – DIGITAL DENTAL UNITS ......................................................... 13- BIOSTER SYSTEM – DIGITAL DENTAL UNITS ............................................................................................ 14


2 Hygien System

W.H.E. SYSTEM – DIGITAL DENTAL UNITS (Until: 06/2008) (The numbers next to the parts the form the system refer to the main hydro-pneumatic diagram)

The system separates the water coming from the dental unit piping by producing 2 cm air barrier in order not to contaminate the municipal water. In addition, it automatically disinfects the water supplied to the dental unit by adding a percentage o(2%) of 3% H2O2 (10 volumes), that corresponds to a concentration of 600 pm.The WHE system serves all the instrument sprays, the syringes (dentist’s side and dental assistant’s side), delivers water to cup fi ller and the suction tube fl ushing system. The W.H.E. system does NOT send water to the bowl (and hydraulic saliva ejector, available only for analog dental units).

The system consists of: - One 500-cc hydrogen peroxide tank (60) that is shared with the BIOSTER system (when provided). - 2 pressurized tanks S1 & S2 (59) to serve all instrument sprays, the syringes (dentist’s side & Dental assistant’s

side), the cup fi llers and the suction tube fl ushing system (the tanks have a capacity of 200 cc each). - Pre-fi lling chamber (129).- Two air cylinders (130) that bring the pre-fi lling chamber (129) into communication with the two tanks (59). - Two water solenoid valve (61) to fi ll the two tanks (59). - Two solenoid valves (117) to drain water out of the two tanks (59). - Two water fi lters (7) at the exit end of the tanks (59). - Two air solenoid valves (13) for pressurizing the two tanks (59). - Two air solenoid valves (131) for controlling the air-operated valves (130). - One H2O2 solenoid valve (63) for dispensing H2O2 to the water that is contained in the two tanks. - Non-return valves (75) for preventing water, air and H202 from accidentally mixing together in the circuits connected

to the BIOSTER system (if installed). - One circuit board (97660420) that is shared with the BIOSTER system (if installed).- Three level probes for each tank: COMMON – MINIMUM – MAXIMUM. - Three level probes for the pre-chamber: COMMON – STOP – FULL. - Pressure switch (56) that controls the minimum pressure of the low pressure air that supplied the WHE. The

pressure switch is useful to prevent fl ooding in the prechamber if the compressor is shut off.

NON-RETURN VALVE ASS’Y

Tanks

Solenoid valves

PrechamberTank probes


3Hygien System

SYSTEM OPERATION: - As soon as the dental unit has been turned on, the circuit board (97660420) controls the level of the fl uid with the

aid of the probes fi tted to the two tanks (59) and fi lls the tanks as required.

FLUID DELIVERY: - The WHE system supplies the fl uid to the conduits using one tank at a time (a Led located on the 97660420 circuit

board indicates the tank in use, see relevant diagram). The tank in use is put under pressure by the solenoid valve (13), the air cylinder stays closed and the water drain valve (117) remains open to deliver water to the dental unit conduits.

- While one tank is being used, the other is fi lled (see below). A tank may also be full so as to replace the one in use. The tank is then pressurized by solenoid valve (13), the air cylinder and the water drain solenoid valve (117) remain closed.

- If both tanks are full when the dental unit is turned on, the WHW system will open the drain solenoid valve of tank S1 (59)

- When the tank in use gets empty, the low-level probe activates the circuit board (97660420) to immediately open the drain solenoid valve (117) of the full tank (meanwhile, the drain valve of the empty tank gets closed) so as to ensure a consistent supply of water to all the instruments.

FILLING AN EMPTY TANK:- Shut the drain solenoid valve (117).- Relieve the pressure in the empty tank using the 3-way solenoid valve (13). - Operate the air cylinder (130) using the solenoid valve (131) so as to bring the pre-chamber and the empty tank

into communication. The valve opens a few seconds afterwards so that there is enough time for tank to get “de-pressurized” (approx. 7-8 seconds).

- The H2O2 solenoid valve (63) opens. H2O2 is gravity-fed from the tank (60) into the empty tank of the WHE system (59).

WITH DIGITAL DENTAL UNITS, the amount of H2O2 remains constant because the dental chair transmits a signal to the “Canbus” to indicate its height. As a result, circuit board 97660420 changes the time lag needed to open the H2O2 solenoid valve. When the dental chair midway is through its total height, the set time will be 4 seconds (approx.) with a +/- 30% fl uctuation between minimum and maximum height. At the dentist’s request, the H2O2 inlet can be removed from the tank (see 97660420 circuit board layout, Custom-made jumper) - Open the water inlet solenoid valve (61) and the H2O2 solenoid valve at the same time. The Water is gravity fed into

the empty tank and mixed with H2O2. The Led on the 97660420 circuit board (see layout) lights up to indicate that the water inlet solenoid valve (61) is operating.

- As soon as the maximum level mark in the tank has been reached, the water inlet solenoid valve (61) gets closet. After a short time lag, the air cylinder (130) is shut to allow water to run into the pre-chamber tank. The solenoid valve (131) closes the air cylinder so as to cut off the chamber from the tank.

- The solenoid valve (13) pressurizes the tank.

Three probes are used to control the fl ow of water into the pre-chamber: - “Common” Probe;- STOP probe; FULL probe;The STOP probe (located at an intermediate level of the pre-chamber) comes into action when the water level in the pre-chamber gets too high. This may be due to a too high water fl ow-rate; as a result, all the on-coming water cannot get into the tank being fi lled. As soon as the water has energized the STOP probe, the inlet solenoid valve (61) stops working. The water goes down until the STOP probe becomes de-energized. Two seconds after the probe has been inactivated, the solenoid valve (61) is re-opened to resume the fi lling operations. With the WHW system under normal operating conditions and correct pressure in the water supply circuit (2.5 bar), the STOP probe will not come into action. If the STOP probe is activated during the fi lling operations, no warning messages will appear on the dentist’s display console. (The WHE system is turned off if there is water in the pre-chamber when the dental unit is turned on, either tank start being fi lled or the water level is such as to bring the STOP probe into action) ERROR “DRAIN WHE” APPEARS ON THE DISPLAY.


4 Hygien System

To bring the WHE system back into operation, drain the tanks, AS THIS IS THE ONLY COMMAND THE SYSTEM NORMALLY ACCEPTS (See TANK DRAINAGE). If a SHS system is installed, THE TANK CAN BE BROUGHT INTO OPERATION.

If water is present in the prechamber and comes into contact with the STOP probe when the dental unit is turned on or one or the two tanks is fi lled, the WHE system does not shutdown because the empty tank’s piston (130) opens allowing the prechamber to be emptied. After which, if the probe is uncovered within a few seconds, tank fi lling automatically restarts. If the STOP probe remains covered after the fi rst attempt to fi ll the tank, after a 10-second pause the disinfecting card starts emptying the prechamber again (piston 130 opened) and fi lling the tank. If the same problem arises after the second attempt (for example because the empty tank’s piston does not open), the disinfecting card emits 2 beeps and shuts off the tank that failed to be fi lled.. On the other hand the other tank continues to function correctly so that the doctor can work (even if not under perfect conditions). If the piston in the second tank does not open as well, the disinfecting card turns both tanks off and then shuts down the WHE system emitting 2 beeps.

To bring the WHE system back into operation, drain the tanks, AS THIS IS THE ONLY COMMAND THE SYSTEM NORMALLY ACCEPTS (See TANK DRAINAGE). If a SHS system is installed, THE TANK CAN BE BROUGHT INTO OPERATION.

The “FULL” probe is basically an interlocking device that comes into action when the water level in the pre-chamber has become too high because the STOP probe has failed. As soon as the FULL probe is energized by the water, the WHE system stops operating shutting off the main solenoid valve (69) located in the connection box. Fault message “WATER MAIN SHUT OFF” appears on the display console. To bring the WHE system back into operation, drain the tanks, AS THIS IS THE ONLY COMMAND THE SYSTEM NORMALLY ACCEPTS (See TANK DRAINAGE). If a SHS system is installed, THE TANK CAN BE BROUGHT INTO OPERATION.The FULL probe comes into action to provide a minimal “clearance” of 2 mm between the water that comes from the main and the water in the dental unit conduits. In the event of FULL probe malfunctions, the water level in the pre-chamber will go on rising. As a safety measure, there should be a minimal clearance of 2 mm so that the pre-chamber outlet can be opened to drain excess water (OVERFLOW). Circuit board 97660420 also keeps maximum tank fi lling time under control.As soon as water starts fl owing through solenoid valve (61) into the pre-chamber, the circuit board sets a 2-minute time lag for the water to reach the maximum level probe in the tank being fi lled. If the probe has not been activated after 2 minutes, the circuit board will stop the fi lling operations (TIMEOUT) and cuts off the faulty tank. From this time on, the WHE system operates only with one tank. (A tank to be fi lled may have been switched over to “Timeout” mode and cut off when the dental unit is turned on with an empty tank or the main water cock is closed).

DRAINING THE SWE SYSTEM PRE-CHAMBER AND TANKS The system is activated from the dentist’s display console menu.DIGITAL:Start the cycle from the menu options provided. The cycle begins by emptying the prechamber so that the FULL probe is not longer covered by water. The pistons for both tanks open simultaneously during this stage. After which the pistons close and emptying can take place if the FULL probe is uncovered.Drainage takes place through the bowl (solenoid valve 25). The latter is operated automatically by circuit board 97660420.- Drain tank S1 (59). During drainage, the tank is pressurized and the water drain valve stays open until the liquid

falls below the low level probe.- Drain tank S2 (59). During drainage, the tank is pressurized and the water drain valve stays open until the fl uid falls

below the minimum level probe. - Use the 3-way solenoid valves (13) to relieve the pressure in the two tanks. - The two air cylinders (130) are opened simultaneously by the respective three-way solenoid valves (131) The air

cylinders are opened a few seconds after the tanks have been “de-pressurized”. - After 5 seconds (i.e. the time required to drain the pre-fi lling chamber), the two air cylinders are closed again.


5Hygien System

- Check the low-level probes to see that they are fully immersed in the water (in case water has been found in the chamber) and make sure they are de-energized (no water found in the chamber).

- In the fi rst case, try draining the tanks again, as described above, making sure the water falls below the low-level probes. In the second case, this procedure is not required.

- When the dental unit has completed its work cycle, the display will indicate that drainage is over. - The tanks will be refi lled as soon as the dental unit is turned back on again. Drainage can be interrupted by pressing key “x” (F2) (otherwise press “x” the end of the work cycle rather than turning the system on/off). The tanks will be refi lled when the cycle is interrupted.

CHECKS TO BE MADE IN “WHE” SYSTEM

(If the S.H.S. system is operative, shut it off with the relative key on the assistant’s board).- Make sure the jumpers on the cards are properly set;- Make certain tanks S1 and S2 are full: - remove the assistant and/or doctor syringe; - operate the spray for about 2 minutes; - make sure the two tanks are fi lled/emptied one after the other. - Check operation of the safety probes for the tanks (open the prechamber and pour in water until the probe level is

reached). - Check how the tanks are emptied (see user’s or technical manual). - Check operation of the minimum pressure pressure switch; close the inlet air cock (if present) or shut off the

compressor and make sure that the WHE system does not try to fi ll the tanks (they can be fi lled only when the pressure is over the minimum value) when the pressure is below 2 bar.

DIAGNOSTIC LED (“DIAG” - DL4 – orange) INDICATIONS FOR DISINFECTING CARD CODE 97660420:

(LED DIAG always shows the last fault that has arisen. The number of fl ashes that identifi es the fault is repeated continuously after pausing 1 second).

NUMBER OF FLASHES DESCRIPTION CHECKS TO BE MADE

1 Fault in CAN BUS (software). Replace disinfecting card code 97660420.

2 Internal fault (hardware) regarding data saving Replace disinfecting card code 97660420.

3(Corresponds to f

“Disinfecting unit fault” displayed on the doctor’s

console)

Internal fault (hardware) regarding the analog converter. Replace disinfecting card code 97660420.

4 No communication between CAN BUS and electrical box card code 97660576. Replace disinfecting card code 97660420.


6 Hygien System

5(Corresponds to fault

message “Hanging tank 1: water is absent”/“Hanging tank 1: STOP probe on” displayed on the doctor’s

console)

Problems in fi lling tank S1. Signal active when tank is not fi lled within set time (2 min.).(Tank S1 eliminated as no water is present or the STOP probe is active).

- Make sure water enters the dental unit.- Check the water inlet solenoid valve in the prechamber.- Check the probes.- Make sure the pneumatic piston in tank 1 opens.(To reactivate the eliminated tank, empty or shut off and turn the dental unit back on).


message 55 displayed on the doctor’s console)

Tank 1 level probes give different readings

- Make sure any water that may have leaked out did not get the card wet.- Check the connections of the probes.- Clean and replace the probes, if necessary.- Check red led DL3-ERR: - if on, shut off the dental unit and then turn it back on. - if it is still on, replace disinfecting card code 97660420.


message “Hanging tank 2: water is absent”/“Hanging tank 2: STOP probe on” displayed on the doctor’s

console)

Problems in fi lling tank S2. Signal active when tank is not fi lled within set time (2 min.).(Tank S2 eliminated as no water is present or the STOP probe is active).

- Make sure water enters the dental unit.- Check the water inlet solenoid valve in the prechamber.- Check the probes.- Make sure the pneumatic piston in tank 2 opens.(To reactivate the eliminated tank, empty or shut off and turn the dental unit back on).



Tank 2 level probes give different readings

- Make sure any water that may have leaked out did not get the card wet.- Check the connections of the probes.- Clean and replace the probes, if necessary.- Check red led DL3-ERR: - if on, shut off the dental unit and then turn it back on. - if it is still on, replace disinfecting card code 97660420.


message “Drain WHE” displayed on the doctor’s

console)

Probe STOP of the prechamber covered with water at start up (All the solenoid valves in the WHE system shut down).

Water/hydrogen peroxide may have leaked inside the prechamber even when not being fi lled or with the dental unit shut off.

- When the dental unit is turned on, verify if air is delivered:

- restore air delivery to the dental unit; - empty the tanks (see user’s or technical

manual) - Make sure no water leaks out of the water inlet valve in the prechamber or hydrogen peroxide dispensing solenoid valve.- If leaks are found, replace the valve.- Empty the tanks to exit the shutdown condition.


message “Municipal water line interrupted” displayed

on the doctor’s console)

FULL probe for prechamber covered with water (prechamber completely covered). (All the solenoid valves in the WHE system and in the dental unit shut down)

Water/hydrogen peroxide may have leaked inside the prechamber even when not being fi lled or with the dental unit shut off.- Make sure no water leaks out of the water inlet valve in the prechamber or hydrogen peroxide dispensing solenoid valve.- If leaks are found, replace the valve.- Empty the tanks to exit the shutdown condition.


7Hygien System

11 (Corresponds to fault


Calibration probe failure (fault inside card). Replace disinfecting card code 97660420.

12(Corresponds to fault message “Problem

in adding hydrogen peroxide” displayed on the

doctor’s console)

H2O2 additive solenoid valve failure (H2O2 not delivered to prechamber). Check H2O2 solenoid valve (EV63).



Current limiter activated. One of the W.H.E system solenoid valves has either a short circuit or was disconnected during operation.

-Check WHE system solenoid valves.- Replace disinfecting card code 97660420.

15(Corresponds to message “No pressure” shown on

the doctor’s display console)

(Only for card code 97660420 rev. ≥ /B with fi rmware version ≥ 1.07)

No pressure in pneumatic circuit..The air pressure swich (code 97734100) shuts down the loading cycle for the WHE tanks until pressure is restored.

Restore air supply to dental unit. (The WHE tanks are automatically fi lled when the pressure in the circuits reaches 2 Bar).

16(Only in the presence of

module code 97660420 in rev. ≥ /C with fi rmware in

vers. ≥ 2.0)

(Corresponds to error 67 or indication “Tank 1

suspended: STOP probe active” which appear on the

dentist’s console display)

Tank 1 fi lling error W.H.E. application(Tank 1 eliminated because the STOP probe is active).

- Check the water inlet solenoid valve in the prechamber.- Check the probes.- Make sure the pneumatic piston in tank 1 opens.(To reactivate the eliminated tank, empty or shut off and turn the dental unit back on).

17(Only in the presence of

module code 97660420 in rev. ≥ /C with fi rmware in

vers. ≥ 2.0)

(Corresponds to error 68 or indication “Tank 2

suspended: STOP probe active” which appear on the

dentist’s console display)

Tank 2 fi lling error W.H.E. application(Tank 2 eliminated because the STOP probe is active).

- Check the water inlet solenoid valve in the prechamber.- Check the probes.- Make sure the pneumatic piston in tank 2 opens.(To reactivate the eliminated tank, empty or shut off and turn the dental unit back on).


8 Hygien System

PROBE MAINTENANCE: WHE system probes require that the checks/maintenance operations listed below are carried out at least yearly: - make sure at least 5 mm of the the 4 short probes (MAX level in WHE tanks; prechamber STOP and FULL) are uncovered. On the contrary, uncover them.- make sure at least 8 mm of the long probes (MINIMUM level in WHE tanks) are uncovered. On the contrary, uncover them.- clean the probes with fi ne sand paper or isopropyl alcohol.

WHE AIR PRESSURE SWITCH:A function (as of July 2006) has been added to card 97660420 in version ≥ /B that employs a pressure switch (code 97734100) to detect pressure in the air circuit. When no air pressure is present, the pressure switch shuts down and prevents the WHE tanks from being fi lled until the correct pressure has been restored. The WHE tanks are automatically fi lled once the pressure in the air circuit reaches 2 Bar.Message “no pressure” appears on the display screen to signal no air pressure is present. The pressure switch should be connected to connector KS3 of card code 97660420/B. If the pressure switch is not provided, place a jumper in connector KS3.The pressure switch can be installed only in dental units equipped with card code 97660420 in version ≥ /B that has the required connector.


9Hygien System

NEW W.H.E. 2008 SYSTEM (FLOATING PROBES) – DIGITAL DENTAL UNITS (From: 07/2008)

(the numbers given beside the parts that comprise the system refer to the main hydro-pneumatic scheme)

Separates water entering from the dental unit water ducts through 2 cm air gap separation to prevent municipal water contamination. In addition, automatic hygienization of the water supplied to the dental unit is achieved by adding a percentage (4cc) of H2O2 at 3% (10 volumes), which corresponds to a concentration of 600 ppm.The W.H.E. system feeds the sprays to all the instruments, syringes (doctor’s and assistant’s side), delivery of water to cup and the suction tube washing system (if present). The W.H.E. system DOES NOT supply water to the basin and quick-connect couplers (and hydraulic saliva ejector, available only for analog dental units).

The system includes:- A hydrogen peroxide tank (60), 500cc capacity, shared with the BIOSTER system, if present.- Two pressurized tanks S1 and S2 (59) to supply spray to all the instruments, syringes (doctor’s and assistant’s side),

delivery of water to cup and the suction tube washing system (tank capacity 250cc each).- A fi lling prechamber (129).- Two fl oating shutters to open the water passage from the prechamber to the two tanks and seal the tanks closed during

delivery. - A water solenoid valve (61) to fi ll the two tanks.- Two air solenoid valves (13) to pressurize the two tanks. - A H2O2 solenoid valve (63) to add H2O2 to the water in the two tanks.- A pneumatic doser (115) to inject H2O2 in the tanks while they are being fi lled, triggered by solenoid valve (116)- Non.-return valves (75) to prevent air, water and H2O2 from accidentally mixing together in the circuits, shared with

the BIOSTER system, if present. - Electronic card 97660672 that controls the system shared with the BIOSTER system, if present. - Interface card code xxxxxxxx for connecting solenoid valves and probes to the main card code 97660672.- Two level probes per tank: “MINIMUM” (MIN)-“MAXIMUM” (MAX).- Two level probes per prechamber: “STOP”-“FULL”.

OPERATION- When the dental unit is turned on, the card checks the level in the tanks with the MIN and MAX probes and fi lls both,

if necessary. - If both tanks are full when the dental unit is turned on, control card code 97660672 enables delivery from tank S1 by

default or, if both are empty, of the tank which was fi lled fi rst.

DELIVERY- The W.H.E. system supplies the ducts using one tank at a time (it is possible to identify which tank is being used by

observing Led indicators S1 and S2 on card code 97660672, see layout in technical manual). The selected tank is pressurized by solenoid valve (13), the fl oating element is closed and water outfl ow is enabled by the pressure in the tank to supply the dental unit water ducts.

- While one tank is being used, the other can be fi lled or is already full and ready to replace the other one but NOT pressurized and the fl oating shutter is not closed as there is no pressure in the tank.

- When the tank being used is empty, the fl oating minimum level probe “MIN” activates card code 97660672 that immediately pressurizes the full tank through solenoid valve (13). As a result, water is delivered to the instruments without being interrupted. To prevent air bubbles from forming while switching over from one tank to the other, the empty tank continues to deliver water for about one second from when the “MIN” probe was activated.

Therefore, both tanks deliver for one second.

FILLING THE EMPTY TANK - The empty tank is depressurized by the 3-way solenoid valve (13). As a result, the fl oating shutter opens and drops

as there is no pressure in the tank to open the water passage between the fi lling prechamber (129) and empty tank


10 Hygien System

(59). - Water fi lling valve (61) opens –Led EV_H2O on disinfecting card code 97660672 lights up - H2O2 solenoid valve

(63) is simultaneously activated –Led EV_ADD on disinfecting card code 97660672 lights up -. After valve H2O2 (63) opens, the pneumatic doser (115) is activated twice–Led EV_PUMP and Led EV_DOS on the disinfecting card light up - that pumps H2O2 in the tanks. After the pneumatic doser (115) has been activated twice, the H2O2 valve (63) closes.

- It is possible to shut off H2O2 delivery to the tanks (see disinfecting card layout 97660672) at the doctor’s request.

- Once the maximum level probe in the tank is reached, water fi lling solenoid valve (61)closes –Led EV_H2O on disinfecting card code 97660672 shuts off-.

- Tank pressurization through the 3-way solenoid valve (13) takes place only when the one being used is empty.

Water delivery in the prechamber is controlled by 2 probes: - A “STOP” probe- A “FULL” probeThe “STOP” probe (placed in an intermediate level in the fi lling prechamber), comes into action when the water level in the prechamber is too high that occurs for example, when the water fl ow rate is too high therefore it is not able to fl ow in the tank being fi lled or a fl oating shutter is not completely opened. As soon as the water reaches the “STOP” probe, disinfecting card code 97660672 shuts down fi lling solenoid valve (61). The water dropping down in the tank frees the “STOP” probe. Two seconds after the probe is deactivated, fi lling solenoid valve (61) opens again to continue fi lling. Filling therefore takes place intermittently however no faults are signaled as machine operation is not compromised. Under normal WHE work conditions and when the pressure in the water circuit is correct (2.5Bar) the “STOP” probe never comes into action.

IF THE WATER LEVEL IN THE PRECHAMBER REACHES THE “STOP” PROBE WHILE ONE OF THE 2 TANKS IS BEING FILLED, THE WHE SYSTEM SHUTS DOWN AFTER TWO SECONDS. FAULT MESSAGE “S1/S2 SUSPENDED : STOP PROBE ON” IS DISPLAYED.THE OTHER TANK CONTINUES WORKING PROPERLY. THE RED “ERR” LED INDICATOR ON DISINFECTING CARD 97660672 LIGHTS UP.

The WHE system continuously tries to restore correct operation after a fault: therefore if the STOP probe does not signal water is present the system restarts and tries to fi ll the suspended tank. In order to try to fi x the W.H.E. system you can try to empty the tanks.

If the S.H.S. system is present, disinfecting card 97660672 can be reset : when the S.H.S. system is turned on and off all the faults from the disinfecting card are reset and it then restarts as if it was turned on for the fi rst time and tries to fi ll the tanks again.

The “FULL” probe is a safety device and comes into action when the water level in the fi lling prechamber is too high, if the problem was not solved with the “STOP” probe (e.g. fi lling solenoid valve open).As soon as the water reaches the “FULL” probe the W.H.E. system shuts down and the main air solenoid valve in the utility service center is shut down closing the water inlet. MESSAGE “MAINS WATER INTERRUPTED” APPEARS ON THE DISPLAYRED LED INDICATOR “ERR” LIGHTS UP ON DISINFECTING CARD 97660672To fi x the W.H.E. system, empty the tanks WHICH IS THE ONLY COMMAND ACCEPTED (see EMPTYING THE TANKS).Under some conditions, emptying the tanks may not solve the problem: in these cases, eliminate the water from the prechamber in another way, for example by sucking it out.

In the event of “FULL” probe failure, the water level in the prechamber will continue to rise. The safety standard requi-res that in any case, the minimum air gap of 2 cm is assured. As a result, the prechamber has an opening that allows the extra water to fl ow out (OVERFLOW) and a hose conveys it to the front of the utility service center. Control card code 97660672 also controls the maximum fi lling time.


11Hygien System

When water starts entering the prechamber (129), the card sets aside 2 minutes to reach the maximum level probe in the tank (59) being fi lled. If the maximum level probe did not get wet after 2 minutes, the card in any case stops fi lling (TIMEOUT) and prevents the faulty tank from working. At this point, the W.H.E. system works only with the other tank (this may happen if for example the dental unit is turned on with an empty tank and the main water cock in the offi ce is closed, the tank that needs to be fi lled switches over to TIMEOUT and is eliminated).- FAULT MESSAGE TANK 1” or “TANK 2 SUSPENDED” APPEARS ON THE DISPLAY- RED LED INDICATOR “ERR” LIGHTS UP ON DISINFECTING CARD 97660672

EMPTYING THE W.H.E. SYSTEM TANKS AND PRECHAMBER It is started from the respective menu on the doctor’s console. Once started, a screen is displayed. The cross icon in the top right hand corner indicates the dental unit is blocked. If emptying takes place under normal work conditions (for example before the dental unit is to remain inoperative for an extended period) one tank at a time is emptied as the tank that is not delivering is NOT under pressure.The next tank is pressurized only after the tank delivering has been emptied.

IMPORTANT : ONCE THE EMPTYING PROCEDURE HAS BEEN COMPLETED, BOTH TANKS REMAIN PRESSURIZED. Message “YOU CAN SHUT OFF THE SYSTEM” is displayed. Once the dental unit is turned back on, the W.H.E. will fi ll the tanks and start working normally.


12 Hygien System

SHS SYSTEM – DIGITAL DENTAL UNITS (The numbers next to the parts that form the system refer to the main hydro-pneumatic diagram)

- The system is used to feed water to all the instrument sprays, the syringes (dentist and dental assistant’s sides), the cup fi ller and the suction tube fl ushing system.

The system consists of: - 1.8-liter capacity distilled/sanitized water tank (18) - WHITE-colored- Bypass solenoid valve (50) fi tted with a non-return valve (75). (ONLY WITH WHE SYSTEM NOT INSTALLED:

in this case, the solenoid valve (50) is used in conjunction with the BIOSTER system – if provided – to control water fl ow during the fl ushing operations).

- Solenoid valve (13) for pressurizing/depressurizing the tank by using the micro-switch located beneath the hydro-group assembly.

The 3-way solenoid valve (13) eliminates pressure in the tank while de-pressurization is being performed. - Non return valves (75) for preventing air and water from accidentally mixing in the circuits.

OPERATION: With the system activated (Dental Assistant Board Bypass Led ON), the water to be delivered to the instrument sprays, the syringes (dentist’s and dental assistant’s sides), the cup fi ller and suction tube fl ushing system is drawn from the tank (18). The system is by-passed by pressing the key on the dental assistant’s instrument board (the Green Bypass Led must be OFF). Draw water from the main or the WHE system (if installed). In the latter case, the pressurization solenoid valve (13) stays off so that the tank can be automatically de-pressurized.

IN ORDER NOT TO USE TOO MUCH WATER, WE SUGGEST FLUSHING THE SUCTION TUBES WITH THE TANK “CUT-OFF”. TO DO THIS, PRESS THE KEY ON THE DENTAL ASSISTANT’S CONSOLE (THE GREEN BYPASS LED MUST BE OFF).


13Hygien System

SUCTION TUBE FLUSHING SYSTEM – DIGITAL DENTAL UNITS) (The numbers next to the parts that form the system refer to the main hydro-pneumatic diagram)

- The system is used to automatically fl ush the suction tubes.

The system consists of: - 150-cc disinfectant fl uid tank (112). WARNING: USE A DISINFECTANT FLUID HAVING THE RECOMMENDED

CONCENTRATION AND COMPATIBLE WITH THE SUCTION SYSTEM INSTALLED. - Flushing water solenoid valve (105).- Disinfectant fl uid solenoid valve (43).- Two Venturi tubes (82) for connecting the suction tubes. - Two vacuum sensors (107) for starting the work cycle (mounted on circuit board 97660438).

OPERA TION: The fl ushing cycle, which consists of two separate stages, is controlled by the main hydro-group circuit board, 97660583. The latter receives the start signals from the vacuum sensors (107). The cycle lasts 70 seconds. Disconnect the suction tubes and attach them to the respective Venturi tubes (82), which are located on the front of the hydro-group.The two sensors (107) measure the vacuum created by suction and start the fl ushing cycle.An icon appears on the display to indicate Cycle Start (refer to paragraph 7.5 in the user’s manual).

FLUSHING: water is delivered at regular time intervals for 50 seconds (solenoid valve 105); (2 seconds ON; 2 seconds OFF). With the WHE system installed, the fl ushing water is drawn from the system itself (if provided). Water is drawn from the municipal water main when the WHE system is not installed. With the SHS system installed, the water in the tank can be used for the fl ushing operations. IN ORDER NOT TO USE TOO MUCH WATER, WE SUGGEST FLUSHING THE SUCTION TUBES WITH THE TANK “CUT-OFF”. TO DO THIS, PRESS THE KEY ON THE DENTAL ASSISTANT’S CONSOLE (THE GREEN BYPASS LED MUST BE OFF).

FLUID SUCTION: After 50-second fl ushing, the water supply is shut off (solenoid valve 105) and the fl uid is automatically drawn from the tank (112) through the solenoid valve (43) for 3 seconds.

DRYING: The solenoid valve (43) stops fl uid suction. Suction goes on for another 10 seconds to prevent fl uid dripping from the Venturi tubes when the suction tubes are put back into place.

Suction stops automatically at the end of cycle. To resume work, simply put the suction tubes back onto the dental assistant’s instrument board.

AUTOMATIC SUCTION TUBE FLUSHING DURING BOISTER SYSTEM OPERATION:With a BOISTER system installed, the suction tubes are fl ushed during the disinfection cycle. During the BIOSTER cycle, the system fi rst delivers H2O2 (in a 3% proportion) into the fl ushing water conduits up to the Venturi tube inlets (82). Once the BIOSTER cycle has been completed, the suction tubes are normally cleaned by performing the 3 stages above: FLUSHING – FLUID SUCTION – DRYING.

REFER TO THE “BIOSTER SYSTEM “ MANUAL FOR A DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS AND THE SUCTION TUBE CLEANING PROCEDURES.


14 Hygien System

BIOSTER SYSTEM – DIGITAL DENTAL UNITS NOTE: The numbers next to the parts that form the system refer to the main hydro-pneumatic diagrams.

- The system has been designed to automatically disinfect the water piping that leads to the instrument sprays, the cup fi ller, the suction tube fl ushing system conduits up to the Venturi tube inlets. The system uses hydrogen peroxide (10 Volumes) in a 3% proportion.

The system consists of: - 500-cc hydrogen peroxide tank (60) that is shared with the WHE system (if installed). - Dispenser (115) for delivering hydrogen peroxide through the piping. - Air solenoid valve (116) for operating the dispenser. - Air solenoid valve (45) for draining the piping. - “Volume-metering” sensor (106) for monitoring H2O2 fl ow-rate during the fi lling procedures. - Non-return valves (75) for preventing air, water and H2O2 from accidentally mixing together in the circuits; shared

with the WHE system (in installed). - Pressure switch (56) for detecting the presence of air and water during drainage and fl ushing respectively. - Two solenoid valves (35) for feeding water to the syringes (dentist and dental assistant’s sides). - Safety solenoid valve (122) for keeping H2O2 out of the circuit when the disinfection system has not been started

(The H2O2 tank is located above the dispenser and, as a result, H2O2 could not be gravity fed into the water lines without this valve). Solenoid valve (122) stays open throughout the H2O2 fi lling stages).

- Flushing solenoid valve (50) fi tted with non-return valve (75). WARNING - ONLY WITH THE “WHE” SYSTEM NOT INSTALLED: When the WHE system is not installed, the solenoid valve (50) is used in conjunction with the SHS system (if provided) so that the tank can be bypassed.

- Control circuit board (97660420) that is shared with the WHE system (if installed).

OPERATION: Before starting the cycle, fully open the spray water cocks at the bottom of instrument board. If the “Low-Level” icon of either tank appears on the display, this means that the BIOSTER cycle cannot start. If the icon comes on when the cycle is progress, the latter will continues until completed. The tank should then be refi lled before starting a new cycle.

BIOSTER cycle is activated using the menu options that are shown on the dentist’s display console. Press the BIO key on the dental assistant’s instrument board for a few seconds to speed up the operation. The respective LED starts fl ashing quickly while the display indicates that disinfection is in progress. The indication stays on throughout the entire disinfection cycle.

Set the length of time the hydrogen peroxide is to remain in the system.Remove the instruments to be disinfected (a message appears on the display) and the cup (cup fi ller control – BC appears on the display); disconnect the suction tubes and attach them to the respective Venturi tubes (82). To begin the cycle, press the Start key on the dentist’s console or the BIO key on the dental assistant’s instrument board. The respective LED emits a STEADY LIGHT and stays on as long as the cycle is executed. NOT ALL THE INSTRUMENTS, CUP FILLERS AND THE SUCTION TUBE FLUSHING SYSTEM ARE BE DISINFECTED. SIMPLY ACTIVATE A SINGLE DEVICE TO START THE DISINFECTION CYCLE.

FROM THIS TIME ON, THE DENTAL UNIT CANNOT BE USED AS LONG AS DIFINFECTION IS BEING EXECUTED

OPERATION:The disinfection cycle consists of 5 stages that are automatically performed in a predetermined sequence: During the cycle stages, the instruments are treated one at a time by opening the water fl ow control solenoids in the


15Hygien System

order given (solenoid valves 35 for the syringes, 36 for the dynamic instruments, 25 for the cup fi ller, 105 for the suction tube fl ushing system). The sequence is indicated on the display, from left to right: Dentist’s syringe (S1) – instrument in position A – B – C – D – Dental assistant’s syringe (S2) – Suction tube fl ushing system (CA) – Cup fi ller (BC). The display indicates the instrument being treated showing an arrow above the respective visual signal.

BEFORE STARTING THE DISINFETION CYCLE, THE SYSTEM CHECKS THE PRESSURE SWITCH (56) FOR PROPER FUNCTIONING LEAVING THE WATER TO FLOW OVER THE CUP FOR A FEW SECONDS (EVEN IF THE LATTER HAS NOT BEEN PROGRAMMED FOR THE DISINFECTION CYCLE)

- DRAINING THE WATER CONDUITS: - The solenoid valve (45) delivers air to the water lines until instrument cords are completely drained. If the cup

fi ller conduits and the suction tube fl ushing system are not drained this means that the suction system is not working.

- If no air is present, the pressure switch (56) stops the work cycle (MINIMUM PRESSURE: 7.5 BAR)

- FILLING THE SYSTEM WITH H2O2: - The safety valve (122) stays open while H2O2 is being fed. - The solenoid valve (116) delivers air intermittently to the dispenser (115) until the instrument conduits, the

suction tube fl ushing system and cup fi ller conduits are completely fi lled (the suction system goes on running even during the fi lling operations).

- If no H2O2 is being fed, the sensor (106) will stop the cycle. The operating state of the sensor can be checked by looking at the LED on circuit board 976604420 (see layout). THE SENSOR NORMALLY MONITORS THE FLOW OF H2O2 THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE FILLING STAGE. THE SENSOR HOWEVER CANNOT DETECT H2O2 DURING THE LAST SHOTS DELIVERED FROM EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT INSTALLED. AS A RESULT, THE BIOSTER CYCLE IS STOPPED.

The number of shots needed to fi ll the circuits (one shot corresponds to 1.4 cc) is as follows: - Between the connection box and the hydro-group: 26 shots. - Between the hydro-group and the dentist’s instrument board: 12 shots. - Every single instrument activated from the dentist’s instrument board (syringe included): 7 shots. - Suction tube fl ushing system: 10 shots. - Cup fi ller conduits: 30 shots (with a heater installed), 15 shots (without heater).

- TIMER: - The display counts down the length of time previously set (6 MINUTES MINIMUM).

- DRAINING H2O2 OUT OF THE CONDUITS: - The solenoid valve (45) delivers air into the water lines so as to completely drain the instrument cords. If the cup

fi ller conduits and the suction tube fl ushing system are not drained, this means that the suction system is off. - With no air present, the pressure switch (56) stops the cycle in progress (MINIMUM PRESSURE: 0.7 BAR).

- FLUSHING: - The dental units fl ushes the conduits drawing water from the municipal water main (solenoid valve 50 – ONLY

IF THE “WHE” SYSTEN IS NOT INSTALLED), using the water coming from the WHE system (if provided) or distilled water (if the application is provided for; the Green Bypass Led on the dental assistant’s board comes ON). Flushing is performed throughout the instrument conduits, the suction tube fl ushing system (the suction system stays on during fl ushing) and the cup fi ller conduits.

- If there is no water, the pressure switch (56) stops the cycle in progress (MINIMUM PRESSURE: 0.7 BAR).

Once the BIOSTER cycle stages have been completed, “cycle ended” appears on the display – put the instruments back into place.If Suction Tube Flushing has been selected for the Bioster cycle, the suction tubes are automatically fl ushed before message “cycle ended - put instruments back” appears. The cycle consists of three cycle stages: FLUSHING – LIQUID SUCTION – DRYING. When the suction tubes have been fl ushed, message “cycle ended – put instruments back” appears on the display.


16 Hygien System

The LED built into the BIO key on the dental assistant’s board fl ashes slowly.- Put the instruments back. The LED built into the BIO key on the dental assistant’s board goes off and message “Disinfection Cycle in Progress” on the display disappears - Put the suction tubes back onto the dental assistant’s board (if selected).The dental unit is now ready for use.

CLEARING FAULTS DURING THE BIOSTER DISINFECTION CYCLE:Disinfection can be interrupted at any time throughout the cycle. Errors may also occur causing the dental unit to stop working. To bring the dental unit back into operation, complete disinfection or resume the cycle from the beginning. It is however advisable to drain the conduits as they may be full of hydrogen peroxide. With the dental unit shut off, the display shows an intermediate item menu indicating the set time and the instruments removed. At this point, the dentist can: 1 – Press key F1 to go back to the initial Time Setting Menu. The cycle can be restarted changing the H2O2 process time or adding the instruments to be disinfected. (IN THIS CASE, THE NUMBER OF THE INSTRUMENTS CAN BE ADDED NOT REDUCED). 2 – Press key F2 (Start) to resume disinfection from the point where it has been interrupted (the stage is resumed from the beginning). 3 – Press the MODE key to access the Instrument Flushing menu options. In this case, the conduits are fl ushed and drained. To start fl ushing, press key F2 (Start)

THE SERVICE PERSONNEL CAN OPT FOR A QUICK PROCEDURE (not described in the User’s Manual) WHEN “INSTRUMENT FLUSHING” APPEARS ON THE DISPLAY. PRESS THE “MICROMOTOR REVERSE” AND “OPTICAL FIBERS ON” KEYS RESPECTIVELY RATHER THAN PRESS THE START KEY TO PERFORM THE DRAINAGE AND FLUSHING CYCLE. The dental unit is ready for use as soon as disinfection has been completed.

WARNING: IF THERE IS SOME H202 LEFT IN THE CONDUITS, WASH THE CORDS IN MANUAL MODE USING THE FOOT CONTROL PROVIDED AND FLUSH THE CUP FILLER WATER LINES BY REPEATEDLY STRIKING THE FILLER KEY.

WHE 2008WHE 2008

NEW 2008 SYSTEM OLD SYSTEM 2007 UNITS GENERATION

ONLY FOR 2007 UNITS GENERATION(manufactured from 1° of october 2007)

OVERALL VIEW

H2O INPUT

H2O2 INPUT

OUTPUTS1

OUTPUTS2

S1 N/R VALVE

S2 N/R VALVE

INTERFACEBOARD

S1 PRESSUREVALVE

S2 PRESSUREVALVE

FILLING VALVE

S1 “MAX” PROB

S2 “MAX” PROB

S2 “MIN” PROB

S1 “MIN” PROB

NEW FILLING VALVENEW FILLING VALVE(61) cod(61) cod.97720149.97720149

TANKS AIR PRESSURE VALVETANKS AIR PRESSURE VALVE(13)(13)

NEW NO RETURN VALVES GROUP (75)cod.97461230

NEW VERSIONOLD VERSION

TO THE UNIT

FOR W.H.E.SYSTEM

FOR BIOSTERSYSTEM

FOR DISTILLEDWATER TANK

SYSTEM

NEW TANKS WATER LEVELFLOATING PROBS

S1 MIN PROB S2 MIN PROB

S1 MAX PROB S2 MAX PROB

TANK S1TANK S2

NEW FILLING CHAMBER SAFETYPROBS

“STOP” PROB “FULL” PROB

H2O OVERFLOWOUTPUT

NEW HYGENE CONTROL BOARDNEW HYGENE CONTROL BOARDcodcod.97660672.97660672

NEW H2O2 TANKNEW SOLUTION WITH

FLOATING PROB

H2O2 PNEUMATIC DOSERFor put H2O2 in always constant quantity, since in the old version was quite inaccurate because was falling in thetanks just for gravity, has been chosed a pneumatic doser in common with the Bioster application (if present).

In this way, a constant input of H2O2 is granted by the suction and pushing of the membrane inside the pneumaticdoser.

WITHOUT BIOSTER WITH BIOSTER

-Only pneumatic doser valve

-Pneumatic doser valve+Bioster dranaige valve

-Volumetric sensor

HIDROPNEUMATIC SCHEMEHIDROPNEUMATIC SCHEME

H2O2 tank

S1Volumetric

sensor

Pneumatic

Doser valveDranaige valve

for Bioster

Bioster H2O2

Interceptionvalve

TO THEUNIT

Pneumaticdoser

S2

S1 pressure

valve

S2 pressure

valveFilling

chamber

Filling valve

WHE H2O2

Interception

valve

No return

valves

EV 25

EV 105

EV 35 MS

EV 36 MA

EV 36 MB

EV 36 MC

EV 36 MD


DISINFECTION BIOSTER

H2O2 tank (60) Distilled water tank (18)

Cup filling

EV 35 (Syringe of the assistent’s table side)

Heater (26)

Suction tubes

Air/water distributor

Syringe

VNR valve group(75)

Input tank 2 (59) only with WHE

Input tank 1 (59) only with WHE

Air inlet 3 Bar

EV (45) drainage

EV (116) dispenser

Dispenser(115)

H2O2 safetyEV (122)

WaterHydrogen peroxide (3%)Distilled waterAir

Pressostato (56)


1Special tools

CONTENTS

- OPERATION OF CARD 91102829 TO CHECK THE FLAT CABLE CONTACTS ....................................... 2- PRESSURE GAUGE (CODE 91104498) FOR CHECKING AIR/WATER PRESSURES ............................. 4


2 Special tools

OPERATION OF CARD 91102829 TO CHECK THE FLAT CABLE CONTACTS

This card should be used whenever the fl at cable contacts present in the dental units need to be checked. This procedure is suitable and should be carried out only for this type of cable. First of all disconnect the connector of the cable to be checked and connect it on the side of the card at the connector that is the same size (A) – fi g. 1. Another connector (same size) is provided on the other side of the card where another cable (B)is present. Connect the end of the latter to the connector of the card previously disconnected – fi g. 2.At this point, use a tester to measure the voltages present between the PINS that correspond to the cable wires – fi g. 2. This procedure should be carried out for each cable and connector. Check only one cable at a time.

Fig. 1

Cable to be inserted in connected card (B)

Cable to be checked. (A)


3Special tools

Fig. 2

Connect to 0VE.g; pin. 1 to M1 of card 97660576.

a

c

b


4 Special tools

PRESSURE GAUGE (CODE 91104498) FOR CHECKING AIR/WATER PRESSURES.

A) Checking HIGH AIR PRESSURE / WATER PRESSURE in the connections box

Checked HIGH PRESSURE AIR is used for:- Micromotor cooling.- Turbine drive.The checked WATER is that fed into the unit.

(Before installing the unit check that water pressure does not exceed 5 Bar).

- Remove the elbow fi tting (b) from the unit (a) and use item (c) only.

- Close unit air/water infeed taps and release pressure from pipes.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

e

f

d

gm


5Special tools

- Insert the gauge (c) in the 1/8” connector for high pressure air or (d) or water (e).- Re-open the air/water infeed taps, make sure the compressor is on.The correct pressure readings should be:

- High pressure air: 6 (± 0.2) Bar. - Water: 2.5 (± 0.2) Bar.

If incorrect pressure is detected act on the pressure reducers (f , g) to restore correct levels.The high pressure air check is used to detect any air leaks and establish whether the compressor is properly proportioned for unit air consumption.After fi tting the reducer use an instrument (Turbine) and check, when the compressor is loaded, that the pressure shown on the gauge does NOT fall. If the pressure falls the compressor is NOT proportioned properly.

B) Checking LOW AIR PRESSURE / WATER PRESSURE on the instrument’s tableLOW PRESSURE air is used to operate:

- Dynamic instrument sprays.- Chip air.- EMS scalar optic fi bre cooling - (where applicable).- Pneumatic brake on arm – (Optional, depending on model).- the DE-COUPLER (tank selection and pressurisation) – (Optional, depending on model).- the BIOSTER system (pneumatic doser and duct drainage) - (Optional, depending on model)- the SDS system (pressurisation of tank with special in-series gauge to reduce pressure to 1.8 Bar) – (where applicable).- the cuspidor bowl drainage Durr valve – (where applicable).

Given the extensive use of air at 3 Bar, do not attempt to adjust the factory-established pressure reducer setting (m).

Fig. 3

a


6 Special tools

The checked WATER is that in the water pipes.

Use the complete gauge unit (a).

Fig. 4

- Check that unit and compressor are on and that air/water infeed taps are open.- Extract the syringe on the instrument’s table and insert the spout of the same in the elbow fi tting of the gauge (at point “h”). Make sure the O-rings inside the elbow fi tting (at point “h”) provide a good seal on the syringe spout.- Act on the relevant water/air key via the syringe grip. PRECAUTION. In the case of a 6-way syringe it will fi rst be necessary to act on the switch (i) and switch off the syringe air/water heater.

To obtain correct low water/air pressure inside the unit, the gauge (a) should read as follows:

- AIR pressure value: 2.8 (± 0.2) Bar.- WATER pressure value (with mains water): Approx. 2.3 (± 0.2) Bar.- WATER pressure value (with water from SDS tank): Approx. 1.6 (± 0.2) Bar.

After a pressure check (e.g. AIR), separate the gauge to release pressure before carrying out the other check (e.g. WATER).

Fig. 5

97040526 WIRING DIAGRAM : T LED CURING LIGHT 97040524 WIRING DIAGRAM : SYRINGE 97040522 WIRING DIAGRAM : ID CAM

DENTAL ASSISTANT’S INSTRUMENT BOARD (T) 97040525 WIRING DIAGRAM : ASSISTANT’S INSTRUMENT TABLE

97041123 HYDROPNEUMATIC SCHEMATIC WITH W.H.E. 97040566 GENERAL ELECTRICAL WIRING CONTINENTAL/INTERNATIONAL DENTAL UNIT

97040527 WIRING DIAGRAM : OPERATING LAMP 97040528 WIRING DIAGRAM : MONITOR 2007 97040529 WIRING DIAGRAM : WORKSTATION 2007

HYDRO GROUP (H)

97041118 HYDROPNEUMATIC SCHEMATIC WITHOUT W.H.E.

97040537 WIRING DIAGRAM : CATTANI SUCTION SYSTEM

97041101 HYDROPN. DIAGRAM : DURR SUCTION SYSTEM 97041100 HYDROPN. DIAGRAM : METASYS SUCTION SYSTEM 97041099 HYDROPN. DIAGRAM : DURR SPITTOON BOWL VALVE

97040541 WIRING DIAGRAM : DURR CS1 SUCTION SYSTEM

97040540 WIRING DIAGRAM : DURR SPITTOON BOWL VALVE 97040539 WIRING DIAGRAM : DURR CAS1 SUCTION SYSTEM

97040536 WIRING DIAGRAM : WET RING SUCTION

97040538 WIRING DIAGRAM : METASYS SUCTION SYSTEM

HYDRO-PNEUMATIC DIAGRAMS

97040489 GENERAL ELECTRICAL WIRING

HYDRO GROUP (H)

97040550 WIRING DIAGRAM: SATELEC SCALER

97040589 WIRING DIAGRAM: ID CAM

97040547 WIRING DIAGRAM: MICROMOTOR MC2-MC3 97040548 WIRING DIAGRAM: MICROMOTOR MX 97040549 WIRING DIAGRAM: EMS SCALER WITH O.F. 97040554 WIRING DIAGRAM: EMS SCALER

97040545 WIRING DIAGRAM: SYRINGE 97040546 WIRING DIAGRAM: TURBINE

INSTRUMENT BOARD (E) 97040567 GENERAL ELECTRICAL WIRING

97040586 WIRING DIAGRAM: INTERNATIONAL DOCTOR’S CONSOLE

97040580 GENERAL ELECTRICAL WIRING DENTAL CHAIR

DENTAL CHAIR (PL)

97040532 WIRING DIAGRAM: POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT OF SUCT. SYST. MOTOR

97040570 GENERAL ELECTRICAL WIRING

BOX FOR CONNECTIONS (A)

97040533 WIRING DIAGRAM: APPL. PRESA ESTERNA

A7+ A9

97040530 WIRING DIAGRAM: MULTIFUNCTION FOOT CONTROL

FOOT CONTROL (F)

FOOT CONTROL (F)

97040531 WIRING DIAGRAM: PRESSURE FOOT CONTROL

97041112 HYDROPN. DIAGRAM : DURR CS1 SUCTION SYSTEM

97040542 WIRING DIAGRAM: SYSTEM WITH DISTILLED WATER 97040543 WIRING DIAGRAM: HYDROGEN PEROXIDE RESERVE 97040544 WIRING DIAGRAM: SUCTION TUBE STERILIZATION

97040535 WIRING DIAGRAM: BIOSTER APPLICATION

97040534 WIRING DIAGRAM: W.H.E. SYSTEM APPLICATION

97040551 WIRING DIAGRAM: T LED CURING LIGHT

97040581 WIRING DIAGRAM: BACINELLA MOTORIZZATA

97040585 WIRING DIAGRAM: CONTINENTAL DOCTOR’S CONSOLE

MOD. 431 rev. 1 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

97040459

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Venus Plus TML-CL Elettric wiring index: Venus Plus TML-CL Liste du schema electrique: Venus Plus TML-CL Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Venus Plus TML-CL Indice del esquema electrico: Venus Plus TML-CL

REV.

1 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1

POS. ITALIANO ENGLISH FRANÇAIS DEUTSCH ESPAÑOL

97750111 Trasformatore 150VA Transformer Transformateur Transformator Transformador

97660509 Scheda alim.lampada TML Card, lamp power supply Carte d’alimentation de la lampe

Karte zur Stromversorgung der Lampe Ficha alimentadora luz

F1Fusibile 5x20 T 4 A Fuse 5x20 T 4 A Fusible 5x20 T 4 A Sicherung 5x20 T 4 A Fusible 5x20 T 4 A F2Fusibile 5x20 T 6.3 A Fuse 5x20 T 6.3 A Fusible 5x20 T 6.3 A Sicherung 5x20 T 6.3 A Fusible 5x20 T 6.3 A

DL2SPIA 18Vac 18Vac light Voyant 18Vac Kontrollampe Wechselstrom 18Vac Testigo 18Vac

K3Alimentazione, selettore tensione

Power supply, selector Alimentation, sélecteurs Stromversorgung, wahlschaltern

Alimentación, selectores

97660429 Scheda potenziometro Card Potentiometer, Carte Potentiomètre Karte Potentiometer für Ficha Potenciómetro 97660594 97660841 Scheda lampada Venus Plus Card, lamp Venus Plus Carte lampe Venus Plus Karte Lampe Venus Plus Ficha luz Venus Plus

MOD. 431 rev.1 del 04/01/’99 CODICE

97040522

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: C-U2 CAM (Tavoletta assistente) Electric wiring index: C-U2 CAM (Dental assistant's instrument board) Liste du schéma électrique: C-U2 CAM (la tablette de l'assistant) Verzeichnis des schaltplans: C-U2 CAM (Platte für die Helferin) Indice del esquema eléctrico: C-U2 CAM (Mesa asistente)

REV.

2

PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1


T TAVOLETTA ASSISTENTE DENTAL ASSISTANT’S INSTRUMENT BOARD TABLETTE DE L’ASSISTANT PLATTE FÜR DIE HELFERIN MESITA ASISTENTE

97660697 Scheda base tavoletta assistente Card, base of dental assistant's instrument board

Carte principale de la tablette de l'assistant Hauptkarte für die Platte der Helferin Ficha base mesita asistente

I.1Microswitch supporto strumento Microswitch, Instrument mount Interrupteur support de l’instrument Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Micro soporte instrumento

H GRUPPO IDRICO HYDRO-GROUP GROUPE HYDRIQUE WASSEREINHEIT GRUPO HIDRICO 97660555 Scheda controllo telecamera Card, camera control Carte de contrôle camera Karte der kontrolle des Camera Ficha control Camera 97660583 Scheda base idrico Card, base of hydro-group Carte principale du groupe hydrique Karte für die Wassereinheit Ficha base grupo hidrico

A GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT ANSCHLUßKASTEN GRUPO CONEXIONES 97660616 Scheda alimentazionee controllo Card, power supply and controls Carte de l’alimentation et des commandes Versorgungskarte und Steuerungen Ficha alimentación y mandos

MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

97040524

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Siringa (tavoletta assistente) Elettric wiring index: Syringe (dental assistant’s instrument board) Liste du schema electrique: Seringue (la tablette de l’assistant) Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Spritze (Platte fur die Helferin) Indice del esquema electrico: Jeringa (Mesa asistente)

REV.

1 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1



97660697 Scheda base tavoletta assistente Card, Base of dental assistant's instrument board


FC_SIRIMicroswitch supporto strumento Microswitch, Instrument mount Interrupteur support de l’instrument Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Micro soporte instrumento

H GRUPPO IDRICO HYDRO-GROUP GROUPE HYDRIQUE WASSEREINHEIT GRUPO HIDRICO 97660583 Scheda base idrico Card, base of hydro-group Carte principale du groupe hydrique Karte für die Wassereinheit Ficha base grupo hidrico

35EV acqua siringa Solenoid valve, Water to syringe EV eau à la seringue Magnetventil Wasser für die Spritze EV agua jeringa


97040525

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Tavoletta assistente Elettric wiring index: Assistant board Liste du schema electrique: Tablette de l’assistant Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Platte fur die Helferin Indice del esquema electrico: Mesita asistente

REV.

2 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1



97660697 Scheda base tavoletta assistente Card, Base of dental assistant's instrument board Carte principale de la tablette de l'assistant Hauptkarte für die Platte der Helferin Tarjeta base mesita asistente

DL1Led diagnostica Led, diagnostic Led, diagnostique Led für diagnostik Led, diagnóstica DL2Led attività TX CAN BUS Led, diagnostique TX CAN BUS Led, diagnostique TX CAN BUS Led für diagnostik TX CAN BUS Led, diagnóstica TX CAN BUS DL3Led errore CAN BUS Led, diagnostic CAN BUS Led, diagnostique CAN BUS Led für diagnostik CAN BUS Led, diagnóstica CAN BUS DL4Spia 12 VDC 12 VDC light Voyant 12 VDC Kontrollampe Wechselstrom 12 VDC Testigo 12 VDC

J1OFF: T LED OFF: T LED OFF: T LED OFF: T LED OFF: T LED J2Uso riservato (OFF) Private use (OFF) Usage réservé (OFF) Privatgebrauch (OFF) Uso privado (OFF) J3Uso riservato (OFF) Private use (OFF) Usage réservé (OFF) Privatgebrauch (OFF) Uso privado (OFF) J4Uso riservato (OFF) Private use (OFF) Usage réservé (OFF) Privatgebrauch (OFF) Uso privado (OFF)

FC1-T LEDMicroswitch supporto strumento Microswitch, Instrument mount Interrupteur support de l’instrument Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Micro soporte instrumento FC-CAMMicroswitch supporto strumento Microswitch, Instrument mount Interrupteur support de l’instrument Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Micro soporte instrumento FC-SIRIMicroswitch supporto strumento Microswitch, Instrument mount Interrupteur support de l’instrument Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Micro soporte instrumento

H GRUPPO IDRICO HYDRO-GROUP GROUPE HYDRIQUE WASSEREINHEIT GRUPO HIDRICO

97660583 Scheda base idrico Card, base of hydro-group Carte principale du groupe hydrique Karte für die Wassereinheit Ficha base grupo hidrico


97040526

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Lampada polimerizzante T LED(Tavoletta Assistente) Elettric wiring index: Curing Light T LED (Dental Assistant’s instrument) Liste du schema electrique: Lampe de polymerisation T LED (Tablette de l’assistant) Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Polymerisationslampe T LED (Platte fur die helferim) Indice del esquema electrico: Lampara de polilerizacion T LED (Mesita asistente)

REV.

1 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1



97660697 Scheda base tavoletta assistente Card, base of dental assistant's instrument board


FC-TLEDMicroswitch supporto strumento Microswitch, Instrument mount Interrupteur support de l’instrument Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Micro soporte instrumento


97040527

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Applicazione lampada scialitica “VENUS PLUS” Elettric wiring index: Shadowless lamp “VENUS PLUS” Liste du schema electrique: Lampe scialytique “VENUS PLUS” Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Operationslampe “VENUS PLUS” Indice del esquema electrico: Lámpara cialítica “VENUS PLUS”

REV.

2 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1


A GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT ANSCHLUßKASTEN GRUPO CONEXIONES 97660576 Scheda allacciamenti ausiliari Card, Auxiliary connections Carte des connexions auxiliaires Karte der Hilfsanschlüsse Ficha conexiones auxiliares 97660773 Scheda allacciamenti ausiliari Card, Auxiliary connections Carte des connexions auxiliaires Karte der Hilfsanschlüsse Ficha conexiones auxiliares 97660594 97660841 Scheda lampada “Venus Plus” Card, shadowless lamp “Venus Plus” Carte, lampe scialytique “Venus Plus” Karte, operationslampe “Venus Plus” Ficha, lámpara cialítica “Venus Plus”

97660429 Scheda potenziometro Card, potentiometer Carte, potentiomètre Karte, potentiometer Ficha, potenciómetro


97040528

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Applicazione MONITOR Electric wiring index: MONITOR gruop Liste du schéma électrique: Montage du MONITOR Verzeichnis des schaltplan: Einbau MONITOR Indice del esquema eléctrico: Aplicacion MONITOR

REV.

0 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1


A GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT ANSCHLUßKASTEN GRUPO CONEXIONES 97660616 Scheda alimentazionee controllo Card, power supply and controls Carte de l’alimentation et des commandes Versorgungskarte und Steuerungen Ficha alimentación y mandos 97660576 Scheda allacciamenti ausiliari Card, Auxiliary connections Carte des connexions auxiliaires Karte der Hilfsanschlüsse Ficha conexiones auxiliares

H GRUPPO IDRICO HYDRO-GROUP GROUPE HYDRIQUE WASSEREINHEIT GRUPO HÍDRICO

91104299 Gruppo Monitor Group Monitor Groupe Monitor Netzteileinheit des Monitor Grupo Monitor


97040529

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Applicazione WORKSTATION Electric wiring index: WORKSTATION gruop Liste du schéma électrique: Montage du WORKSTATION Verzeichnis des schaltplan: Einbau WORKSTATION Indice del esquema eléctrico: Aplicacion WORSTATION

REV.

0 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1


A GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT ANSCHLUßKASTEN GRUPO CONEXIONES 97660616 Scheda alimentazione e controllo Card, power supply and controls Carte de l’alimentation et des commandes Versorgungskarte und Steuerungen Ficha alimentación y mandos 97660576 Scheda allacciamenti ausiliari Card, Auxiliary connections Carte des connexions auxiliaires Karte der Hilfsanschlüsse Ficha conexiones auxiliares


91104399 Gruppo Workstation Group, Workstation Groupe Workstation Netzteileinheit des Workstation Grupo Workstation


97040530

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Comando piede standard Electric wiring index: Dental unit standard foot control Liste du schema electrique: Commande a pedale de l’unit (modèlè standard) Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Pedalsteverung der behandlunoseinheit Indice del esquema electrico: Accionamiento de pedal (modelo standard)

REV.

0 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1


F COMANDO A PIEDE FOOT CONTROL COMMANDE AU PIED PEDALSTEUERUNG MANDO DE PEDAL 97660442 Scheda generale comando a piede Card, main foot control Carte générale commande à pédale Allgemeine Karte der Pedalsteuerung Ficha general mando de pedal

J1 Jumper, uso riservato Jumper, private use Pont, usage réservé Jumper, privatgebrauch Jumper, uso privado J2 OFF: Multifunzione OFF: standard foot OFF: modèlè standard OFF: behandlunoseinheit OFF: modelo standard

DL1 Spia 12 VDC 12 VDC light Voyant 12 VDC. Kontrollampe Wechselstrom 12 VDC Testigo 12 VDC DL2 Led, diagnostica Led, diagnostic Led, diagnostique Led für diagnostik Led, diagnóstica DL3 Led, errore CAN BUS Led, diagnostic CAN BUS Led, diagnostique CAN BUS Led für Diagnostik CAN BUS Led, Diagnóstica CAN BUS DL4 Led, attività TX CAN BUS Led, diagnostic TX CAN BUS Led, diagnostique TX CAN BUS Led für Diagnostik TX CAN BUS Led, Diagnóstica TX CAN BUS DL5 Led, errore Led, errore Led, erreur Led für fehler Led, error

97660478 Scheda comandi poltrona Dental chair control card Carte commandes du fauteuil Karte Steuerungen des Patientenstuhls Ficha mandos sillón

S.S. Microswitch comando salita poltrona Microswitch, Dental chair up Micro-contact pour commander la montée du fauteuil

Mikroschalter Steuerung zur Auffahrt des Patientenstuhls Micro mando subida sillón

D.S. Microswitch comando discesa poltrona Microswitch, Dental chair down Micro-contact pour commander la descente du fauteuil

Mikroschalter Steuerung zur Abfahrt des Patientenstuhls Micro mando bajada sillón

S.SC. Microswitch comando salita schienale Microswitch, Backrest up Micro-contact pour commander la montée du dossier

Mikroschalter Steuerung zur Auffahrt der Rückenlehne Micro mando bajada respaldo

D.SC. Microswitch comando discesa schienale Microswitch, Backrest down Micro-contact pour commander la descente du dossier

Mikroschalter Steuerung zur Abfahrt der Rückenlehne Micro mando bajada respaldo

CHIP Pulsante comando chip Button, chip control Bouton du commande chip Taste zur chip steuerung Pulsador de mando chip SV Pulsante comando svuotamento Button, drainage control Bouton du commande d'évacuation Taste zur steuerung zur entleerung Pulsador de mando de vaciado

A GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT ANSCHLUßKASTEN GRUPO CONEXIONES

97660576 Scheda allacciamenti ausiliari Card, Auxiliary connections Carte des connexions auxiliaires Karte der Hilfsanschlüsse Ficha conexiones auxiliares


97040531

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Comando piede a pressione riunito Electric wiring index: Dental unit pressure foot control Liste du schema electrique: Commande a pedale de l’unit (modèlè a pression) Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Pedalsteverung der behandlunoseinheit (druckenmodell) Indice del esquema electrico: Accionamiento de pedal (modelo a presion)

REV.

0 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1


F COMANDO A PIEDE FOOT CONTROL COMMANDE AU PIED PEDALSTEUERUNG MANDO DE PEDAL 97660442 Scheda generale comando a piede Card, main foot control Carte générale commande à pédale Allgemeine Karte der Pedalsteuerung Ficha general mando de pedal

SW-PED Microswitch comando pedale Microswitch foot control Microswitch commandè à pédale Microswitch Karte der Pedalsteuerung Micro mando de pedal J1 Jumper, uso riservato Jumper, private use Pont, usage réservé Jumper, privatgebrauch Jumper, uso privado J2 ON: Pressione ON: pressure foot ON: modèlè a pression ON: druckenmodell ON: modelo a presion

DL1 Spia 12 VDC 12 VDC light Voyant 12 VDC. Kontrollampe Wechselstrom 12 VDC Testigo 12 VDC DL2 Led, diagnostica Led, diagnostic Led, diagnostique Led für diagnostik Led, diagnóstica DL3 Led, errore CAN BUS Led, diagnostic CAN BUS Led, diagnostique CAN BUS Led für Diagnostik CAN BUS Led, Diagnóstica CAN BUS DL4 Led, attività TX CAN BUS Led, diagnostic TX CAN BUS Led, diagnostique TX CAN BUS Led für Diagnostik TX CAN BUS Led, Diagnóstica TX CAN BUS DL5 Led, errore Led, errore Led, erreur Led für fehler Led, error

97660478 Scheda comandi poltrona Dental chair control card Carte commandes du fauteuil Karte Steuerungen des Patientenstuhls Ficha mandos sillón

S.S. Microswitch comando salita poltrona Microswitch, Dental chair up Micro-contact pour commander la montée du fauteuil

Mikroschalter Steuerung zur Auffahrt des Patientenstuhls Micro mando subida sillón

D.S. Microswitch comando discesa poltrona Microswitch, Dental chair down Micro-contact pour commander la descente du fauteuil

Mikroschalter Steuerung zur Abfahrt des Patientenstuhls Micro mando bajada sillón

S.SC. Microswitch comando salita schienale Microswitch, Backrest up Micro-contact pour commander la montée du dossier

Mikroschalter Steuerung zur Auffahrt der Rückenlehne Micro mando bajada respaldo

D.SC. Microswitch comando discesa schienale Microswitch, Backrest down Micro-contact pour commander la descente du dossier

Mikroschalter Steuerung zur Abfahrt der Rückenlehne Micro mando bajada respaldo

CHIP Pulsante comando chip Button, chip control Bouton du commande chip Taste zur chip steuerung Pulsador de mando chip SV Pulsante comando svuotamento Button, drainage control Bouton du commande d'évacuation Taste zur steuerung zur entleerung Pulsador de mando de vaciado

97660473 Scheda segnalazioni

DL1 Led inserimento acqua spray Led, inserting spray water Led pour insérer eau spray Led zur Wasserspraysteuerung Led inserción agua spray

A GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT ANSCHLUßKASTEN GRUPO CONEXIONES 97660576 Scheda allacciamenti ausiliari Card, Auxiliary connections Carte des connexions auxiliaires Karte der Hilfsanschlüsse Ficha conexiones auxiliares


97040532

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Alimentazione motore aspirazione Elettric wiring index: Power supply circuit of suction system motor Liste du schema electrique: Alimentation du moteur du disp. d'aspiration Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Stromversorgung des Motors zur Ansaugung Indice del esquema electrico: Alimentación motor aspiración

REV.

00 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1



TL Teleruttore comando motore aspirazione Contactor, Suction system control Télérupteur pour commander le moteur

d'aspiration Steuerschütz des Motors für die Ansaugung Telerruptor mando motor aspiración

ID Interruttore differenziale Ground fault circuit interrupter Interrupteur différentiel Fehlerstromschutzschalter Interruptor diferencial LINE Linea esterna al riunito External line (dental unit) Ligne externe à l'unit Externe Leitung der Behandlungseinheit Línea externa al equipo


97040533

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: APPLICAZIONE PRESA AUSILIARIA Elettric wiring index: AUXLIARY SOCKET APPLICATION Liste du schema electrique: APPLICATION AUXILIARE SOCKET Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: AUXILIARY SOCKEL ANWENDUNG Indice del esquema electrico: ENCHUFE AUXILIAR APLICACION

REV.

00 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1





97040534

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Applicazione WHE Elettric wiring index: Disinfecting unit with WHE Liste du schema electrique: Montage du WHE Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Einbau des sterilisierungssystems WHE Indice del esquema electrico: Aplicacion WHE

REV.

0 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1




97660420 Scheda igiene Card, Disinfecting Carte des hygiene Kate der sterilisierungssystems Ficha higiene 13 EV aria serbatoi Solenoid valve, Air tank EV air dans les réservoirs Magnetventil Luft für die Behälter EV aire depósitos 45 E.V. svuotamento condotte Solenoid valve, Tubing drainage E.V. vidage des conduits Magnetventil Entleerung der Leitungen E.V. vaciado conductos 56 Pressostato (minima pressione) Pressure switch (low pressure) Pressostat (pression mini) Druckschalter (min. Druck) Presóstato (presión mínima) 59 Serbatoio miscelazione Mixing tank Réservoir mélange Mischungsbehälter Depósito mezcla 60 Serbatoio prodotto igienizzante Sanitazing fluid tank Réservoir produit pour l’hygiène Behälter für das Sterilisierungsprodukt Depósito producto higiene 61 EV acqua serbatoio miscelazione Solenoid valve, Water to mixing tank EV eau au réservoir du mélange Magnetventil Wasser zum

Mischungsbehälter EV agua depósito mezcla

63 EV dosaggio prodotto igienizzante Solenoid valve, Sanitazing fluid dosage EV dosage du produit pour l’hygiène Magnetventil Dosierung des Sterilisierungsprodukts EV dosificación producto higiene

117 EV acqua+liquido igienizzante Solenoid valve, Water + Sanitizing liquid supply EV eau-liquide pour l'hygiène Magnetventil

Wasser+Sterilisierungsprodukt Electroválvula agua+líquido de higiene

131 EV.comando pistoncino riempimento EV pneumatic piston EV commande piston pneumatique Magnetventil pneumatischer kolben EV piston neumatico J1 ON: WHE ON: WHE ON: WHE ON: WHE ON: WHE


97040535

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Applicazione bioster Elettric wiring index: Disinfecting unit with bioster Liste du schema electrique: Montage du bioster Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Einbau des sterilisierungssystems Indice del esquema electrico: Aplicacion bioster

REV.

1 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1



50 E.V. by-pass acqua Solenoid valve, Water bypass E.V. by-pass eau Magnetventil By-Pass Wasser E.V. by-pass agua

97660420 Scheda igiene Card, Disinfecting Carte des hygiene Kate der sterilisierungssystems Ficha higiene 35 E.V. acqua siringa Solenoid valve, Water to syringe E.V. eau à la seringue Magnetventil Wasser für die Spritze E.V. agua jeringa 45 E.V. svuotamento condotte Solenoid valve, Tubing drainage E.V. vidage des conduits Magnetventil Entleerung der Leitungen E.V. vaciado conductos

106 Sensore volumetrico Volumetric sensor Capteur volumétrique Volumetrischer Sensor Sensor volumétrico

116 E.V. comando dosatore Solenoid valve, Dispenser control E.V. commande du doseur Magnetventil zur Steuerung der Dosiervorrichtung Electroválvula accionamiento dosificador

122 EV intercettazione Solenoid valve, cut-off EV arrêt Sperrventil EV de cierre J2 ON: BIOSTER ON: BIOSTER ON: BIOSTER ON: BIOSTER ON: BIOSTER

KS3 ON: BIOSTER ON: BIOSTER ON: BIOSTER ON: BIOSTER ON: BIOSTER

E TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS DE L’UNIT

INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO

97660532 Scheda tavoletta medico Main card, Instrument board Carte générale de la tablette Allgemeine Karte der Platte Ficha general mesita 35 E.V. acqua siringa Solenoid valve, Water to syringe E.V. eau à la seringue Magnetventil Wasser für die Spritze E.V. agua jeringa


97660583 Scheda base idrico Card, base of hydro-group Carte principale du groupe hydrique Karte für die Wassereinheit Ficha base grupo hidrico 35 E.V. acqua siringa Solenoid valve, Water to syringe E.V. eau à la seringue Magnetventil Wasser für die Spritze E.V. agua jeringa


97040536

DESCRIZIONE

Indice dello schema elettrico: Applicazione aspirazione anello liquido Elettric wiring index: Wet ring suction Liste du schema electrique: Disp. d’aspiration en anneau pour le liquide Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Einbau des Ringsaugsystems fur die Flussigkeit Indice del esquema electrico: Aspiracion anillo liquido

REV.

0 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1



21 EV aspirazione centralizzata Solenoid valve, Central suction system EV disp. d’aspiration centralisé Magnetventil zentralisierte Sauganlage EV aspiración centralizada

97660583

Scheda generale idrico Card, Hydro-group Carte générale du groupe hydrique Hauptkarte für Wassereinheit Dicha general grupo hídrico


97040537

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Applicazione separatore CATTANI Elettric wiring index: CATTANI separator application Liste du schema electrique: Montage du separateur CATTANI Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Einbau des Abscheiders CATTANI Indice del esquema electrico: Aplicacion separador CATTANI

REV.

0 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1


H GRUPPO IDRICO HYDRO-GROUP GROUPE HYDRIQUE WASSEREINHEIT GRUPO HIDRICO 19 Separatore aspirazione Suction system separator Séparateur du disp. d’aspiration Abscheider (Saugsystem) Separador aspiración 21 E.V. aspirazione centralizzata Solenoid valve, Central suction system E.V. disp. d’aspiration centralisé Magnetventil zentralisierte Sauganlage E.V. aspiración centralizada

108 Pompa di drenaggio Drain pump Pompe de drainage Ablaßpumpe Bomba de drenaje PU.1 Pulsante svuotamento separatore Button, empty separator Bouton d’évacuation du séparateur Taste zur Entleerung des Abscheiders Pulsador de vacío separador



97040538

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Applicazione separatore METASYS Elettric wiring index: METASYS separator application Liste du schema electrique: Montage du separateur METASYS Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Einbau des Abscheiders METASYS Indice del esquema electrico: Aplicacion separador METASYS

REV.

0 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1


H GRUPPO IDRICO HYDRO-GROUP GROUPE HYDRIQUE WASSEREINHEIT GRUPO HIDRICO 97660583 Scheda base idrico Card, base of hydro-group Carte principale du groupe hydrique Karte für die Wassereinheit Ficha base grupo hidrico C.B. Scheda controllo METASYS Card, METASYS control Carte de contrôle METASYS Karte zur Kontrolle METASYS Ficha control METASYS

SV 7 Alimentazione comando Power supply, Control Alimentation, commande Stromversorgung Steuerung Alimentación mando SV 3 Alimentazione AC 24 V 24 VAC supply Alimentation 24 Volts, c.a. Stromversorgung Wechselstrom 24 V Alimentación 24 V CA SV 4 Collegamento consolle Control console connection Connexion console Anschluß an Steuerpult Conexión consolas


97040539

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Applicazione aspirazione DURR Electric wiring index: DURR suction system group Liste du schemas electriques: Dispositif d’aspiration DURR Verzeichnis des schaltplan: Saugsystem DURR Indice del esquemas electricos: Aspiraction DURR

REV.

0 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1



X6 Collegamento consolle Control console connection Module d’affichage Anschluß an Steuerpult Conexión consolas 132 Unità di lavaggio Durr DURR Unit washing Lavage d'unité DURR Maßeinheit Reinigung DURR Lavado de la unidad DURR

MOD. 431 rev2 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

97040540

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Valvola della sputacchiera DURR Electric wiring index: Spittoon valve DURR Liste du schemas electriques: Soupape de crachoir DURR Verzeichnis des schaltplan: Mundspulbeckenventil DURR Indice del esquemas electricos: Valvula de la escupidera DURR

REV.

0 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1



121 Valvola della sputacchiera DÜRR Spittoon valve DÜRR Soupape de crachoir DÜRR Mundspülbeckenventil DÜRR Válvula de la escupidera DÜRR M Collegamento consolle Control console connection Module d’affichage Anschluß an Steuerpult Conexión consolas


97040541

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Applicazione aspirazione DURR CS1 Electric wiring index: DURR CS1 suction system group Liste du schemas electriques: Dispositif d’aspiration DURR CS1 Verzeichnis des schaltplan: Saugsystem DURR CS1 Indice del esquemas electricos: Aspiraction DURR CS1

REV.

0 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1




19 Separatore aspirazione Suction system separator Séparateur du disp. d’aspiration Abscheider (Saugsystem) Separador aspiración 21 E.V. aspirazione centralizzata Solenoid valve, Central suction system E.V. disp. d’aspiration centralisé Magnetventil zentralisierte Sauganlage E.V. aspiración centralizada

132 Unità di lavaggio Durr DURR Unit washing Lavage d'unité DURR Maßeinheit Reinigung DURR Lavado de la unidad DURR


97040542

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Applicazione serbatoio acqua distillata Elettric wiring index: Distilled water tank unit Liste du schema electrique: Montage du reservoir de l’aeu distillee Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Einbau des behalters fur destilliertes wasser Indice del esquema electrico: Aplicacion deposito agua destilada

REV.

0 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1



J1 Jumper, presenza serbatoio (OFF) Jumper, applied tank (OFF) Pont, présence de reservoir (OFF) Jumper, spannung behalters (OFF) Jumper, presencia deposito (OFF) 13 E.V. aria serbatoi Solenoid valve, Air tank E.V. air dans les réservoirs Magnetventil Luft für die Behälter E.V. aire depósitos

Ris.1 Sonda livello serbatoio Sensor, Tank level Jauge niveau du réservoir Standfühler des Behälters Sonda nivel depósito 18 Serbatoio acqua distillata Distilled water tank Réservoir de l’eau distillée Behälter für das destillierte Wasser Depósito agua destilada I.1 Microswitch serbatoio Microswitch tank unit Interrupteur reservoir Behalter Mikroschalter Micro deposito


97040543

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Applicazione Serbatoio H2O2 Elettric wiring index: H2O2 water tank unit Liste du schema electrique: Montage du reservoir de l’aeu H2O2 Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Einbau des behalters fur H2O2 wasser Indice del esquema electrico: Aplicacion deposito agua H2O2

REV.

0 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1


H GRUPPO IDRICO HYDRO-GROUP GROUPE HYDRIQUE WASSEREINHEIT GRUPO HÍDRICO 97660583 Scheda base idrico Card, base of hydro-group Carte principale du groupe hydrique Karte für die Wassereinheit Ficha base grupo hidrico

60 Serbatoio prodotto igienizzante Sanitazing fluid tank Réservoir produit pour l’hygiène Behälter für das Sterilisierungsprodukt Depósito producto higiene Ris.2 Sonda livello serbatoio Sensor, Tank level Jauge niveau du réservoir Standfühler des Behälters Sonda nivel depósito

97660672 Scheda igiene Card, Disinfecting Carte des hygiene Kate der sterilisierungssystems Ficha higiene

SW1-3 Jumper presenza igienizzazione Jumper, applied disinfecting Pont, présence de hygiene Jumper, spannung sterilisierungssystem Jumper, presencia hygiene


97040544

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Igienizzazione cannule aspirazione Elettric wiring index: Suction tube sanitising system Liste du schema electrique: Desinfection des canules d’aspiration Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Sterilisierung der saugkanulen Indice del esquema electrico: Desinfeccion canulas de airacion

REV.

10 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1


H GRUPPO IDRICO HYDRO-GROUP GROUPE HYDRIQUE WASSEREINHEIT GRUPO HIDRICO 97660583 Scheda base idrico Card, base of hydro-group Carte principale du groupe hydrique Karte für die Wassereinheit Ficha base grupo hidrico 97660438 Scheda interconnessioni idrico Card, Hydro-group interconnections Carte du sectionneur du groupe hydrique Karte Trennschalter für die Wassereinheit Ficha interconexiones grupo hídrico

43 E.V. disinfezione aspirazione Solenoid valve, Disinfectant suction E.V. disp. d’aspiration du désinfectant Magnetventil Sterilisierung (Saugsystem) E.V. desinfección aspiración 105 E.V. lavaggio cannule Solenoid valve, Tubing system E.V. lavage des canules Magnetventil zur Spülung der Kanulen Electroválvula lavado cánulas 107 Vuotostato Vacuum control Régulateur à dépression Vakuumschalter Regulador de depresión


97040545

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Siringa 6 F. con F.O. Elettric wiring index: Syringe 6 F. w/optical fibres Liste du schema electrique: Seringe 6 F. avec F.O. Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Spritze 6 F. mit optikfaser Indice del esquema electrico: Jeringa 6 F. con F.O.

REV.

0 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1




97660532 Scheda Tavoletta Medico Main card, Instrument board Carte générale de la tablette Allgemeine Karte der Platte Ficha general mesita I.13 Microswitch supporto strumento Microswitch, Instrument mount Interrupteur support de l’instrument Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Micro soporte instrumento

35 E.V. acqua siringa Solenoid valve, Water to syringe E.V. eau à la seringue Magnetventil Wasser für die Spritze E.V. agua jeringa

MOD.431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

97040546

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Turbina con F.O. Elettric wiring index: Turbine w/optical fibres Liste du schema electrique: Turbine avec F.O. Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Turbine mit optikfaser Indice del esquema electrico: Turbina con F.O.

REV.

0 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1




97660565 Scheda Controllo E.V. proporzionale Control card, Proportional solenoid valve Carte du contrôle de l’EV proportionnelle Karte zur Kontrolle des Proportionalmagnetventils Ficha control EV proporcional

P1 Trimmer regolazione pressione minima Trimmer, Minimum pressure adjustment Trimmer réglage pression mini Trimmer zur Einstellung des min. Druckwertes Trimmer, regulación presión mínima P2 Trimmer regolazione pressione massima Trimmer, Maximum pressure adjustment Trimmer réglage pression maxi Trimmer zur Einstellung des max. Druckwertes Trimmer, regulación presión máxima 34 E.V. proporzionale Proportional solenoid valve E.V. proportionnelle Proportionalventil E.V. proporcional 38 E.V. aria spray chip-air Solenoid valve, Chip air spray E.V. air au spray chip-air Magnetventil Luft zum Spray Chip Air E.V. aire spray chip-air

97660532 Scheda tavoletta medico Main card, Instrument board Carte générale de la tablette Allgemeine Karte der Platte Ficha general mesita

I.13 Microswitch supporto strumento Microswitch, Instrument mount Interrupteur support de l’instrument Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Micro soporte instrumento 36 E.V. acqua spray Solenoid valve, Water spray E.V. eau au spray Magnetventil Wasser zum Spray E.V. agua spray


97040547

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Micromotore con F.O. Elettric wiring index: Micromotor w/optical fibres Liste du schema electrique: Micromoteur avec F.O. Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Mikromotors mit optikfaser Indice del esquema electrico: Micromotor con F.O.

REV.

0 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1




97660186 Controllo micromotore Micro-motor control card Carte de contrôle micro-moteur Karte de kontrolle des Mikromotors Ficha control micromotor

MAX Trimmer taratura massima velocità Trimmer, Maximum speed setting Trimmer réglage vitesse maxi Trimmer zur Einstellung der Höchstdrehzahl Trimmer, regulación velocidad máxima

POT Trimmer taratura coppia micromotore Trimmer, Micro-motor torque setting Trimmer réglage du couple micro-moteur Trimmer zur Einstellung des Mikromotordrehmoments Trimmer, regulación para micromotor

MIN Trimmer taratura minima velocità Trimmer, Minimum speed setting Trimmer réglage vitesse mini Trimmer zur Einstellung der min. Drehzahl Trimmer, regulación velocidad mínima 38 E.V. aria spray chip-air Solenoid valve, Chip air spray E.V. air au spray chip-air Magnetventil Luft zum Spray Chip Air E.V. aire spray chip-air

39 E.V. raffreddamento matasse Solenoid valve, Winding cooling E.V. refroidissement des enroulements Magnetventil zur Abkühlung der Wicklungen E.V. enfriamiento madejas


I.13 Microswitch supporto strumento Microswitch, Instrument mount Interrupteur support de l’instrument Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Micro soporte instrumento 36 E.V. acqua spray Solenoid valve, Water spray E.V. eau au spray Magnetventil Wasser zum Spray E.V. agua spray


97040548

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Micromotore MX con fibre ottiche Elettric wiring index: MX Micromotor w/optical fibres Liste du schema electrique: Micromoteur MX avec F.O. Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Mikromotors MX mit optikfaser Indice del esquema electrico: Micromotor MX con F.O.

REV.

0 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1




97660474 Controllo micromotore Micro-motor control card Carte de contrôle micro-moteur Karte de kontrolle des Mikromotors Ficha control micromotor DL Led, Can enable Led, Can enable Led, Can enable Led, Can enable Led, Can enable DL Led, Can transmission Led, Can transmission Led, Can transmission Led, Can transmission Led, Can transmission DL Led, Activity Led, Activity Led, Activity Led, Activity Led, Activity DL Led, Power Led, Power Led, Power Led, Power Led, Power 36 E.V. acqua spray Solenoid valve, Water spray E.V. eau au spray Magnetventil Wasser zum Spray E.V. agua spray 38 E.V. aria spray chip-air Solenoid valve, Chip air spray E.V. air au spray chip-air Magnetventil Luft zum Spray Chip Air E.V. aire spray chip-air

39 E.V. raffreddamento matasse Solenoid valve, Winding cooling E.V. refroidissement des enroulements Magnetventil zur Abkühlung der Wicklungen E.V. enfriamiento madejas


I.13 Microswitch supporto strumento Microswitch, Instrument mount Interrupteur support de l’instrument Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Micro soporte instrumento


97040549

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Detartaratore EMS con F.O. Elettric wiring index: EMS scaler (w/optical fibres) Liste du schema electrique: Instrument pour le detartrage EMS avec F.O. Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Zahnsteinentferner EMS mit optikfaser Indice del esquema electrico: Ablador del sarro EMS con F.O.

REV.

0 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1




97660262 Scheda di controllo EMS EMS control card Carte de contrôle EMS Karte der kontrolle des EMS Ficha control EMS 97660183/A Scheda interfaccia EMS EMS interface card Carte de l’interface EMS Karte Schnittstelle EMS Ficha interfaz EMS

80 E.V. raffreddamento lampada Solenoid valve, light cooler E.V. refroidissement de la lampe Magnetventil zur Abkühlung der Lampe E.V. enfriamiento lámpara 97660532 Scheda tavoletta medico Main card, Instrument board Carte générale de la tablette Allgemeine Karte der Platte ( Ficha general mesita

I.13 Microswitch supporto strumento Microswitch, Instrument mount Interrupteur support de l’instrument Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Micro soporte instrumento 36 E.V. acqua Solenoid valve, Water E.V. eau Wasser-Magnetventil E.V. agua


97040550

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Detartaratore SATELEC NEWTRON con F.O. Elettric wiring index: SATELEC NEWTRON scaler w/optical fibres Liste du schema electrique: Detartreur SATELEC NEWTRON avec F.O. Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Zahnsteinentferners SATELEC NEWTRON mit opikfaser Indice del esquema electrico: Ablador SATELEC NEWTRON con F.O.

REV.

0 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1



INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT

MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO

97660385 Control board SATELEC SATELEC control board Control board SATELEC Control board SATELEC Control board SATELEC 97660365 Scheda interfaccia SATELEC SATELEC interface card Carte de l’interface SATELEC Karte Schnittstelle SATELEC Ficha interfaz SATELEC

DL1 Led estrazione manipolo Led, handpiece selector Led, sélection pièce à main Led, auswahl des Handstücks Led, selección manguito P1 Trimmer regolazione potenza Trimmer, power adjustment Trimmer réglage de la puissance Trimmer zur Leistungseinstellung Trimmer regulación potencia 80 E.V. raffreddamento lampada Solenoid valve, light cooler E.V. refroidissement de la lampe Magnetventil zur Abkühlung der Lampe E.V. enfriamiento lámpara

97660532 Scheda tavoletta medico Main card, Instrument board Carte générale de la tablette Allgemeine Karte der Platte ( Ficha general mesita I.13 Microswitch supporto strumento Microswitch, Instrument mount Interrupteur support de l’instrument Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Micro soporte instrumento

36 E.V. acqua Solenoid valve, Water E.V. eau Wasser-Magnetventil E.V. agua


97040551

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Lampada polimerizzante (T LED) Elettric wiring index: Curing light (T LED) Liste du schema electrique: Lampe de polymerisation (T LED) Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Polymerisationslampe (T LED) Indice del esquema electrico: Lampara de polimerizacion (T LED)

REV.

1 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1




97660401 Scheda controllo lampada polimerizzante Card, Curing light control Carte de contrôle lampe polymérisante Karte Kontrolle der Polymerisationslampe Ficha control lámpara de polimerización DL1 Led funzionamento lampada Led, Light operation Led, Fonctionnement de la lampe Led für Lampenbetrieb Led, Funcionamiento lámpara


I.13 Microswitch supporto strumento Microswitch, Instrument mount Interrupteur support de l’instrument Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Micro soporte instrumento


97040554

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Detartaratore EMS Elettric wiring index: EMS scaler Liste du schema electrique: Instrument pour le detartrage EMS Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Zahnsteinentferner EMS Indice del esquema electrico: Ablador del sarro EMS

REV.

0 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1




97660262 Scheda di controllo EMS EMS control card Carte de contrôle EMS Karte der kontrolle des EMS Ficha control EMS 97660183/A Scheda interfaccia EMS EMS interface card Carte de l’interface EMS Karte Schnittstelle EMS Ficha interfaz EMS



9MOD. 431 rev.2 del 01/09/2001 CODICE

97040580

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Poltrona serie Digitale Electric wiring index: dental chair Liste des schema electrique: Fauteuil Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Patientenstuhl Indice del esquema electrico: Sillon

REV.

2 PAGINA NR. 1 DI 1


PL POLTRONA DENTAL CHAIR FAUTEUIL PATIENTENSTUHL SILLON

97660578 Scheda generale poltrona Card, Dental chair Carte générale du fauteuil Hauptkarte des Patientenstuhls Ficha general sillón FU1 Fusibile 5x20 T 4 A Fuse 5x20 T 4 A Fusible 5x20 T 4 A Sicherung 5x20 T 4 A Fusible 5x20 T 4 A DL2 SPIA + VR + VR light Voyant +VR Kontrollampe Wechselstrom +VR Testigo + VR DL3 Led diagnostica Led, Diagnostic Led, Diagnostique Led für Diagnostik Led, Diagnóstica DL4 Led Blocco movimenti Led, movement lock Led, blocage mouvment Led, Bewegung-block Led, stop DL5 Led attività TX CAN BUS Led, TX CAN BUS activity Led, TX CAN BUS Led, TX CAN BUS Led, TX CAN BUS DL6 Led diagnostica CAN BUS Led, diagnostic CAN BUS Led, diagnostique CAN BUS Led für diagnostik CAN BUS Led, diagnóstica CAN BUS DL8 Led, discesa abilitata Led,downward movement Led, mouvement de montée Led, bewegung zur Auffahrt Led, movimiento subida

J1 Jumper, taratura fine corsa (ON) Jumper, limit switch setting (ON) Pont, réglage fin de course des mouvements (ON)

Jumper, einstellung des Endschalters für die Bewegungen

Jumper, regulación final de carrera movimientos (ON)

J2 Jumper, idrico a terra Jumper, floor hydro group Jumper, groupe hidrique à terre Jumper, Wassereinheit Jumper, grupo idrico

J3 Jumper, attivazione ciclo automatico (ON) Jumper, automatic cycle (ON) Pont. Activation du cycle automatique (ON) Jumper, aktivierung des automatischen Zyklus (ON) Jumper, activación ciclo automático (ON)

J4 Jumper, movimenti poltrona in serie (ON) Jumper, to movements in sequence (ON) Pont, mouvements du fauteuil en succession (ON)

Jumper, aufeinanderfolgenden Bewegungen des Patientenstuhls (ON) Jumper, movimientos sillón en serie (ON)

J5 Jumper,programma emergenza Jumper, emergency program Programme d’urgence Jumper, Notlage-Programme Jumper, Programa de emergencia J6 Jumper,emergenza idrico Jumper, hydro gr. emergency Urgence groupe hidrique Jumper, Wassereinheit-Notlage Jumper, emergencia grupo idrico

P. S. Potenziometro movimento sedile Potentiometer, Seat movement Potentiomètre mouvement du siège Potentiometer für die Bewegung des Sitzes Potenciómetro movimiento asiento COND.2 Condensatore motore sedile Condenser, Seat motor Condensateur moteur du siège Kondensator des Sitzmotors Condensador motor asiento MOT. S. Motore movimento sedile Motor, Seat movement Moteur mouvement du siège Motor zur Bewegung des Sitzes Motor movimiento asiento

C Sezionamento di emergenza motore sedile Seat motor disconnect switch

Sectionneur moteur du siége Not - Trennschalter für den Sitzmotor Seccionador de emergencia motor asiento

EM 2 Microswitch emergenza pedana Microswitch, Footboard Interrupteur d’urgence de l’appui-pieds Mikroschalter Notstand des Brettes Micro emergencia tarima 97660164 Scheda base sedile poltrona Card, Base of dental chair seat Carte principale du siège du fauteuil Hauptkarte für den Sitz des PatientenstuhlsFicha base asiento sillón

P.SC. Potenziometro movimento schienale Potentiometer, Backrest movement Potentiomètre mouvement du dossier Potentiometer für die Bewegung der Rücklehne Potenciómetro movimiento respaldo

MOT. SC. Motore movimento schienale Motor, Backrest movement Moteur mouvement du dossier Motor für die Bewegungen der Rücklehne Motor movimiento respaldo COND.1 Condensatore motore schienale Condenser, Backrest motor Condensateur moteur du dossier Kondensator des Motors für die Rücklehne Condensador motor respaldo EM 3 Microswitch emergenza schienale Microswitch, Backrest Interrupteur d’urgence du dossier Mikroschalter Notstand der Rücklehne Micro emergencia respaldo EM 4 Microswitch emergenza side delivery



97040581

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Bacinella motorizzata Elettric wiring index: Automatic Bowl Liste du schema electrique: Crachoir Automatique Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Automatischen Speichschale Indice del esquema electrico: Escupidera Automatico

REV.

10 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1



J3 ON: bacinella ON: bowl ON: crachoir ON: speichschale ON: escupidera 97660627 Scheda bacinella Card spittoon Carte du soupape Karte für mundspülbecken Ficha escupidera

P1 Pulsante acqua bicchiere Button, glass water Bouton du commande aeu Taste zur steuerung zur wasser Pulsador de mando de agua J1 Jumper, uso riservato Jumper, private use Pont, usage réservé Jumper, privatgebrauch Jumper, uso privado


97040585

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Console A7 PLUS-A9 Elettric wiring index: Console A7 PLUS-A9 Liste du schema electrique: Console A7 PLUS-A9 Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Console A7 PLUS-A9 Indice del esquema electrico: Console A7 PLUS-A9

REV.

0 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1


E TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD

TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS DE L’UNIT


97660556

Scheda Consolle Console card Carte de la console Karte Steuerpult Ficha consola

DL1 Spia 12 VDC 12 VDC light Voyant 12 VDC Kontrollampe Wechselstrom 12 VDC Testigo 12 VDC DL2 Spia 24 VDC 24 VDC light Voyant 24 VDC Kontrollampe Wechselstrom 24 VDC Testigo 24 VDC DL3 Led, freno Led, brake Led, frein Led für bremse Led, freno DL4 Led, diagnostica Led, diagnostic Led, diagnostique Led für diagnostik Led, diagnóstica DL5 Led, errore Led, errore Led, erreur Led für fehler Led, error DL6 Led, attività TX CAN BUS Led, diagnostic TX CAN BUS Led, diagnostique TX CAN BUS Led für Diagnostik TX CAN BUS Led, Diagnóstica TX CAN BUS DL7 Led, errore CAN BUS Led, diagnostic CAN BUS Led, diagnostique CAN BUS Led für Diagnostik CAN BUS Led, Diagnóstica CAN BUS

J1 ON: 2 operatori OFF: 3 operatori

ON: 2 operators OFF: 3 operators

ON: 2 praticien OFF: 3 praticien

ON: 2 bediener OFF: 3 bediener

ON: 2 operador OFF: 3 operador

J2 ON: bacinella ON: bowl ON: crachoir ON: becken ON: escupidera 97660280 Scheda maniglia Card, Handle Carte, pièce à main Karte Handgriff Ficha manilla

E TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT

BOARD TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS

DE L’UNIT INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER

BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO

97660532

Scheda Tavoletta Medico Main card, Instrument board Carte générale de la tablette Allgemeine Karte der Platte Ficha general mesita


97040586

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Console A7 PLUS INT. Elettric wiring index: Console A7 PLUS INT. Liste du schema electrique: Console A7 PLUS INT. Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Console A7 PLUS INT. Indice del esquema electrico: Console A7 PLUS INT.

REV.

0 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1


E TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD

TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS DE L’UNIT


97660556

Scheda Consolle Console card Carte de la console Karte Steuerpult Ficha consola

DL1 Spia 12 VDC 12 VDC light Voyant 12 VDC Kontrollampe Wechselstrom 12 VDC Testigo 12 VDC DL2 Spia 24 VDC 24 VDC light Voyant 24 VDC Kontrollampe Wechselstrom 24 VDC Testigo 24 VDC DL3 Led, freno Led, brake Led, frein Led für bremse Led, freno DL4 Led, diagnostica Led, diagnostic Led, diagnostique Led für diagnostik Led, diagnóstica DL5 Led, errore Led, errore Led, erreur Led für fehler Led, error DL6 Led, attività TX CAN BUS Led, diagnostic TX CAN BUS Led, diagnostique TX CAN BUS Led für Diagnostik TX CAN BUS Led, Diagnóstica TX CAN BUS DL7 Led, errore CAN BUS Led, diagnostic CAN BUS Led, diagnostique CAN BUS Led für Diagnostik CAN BUS Led, Diagnóstica CAN BUS

J1 ON: 2 operatori OFF: 3 operatori

ON: 2 operators OFF: 3 operators

ON: 2 praticien OFF: 3 praticien

ON: 2 bediener OFF: 3 bediener

ON: 2 operador OFF: 3 operador

J2 ON: bacinella ON: bowl ON: crachoir ON: becken ON: escupidera

E TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT

BOARD TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS

DE L’UNIT INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER

BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO

97660532

Scheda Tavoletta Medico Main card, Instrument board Carte générale de la tablette Allgemeine Karte der Platte Ficha general mesita


97040589

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Applicazione telecamera C-U2 CAM Tavoletta medico Electric wiring index: C-U2 CAM (Instrument Board) Liste du schéma électrique: C-U2 CAM (Instruments de l'unit) Verzeichnis des schaltplans: C-U2 CAM (Instrumentenplatte) Indice del esquema eléctrico: C-U2 CAM (Mesita instrumentos

REV.

1

PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1




97660532 Scheda tavoletta medico Main card, Instrument board Carte générale de la tablette Allgemeine Karte der Platte Ficha general mesita I.13 Microswitch supporto strumento Microswitch, Instrument mount Interrupteur support de l’instrument Mikroschalter des Instrumenthalters Micro soporte instrumento

97660555 Scheda controllo telecamera Card, camera control Carte de contrôle camera Karte der kontrolle des Camera Ficha control Camera


97040634

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Applicazione Elettrovalvola emergenza Elettric wiring index: Safety Valve Application Liste du schema electrique: Montage du EV Sècuritè Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Einbau des Sicherheit Magnetventil Indice del esquema electrico: Aplicacion EV Seguridad

REV.

0 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1



133EV Generale Solenoid valve, Main EV, Générale Magnetventil, Haup EV, General 135EV Emergenza Solenoid valve, Safety EV, Sècuritè Magnetventil, Sicherheit EV, Seguridad


97040638

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Applicazione WHE Elettric wiring index: Disinfecting unit with WHE Liste du schema electrique: Montage du WHE Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Einbau des sterilisierungssystems WHE Indice del esquema electrico: Aplicacion WHE

REV.

4 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1





97660672 Scheda igiene Card, Disinfecting Carte des hygiene Kate der sterilisierungssystems Ficha higiene

116E.V. comando dosatore Solenoid valve, Dispenser control E.V. commande du doseur Magnetventil zur Steuerung der Dosiervorrichtung Electroválvula accionamiento dosificador

J1ON: WHE ON: WHE ON: WHE ON: WHE ON: WHE 97660673 Scheda interfaccia igiene Card, Disinfecting Carte des hygiene Kate der sterilisierungssystems Ficha higiene 13EV aria serbatoi Solenoid valve, Air tank EV air dans les réservoirs Magnetventil Luft für die Behälter EV aire depósitos 61EV acqua serbatoio miscelazione Solenoid valve, Water to mixing tank EV eau au réservoir du mélange Magnetventil Wasser zum

Mischungsbehälter EV agua depósito mezcla

63EV dosaggio prodotto igienizzante Solenoid valve, Sanitazing fluid dosage EV dosage du produit pour l’hygiène Magnetventil Dosierung des Sterilisierungsprodukts EV dosificación producto higiene


97040639

Descrizione : Indice dello schema elettrico: Applicazione bioster Elettric wiring index: Disinfecting unit with bioster Liste du schema electrique: Montage du bioster Verzeichnis des schaltplans: Einbau des sterilisierungssystems Indice del esquema electrico: Aplicacion bioster

REV.

4 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1



50 E.V. by-pass acqua Solenoid valve, Water bypass E.V. by-pass eau Magnetventil By-Pass Wasser E.V. by-pass agua

97660672 Scheda igiene Card, Disinfecting Carte des hygiene Kate der sterilisierungssystems Ficha higiene 35 E.V. acqua siringa Solenoid valve, Water to syringe E.V. eau à la seringue Magnetventil Wasser für die Spritze E.V. agua jeringa 45 E.V. svuotamento condotte Solenoid valve, Tubing drainage E.V. vidage des conduits Magnetventil Entleerung der Leitungen E.V. vaciado conductos

106 Sensore volumetrico Volumetric sensor Capteur volumétrique Volumetrischer Sensor Sensor volumétrico

116 E.V. comando dosatore Solenoid valve, Dispenser control E.V. commande du doseur Magnetventil zur Steuerung der Dosiervorrichtung Electroválvula accionamiento dosificador

122 EV intercettazione Solenoid valve, cut-off EV arrêt Sperrventil EV de cierre J2 ON: NO WHE ON: NO WHE ON: NO WHE ON: NO WHE ON: NO WHE J3 ON: NO ADDITIVAZIONE ON: NO ADDITIVATION ON: PAS DE ADITIVATION ON: KEINE ZUSATZSTOFFE ON: NO ADITIVACION



97660532 Scheda tavoletta medico Main card, Instrument board Carte générale de la tablette Allgemeine Karte der Platte Ficha general mesita 35 E.V. acqua siringa Solenoid valve, Water to syringe E.V. eau à la seringue Magnetventil Wasser für die Spritze E.V. agua jeringa


97660583 Scheda base idrico Card, base of hydro-group Carte principale du groupe hydrique Karte für die Wassereinheit Ficha base grupo hidrico 35 E.V. acqua siringa Solenoid valve, Water to syringe E.V. eau à la seringue Magnetventil Wasser für die Spritze E.V. agua jeringa


97040642

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Detartaratore SATELEC NEWTRON con F.O. Elettric wiring index: SATELEC NEWTRON scaler w/optical fibres Liste du schema electrique: Detartreur SATELEC NEWTRON avec F.O. Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Zahnsteinentferners SATELEC NEWTRON mit opikfaser Indice del esquema electrico: Ablador SATELEC NEWTRON con F.O.

REV.

1 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1



INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT

MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO

97660385 Control board SATELEC SATELEC control board Control board SATELEC Control board SATELEC Control board SATELEC 97660630 Scheda interfaccia SATELEC SATELEC interface card Carte de l’interface SATELEC Karte Schnittstelle SATELEC Ficha interfaz SATELEC DL1 DC 32V DC 32V DC 32V DC 32V DC 32V 97660532 Scheda tavoletta medico Main card, Instrument board Carte générale de la tablette Allgemeine Karte der Platte ( Ficha general mesita



97040643

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Detartaratore EMS con F.O. Elettric wiring index: EMS scaler (w/optical fibres) Liste du schema electrique: Instrument pour le detartrage EMS avec F.O. Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Zahnsteinentferner EMS mit optikfaser Indice del esquema electrico: Ablador del sarro EMS con F.O.

REV.

1 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1




97660262 Scheda di controllo EMS EMS control card Carte de contrôle EMS Karte der kontrolle des EMS Ficha control EMS 97660630 Scheda interfaccia EMS EMS interface card Carte de l’interface EMS Karte Schnittstelle EMS Ficha interfaz EMS




97040644

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Detartaratore PZ5 Elettric wiring index: PZ5 scaler Liste du schema electrique: Instrument pour le detartrage PZ5 Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Zahnsteinentferner PZ5 Indice del esquema electrico: Ablador del sarro PZ5

REV.

1 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1




97660631 Scheda di controllo PZ5 PZ5 control card Carte de contrôle PZ5 Karte der kontrolle des PZ5 Ficha control PZ5 97660630 Scheda interfaccia interface card Carte de l’interface Karte Schnittstelle Ficha interfaz DL1 DC 32V DC 32V DC 32V DC 32V DC 32V 97660532 Scheda tavoletta medico Main card, Instrument board Carte générale de la tablette Allgemeine Karte der Platte ( Ficha general mesita



97040645

Descrizione: Indice dello schema elettrico: Detartaratore EMS Elettric wiring index: EMS scaler Liste du schema electrique: Instrument pour le detartrage EMS Verzeichnis des Schaltplans: Zahnsteinentferner EMS Indice del esquema electrico: Ablador del sarro EMS

REV.

1 PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1




97660633 Scheda di controllo EMS EMS control card Carte de contrôle EMS Karte der kontrolle des EMS Ficha control EMS 97660630 Scheda interfaccia EMS EMS interface card Carte de l’interface EMS Karte Schnittstelle EMS Ficha interfaz EMS

97660532 Scheda tavoletta medico Main card, Instrument board Carte générale de la tablette Allgemeine Karte der Platte ( Ficha general mesita



97041123

Descrizione: Complessivo idropneumatico: Impianto digitale ANTHOS con W.H.E. Hydropneumatic system: ANTHOS Digital Unit with W.H.E. Groupe hydro-pneumatique: Equipement Numerique ANTHOS avec W.H.E. Hydropneumatische zusamme: Digital-Allage ANTHOS Esquema hydropneumaticos: Impianto digitale ANTHOS con W.H.E.

REV.

0

PAGINA NR. 1 DI 1


A GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT ANSCHLUßKASTEN GRUPO CONEXIONES 2 Filtro entrata aria Air intake filter Filtre entrée de l’air Filter Lufteinlauf Filtro entrada aire 3 Riduttore aria alta pressione Air flow controller (high pressure) Réducteur d’air (pression élevée) Druckreduzierer Lufthochdruck Reductor aire alta presión 4 Riduttore aria bassa pressione Air flow controller (low pressure) Réducteur d’air (basse pression) Druckreduzierer Luftniedrigdruck Reductor aire baja presión 5 Valvola di sicurezza (Massima pressione) Pressure relief valve Soupape de sûreté (pression maxi) Sicherheitsventil (max. Druck) Válvula de seguridad (Máxima presión) 7 Filtro entrata acqua Water inlet filter Filtre entrée de l’eau Filter Wassereinlauf Filtro entrada agua 8 Riduttore pressione acqua Water pressure reducer Réducteur de pression de l’eau Druckreduzierer Wasser Reductor presión agua

13 EV aria serbatoi Solenoid valve, Air tank EV air dans les réservoirs Magnetventil Luft für die Behälter EV aire depósitos

56 Pressostato (minima pressione)

Pressure switch (low pressure) Pressostat (pression mini) Druckschalter (min. Druck) Presóstato (presión mínima)

59 Serbatoio miscelazione Mixing tank Réservoir mélange Mischungsbehälter Depósito mezcla 75 Valvola unidirezionale Unidirectional valve Soupape à une voie Ein-Weg-Ventil Válvula unidireccional 61 EV acqua serbatoio miscelazione Solenoid valve, Water to mixing tank EV eau au réservoir du mélange Magnetventil Wasser zum Mischungsbehälter EV agua depósito mezcla


117 EV acqua+liquido igienizzante Solenoid valve, Water + Sanitizing liquid supply EV eau-liquide pour l'hygiène Magnetventil Wasser+Sterilisierungsprodukt Electroválvula agua+líquido de higiene 123 Strozzatore acqua Compressor water Etrangleur eau Drossel Wasser Estrangulador agua 129 Precamera Filling Chamber Prechambre Vorkammer Precamara 130 Pistoncino pneumatico Pneumatic piston Piston pneumatique Pneumatische kolben Piston neumatico 131 EV.comando pistoncino riempimento EV pneumatic piston EV commande piston pneumatique Magnetventil pneumatischer kolben EV piston neumatico 133 Elettrovalvola comando valvola asservita 134 Valvola asservita

E TAVOLETTA STRUMENTI RIUNITO DENTAL UNIT INSTRUMENT BOARD TABLETTE DES INSTRUMENTS DE L’UNIT INSTRUMENTENPLATTE DER BEHANDLUNGSEINHEIT MESITA INSTRUMENTOS EQUIPO

17 EV chip-air Solenoid valve, Chip air EV chip-air Magnetventil Chip-Air EV chip-air 30 Freno braccio a pantografo Pantograph arm lock Frein du bras à pantographe Bremse des Pantographarms Freno brazo pantógrafo 31 EV freno Solenoid valve, Brake EV frein Magnetventil der Bremse EV freno 32 Rubinetto aria spray Air spray cock Robinet air au spray Hahn Luft zum Spray Grifo aire spray 33 Gruppo riscaldatore acqua spray Water spray heater Groupe réchauffeur eau au spray Heizgerät Wasser für Spray Grupo calentador agua spray 85 Distributore aria/acqua Air-water distributor Distributeur air-eau Luft-Wasser Verteiler Distribuidor aire-agua

97040545 Applicazione siringa 3/6 funzioni 3/6 function syringe group Montage de la seringue à 3/6 fonctions Einbau der Spritze mit 3/6 Funktionen Aplicación jeringa 3/6 funciones 97040546 Applicazione turbina / EV proporzionale Turbine group/Proportional solenoid valve Montage de la turbine/EV proportionnelle Einbau der Turbine/Proportionalmagnetventil Aplicación turbina / EV proporcional

34 EV proporzionale Proportional solenoid valve EV proportionnelle Proportionalventil EV proporcional 36 EV acqua spray Solenoid valve, Water spray EV eau au spray Magnetventil Wasser zum Spray EV agua spray 37 Rubinetto acqua spray Water spray cock Robinet eau au spray Hahn Wasser zum Spray Grifo agua spray 38 EV aria spray chip-air Solenoid valve, Chip air spray EV air au spray chip-air Magnetventil Luft zum Spray Chip Air EV aire spray chip-air

47 Regolatore aria motrice/raffreddamento matasse Air-driven system control/ Windings cooled down Régulateur air moteur/refroidissement des

enroulements Luftregler/Abkühlung der Wicklungen Regulador aire motorz/enfriamiento madejas

86 Filtro recupero olio Oil recovery system filter Filtre récupération de l’huile de fuite Ölrückgewinnungsfilter Filtro recuperación aceite 97040549 Applicazione detartaratore EMS con FO Application, EMS scaler Montage de l'instrument pour le détartrage EMS Einbau des Zahnsteinentferners EMS Aplicación del ablador del sarro EMS

36 EV acqua Solenoid valve, Water EV eau Wasser-Magnetventil EV agua 37 Rubinetto acqua spray Water spray cock Robinet eau au spray Hahn Wasser zum Spray Grifo agua spray 47 Regolatore aria Air system control Régulateur air Luftregler Regulador aire 80 EV raffreddamento lampada Solenoid valve, light cooler EV refroidissement de la lampe Magnetventil zur Abkühlung der Lampe EV enfriamiento lámpara

97040554 Applicazione detartaratore EMS Application, EMS scaler Montage de l'instrument pour le détartrage EMS Einbau des Zahnsteinentferners EMS Aplicación del ablador del sarro EMS

36 EV acqua Solenoid valve, Water EV eau Wasser-Magnetventil EV agua 37 Rubinetto acqua spray Water spray cock Robinet eau au spray Hahn Wasser zum Spray Grifo agua spray

97040550 Applicazione detartaratore SATELEC Application, SATELEC scaler Montage de l'instrument pour le détartrage SATELEC Einbau des Zahnsteinentferners SATELEC Aplicación del ablador del sarro SATELEC


97040547 Applicazione micromotore “MC3” Micro-motor “MC3” group Montage du micro-moteur “MC3” Einbau des Mikromotors “MC3” Aplicación micromotor “MC3”

36 EV acqua spray Solenoid valve, Water spray EV eau au spray Magnetventil Wasser zum Spray EV agua spray 37 Rubinetto acqua spray Water spray cock Robinet eau au spray Hahn Wasser zum Spray Grifo agua spray 38 EV aria spray chip-air Solenoid valve, Chip air spray EV air au spray chip-air Magnetventil Luft zum Spray Chip Air EV aire spray chip-air

39 EV aria motrice/raffreddamento matasse Solenoid valve, Air-driven system/Winding cooling

EV air moteur/refroidissement des enroulements Magnetventil Luft/Abkühlung der Wicklungen EV aire motriz/enfriamiento madejas



97040548 Applicazione micromotore “MX” Micro-motor “MX” group Montage du micro-moteur “MX” Einbau des Mikromotors “MX” Aplicación micromotor “MX”






H GRUPPO IDRICO HYDRO-GROUP GROUPE HYDRIQUE WASSEREINHEIT GRUPO HIDRICO 9 Rubinetto scarico condensa Condensate drain cock Robinet évacuation de l’eau de condensation Wasserablaßhahn Grifo descarga condensación

11 Innesto rapido prelievo aria Quick coupling, Air take-in Raccord rapide d’amenée de l’air Schnellkupplung zur Luftansaugung Acoplamiento rápido toma de aire 22 Convogliatore cannule con filtro Tube collector with filter Conduit des canules avec filtre Leitung Kanulen mit Filter Transportador cánulas con filtro 25 EV acqua calda al bicchiere Solenoid valve, Warm water into the cup EV eau chaude au verre Magnetventil Warmwasser zum Glas EV agua caliente al vaso 26 Riscaldatore acqua calda al bicchiere Heater, Warm water in the cup Réchauffeur eau chaude au verre Heizgerät Warmwasser zum Glas Calentador agua caliente al vaso 27 EV acqua fredda al bicchiere Solenoid valve, Cold water to cup EV eau froide au verre Magnetventil Kaltwasser zum Glas EV agua fria vaso 28 EV bacinella Solenoid valve, Rinsing bowl EV crachoir Magnetventil Schale EV cubeta 29 Regolatore acqua bacinella Control, Water into the rinsing bowl Réglage de l’eau au crachoir Regulierung des Wasserdurchflusses zur Schale Regulación agua cubeta 55 Innesto rapido prelievo acqua Quick coupling, Water take-in Raccord rapide d’amenée de l’eau Schnellkupplung zur Wasseransaugung Acoplamiento rápido toma de agua 85 Distributore aria-acqua Air-water supply Distributeur air-eau Luft-wasser verteiler Distribuidor aire-agua

109 Separatore di amalgama per gravità Amalgam gravity separator Séparateur d'amalgame par gravité Amalgamabscheider durch Schwerkraft Separador de amalgama por gravedad 110 EV intercettazione cannula piccola Shut-off valve, Small tube EV de fermeture, petite canule Sperrmagnetventil der kleinen Kanule Electroválvula de cierre cánula pequeña 111 EV intercettazione cannula grande Shut-off valve, Large tube EV de fermeture, grande canule Sperrmagnetventil der großen Kanule Electroválvula de cierre cánula grande 118 Filtro aspirazione Filter on suction line Filtre sur la ligne d'aspiration Saugfilter Filtro en la línea de aspiración

97040542 Applicazione serbatoio acqua distillata Distilled water tank unit Montage du réservoir de l’eau distillée Einbau des Behälters für destilliertes Wasser Aplicación depósito agua destilada

13 EV aria serbatoi Solenoid valve, Air tank EV air dans les réservoirs Magnetventil Luft für die Behälter EV aire depósitos 18 Serbatoio acqua distillata Distilled water tank Réservoir de l’eau distillée Behälter für das destillierte Wasser Depósito agua destilada 50 EV by-pass acqua Solenoid valve, Water bypass EV by-pass eau Magnetventil By-Pass Wasser EV by-pass agua 75 Valvola unidirezionale Unidirectional valve Soupape a une voie Ein-Weg-Ventil Valvula unidireccional

97040537 Applicazione aspirazione con separatore CATTANI

Application, Suction system with CATTANI separator

Montage du disp. d'aspiration avec séparateur CATTANI

Einbau des Saugsystems mit Abscheider CATTANI

Aplicación del dispositivo de aspiración con separador CATTANI

19 Separatore aspirazione Suction system separator Séparateur du disp. d’aspiration Abscheider (Saugsystem) Separador aspiración 21 EV aspirazione centralizzata Solenoid valve, Central suction system EV disp. d’aspiration centralisé Magnetventil zentralisierte Sauganlage EV aspiración centralizada

108 Pompa di drenaggio Drain pump Pompe de drainage Ablaßpumpe Bomba de drenaje

97040524 Applicazione siringa 3/6 funzioni 3/6 function syringe group Montage de la seringue à 3/6 fonctions Einbau der Spritze mit 3/6 Funktionen Aplicación jeringa 3/6 funciones

97040544 Applicazione igienizzazione cannule Application, Suction tube sanitising system Montage du disp. pour la désinfection des canules Sterilisierung der Kanulen Aplicación del dispositivo de desinfección

cánulas 43 EV disinfezione aspirazione Solenoid valve, Disinfectant suction EV disp. d’aspiration du désinfectant Magnetventil Sterilisierung (Saugsystem) EV desinfección aspiración 82 Sistema Venturi di aspirazione Venturi tube, Suction system Tube d’aspiration Venturi Saugsystem Venturi Sistema Venturi de aspiración

105 EV lavaggio cannule Solenoid valve, Tubing system EV lavage des canules Magnetventil zur Spülung der Kanulen Electroválvula lavado cánulas 107 Vuotostato Vacuum control Régulateur à dépression Vakuumschalter Regulador de depresión 112 Serbatoio liquido igienizzante cannule Tank,Sanitizing liquid for tubing system Réservoir du liquide pour l'hygiène des canules Sterilisierungsproduktbehälter für Kanulen Depósito líquido para higiene cánulas

97040535 Applicazione circuito di igenizzazione Application, sanitising system Montage du disp. pour l’hygiène Sterilisierung der Sterilisierungsprodukt Aplicación del dispositivo de higiene 35 EV acqua siringa Solenoid valve, Water to syringe EV eau à la seringue Magnetventil Wasser für die Spritze EV agua jeringa 45 EV svuotamento condotte Solenoid valve, Tubing drainage EV vidage des conduits Magnetventil Entleerung der Leitungen EV vaciado conductos 56 Pressostato (minima pressione) Pressure switch (low pressure) Pressostat (pression mini) Druckschalter (min. Druck) Presóstato (presión mínima) 60 Serbatoio prodotto igienizzante Sanitazing fluid tank Réservoir produit pour l’hygiène Behälter für das Sterilisierungsprodukt Depósito producto higiene 85 Distributore aria/acqua Air-water distributor Distributeur air-eau Luft-Wasser Verteiler Distribuidor aire-agua

106 Sensore volumetrico Volumetric sensor Capteur volumétrique Volumetrischer Sensor Sensor volumétrico 115 Dosatore liquido igienizzante Sanitizing liquid dispenser Doseur du liquide pour l'hygiène Dosiervorrichtung des Sterilisierungsprodukt Dosificador líquido de higiene

116 EV comando dosatore Solenoid valve, Dispenser control EV commande du doseur Magnetventil zur Steuerung der Dosiervorrichtung Electroválvula accionamiento dosificador

122 EV intercettazione Solenoid valve, cut-off EV arrêt Sperrventil EV de cierre

PL POLTRONA DENTAL CHAIR FAUTEUIL PATIENTENSTUH SILLON 97040580 Appoggiatesta Headrest Tetiere Kopflehne Reposacabezas

75 Valvola unidirezionale Unidirectional valve Soupape à une voie Ein-Weg-Ventil Válvula unidireccional 126 Pulsante comando appoggiatesta Button, headrest control Bouton commande tetiere Kopfstützesteurungstaste Pulsador mando reposacabezas


97041124

Descrizione: Complessivo idropneumatico: Impianto digitale ANTHOS Hydropneumatic system: ANTHOS Digital Unit Groupe hydro-pneumatique: Equipement Numerique ANTHOS Hydropneumatische zusamme: Digital-Allage ANTHOS Esquema hydropneumaticos: Impianto digitale ANTHOS

REV.

2

PAGINA NR. 1 DI 1


A GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT ANSCHLUßKASTEN GRUPO CONEXIONES 2 Filtro entrata aria Air intake filter Filtre entrée de l’air Filter Lufteinlauf Filtro entrada aire 3 Riduttore aria alta pressione Air flow controller (high pressure) Réducteur d’air (pression élevée) Druckreduzierer Lufthochdruck Reductor aire alta presión 4 Riduttore aria bassa pressione Air flow controller (low pressure) Réducteur d’air (basse pression) Druckreduzierer Luftniedrigdruck Reductor aire baja presión 5 Valvola di sicurezza (Massima pressione) Pressure relief valve Soupape de sûreté (pression maxi) Sicherheitsventil (max. Druck) Válvula de seguridad (Máxima presión) 7 Filtro entrata acqua Water inlet filter Filtre entrée de l’eau Filter Wassereinlauf Filtro entrada agua 8 Riduttore pressione acqua Water pressure reducer Réducteur de pression de l’eau Druckreduzierer Wasser Reductor presión agua

13 EV aria serbatoi Solenoid valve, Air tank EV air dans les réservoirs Magnetventil Luft für die Behälter EV aire depósitos 50 EV by-pass acqua Solenoid valve, Water bypass EV by-pass eau Magnetventil By-Pass Wasser EV by-pass agua 75 Valvola unidirezionale Unidirectional valve Soupape à une voie Ein-Weg-Ventil Válvula unidireccional

133 Elettrovalvola comando valvola asservita 134 Valvola asservita














































75 Valvola unidirezionale Unidirectional valve Soupape à une voie Ein-Weg-Ventil Válvula unidireccional 126 Pulsante comando appoggiatesta Button, headrest control Bouton commande appuye-tête Kopfstützesteurungstaste Pulsador mando reposacabezas


97041099

DESCRIZIONE

Indice dello schema idropneumatico: Montaggio valvola DÜRR alla sputacchiera Hydropneumatic wiring index: Installation DÜRR spittoon bowl valve Liste du schema hydro-pneumatique: Montage valve de crachoir DÜRR Verzeichnis des Hydropneumatischer plan: Montageanleitung DÜRR mundspülbeckenventi Indice del esquema hydropneumatico: Montaje válvula de la escupidera DÜRR

REV.

3

PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1


H GRUPPO IDRICO HYDRO-GROUP GROUPE HYDRIQUE WASSEREINHEIT GRUPO HIDRICO 22 Convogliatore cannule con filtro Tube collector with filter Conduit des canules avec filtre Leitung Kanulen mit Filter Transportador cánulas con filtro

118 Filtro aspirazione Filter on suction line Filtre sur la ligne d'aspiration Saugfilter Filtro en la línea de aspiración 84 Distributore aria Air supply Distributeur air Luftverteiler Distribuidor aire

97040378 97040536 97040672

Schema elettrico applicazione aspirazione anello liquido

Elettric wiring wet ring suction group Schemas electriques montage du disp. d’aspiration en anneau pour liquide -

Schaltplan einbau des Ringsaugsystemsfür Dieflüssigkeit

Esquemas electricos aplicación aspiración anillo líquido

110 EV intercettazione cannula piccola Shut-off valve, Small tube EV de fermeture, petite canule Sperrmagnetventil der kleinen Kanule Electroválvula de cierre cánula pequeña 111 EV intercettazione cannula grande Shut-off valve, Large tube EV de fermeture, grande canule Sperrmagnetventil der großen Kanule Electroválvula de cierre cánula grande

21 EV aspirazione centralizzata Solenoid valve, Central suction system EV disp. d’aspiration centralisé Magnetventil zentralisierte Sauganlage EV aspiración centralizada

97040375 97040540 97040676

Schema elettrico montaggio valvola DÜRR alla sputacchiera

Elettric wiring installation DÜRR spittoon bowl valve

Schemas electriques montage valve de crachoir DÜRR

Schaltplan montageanleitung DÜRR mundspülbeckenventil

Esquemas electricos montaje válvula de la escupidera DÜRR

121 Valvola della sputacchiera DÜRR Spittoon valve DÜRR Soupape de crachoir DÜRR Mundspülbeckenventil DÜRR Válvula de la escupidera DÜRR


97041138

Descrizione: Complessivo idropneumatico: Impianto digitale ANTHOS con W.H.E. Hydropneumatic system: ANTHOS Digital Unit with W.H.E. Groupe hydro-pneumatique: Equipement Numerique ANTHOS avec W.H.E. Hydropneumatische zusamme: Digital-Allage ANTHOS Esquema hydropneumaticos: Impianto digitale ANTHOS con W.H.E.

REV.

2

PAGINA NR. 1 DI 1


A GRUPPO ALLACCIAMENTI GROUP FOR CONNECTIONS GROUPE DE BRANCHEMENT ANSCHLUßKASTEN GRUPO CONEXIONES 2 Filtro entrata aria Air intake filter Filtre entrée de l’air Filter Lufteinlauf Filtro entrada aire 3 Riduttore aria alta pressione Air flow controller (high pressure) Réducteur d’air (pression élevée) Druckreduzierer Lufthochdruck Reductor aire alta presión 4 Riduttore aria bassa pressione Air flow controller (low pressure) Réducteur d’air (basse pression) Druckreduzierer Luftniedrigdruck Reductor aire baja presión 5 Valvola di sicurezza (Massima pressione) Pressure relief valve Soupape de sûreté (pression maxi) Sicherheitsventil (max. Druck) Válvula de seguridad (Máxima presión) 8 Riduttore pressione acqua Water pressure reducer Réducteur de pression de l’eau Druckreduzierer Wasser Reductor presión agua

13 EV aria serbatoi Solenoid valve, Air tank EV air dans les réservoirs Magnetventil Luft für die Behälter EV aire depósitos 59 Serbatoio miscelazione Mixing tank Réservoir mélange Mischungsbehälter Depósito mezcla 75 Valvola unidirezionale Unidirectional valve Soupape à une voie Ein-Weg-Ventil Válvula unidireccional 61 EV acqua serbatoio miscelazione Solenoid valve, Water to mixing tank EV eau au réservoir du mélange Magnetventil Wasser zum Mischungsbehälter EV agua depósito mezcla


123 Strozzatore acqua Compressor water Etrangleur eau Drossel Wasser Estrangulador agua 129 Precamera Filling Chamber Prechambre Vorkammer Precamara 133 Elettrovalvola comando valvola asservita 134 Valvola asservita 135 Elettrovalvola emergenza









97040644 Applicazione detartaratore PZ5 Application, PZ5 scaler Montage de l'instrument pour le détartrage PZ5 Einbau des Zahnsteinentferners PZ5 Aplicación del ablador del sarro PZ5







































75 Valvola unidirezionale Unidirectional valve Soupape à une voie Ein-Weg-Ventil Válvula unidireccional 126 Pulsante comando appoggiatesta Button, headrest control Bouton commande tetiere Kopfstützesteurungstaste Pulsador mando reposacabezas


97041100

DESCRIZIONE

Indice dello schema idropneumatico: Applicazione aspirazione Metasys Hydropneumatic wiring index: Metasys suction system group Liste du schema hydro-pneumatique: Dispositif d'aspiration Metasys Verzeichnis des Hydropneumatischer plan: Saugsystem Metasys Indice del esquema hydropneumatico: Aspiración Metasys

REV.

3

PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1



118 Filtro aspirazione Filter on suction line Filtre sur la ligne d'aspiration Saugfilter Filtro en la línea de aspiración 110 EV intercettazione cannula piccola Shut-off valve, Small tube EV de fermeture, petite canule Sperrmagnetventil der kleinen Kanule Electroválvula de cierre cánula pequeña 111 EV intercettazione cannula grande Shut-off valve, Large tube EV de fermeture, grande canule Sperrmagnetventil der großen Kanule Electroválvula de cierre cánula grande

97040376 97040538 97040674

Schema elettrico: Aspirazione Metasys Wiring diagram: Metasys suction system Schemas electriques: Dispositif d'aspiration Metasys

Schaltplan: Saugsystem Metasys Esquemas electricos: Aspiración Metasys

120 Separatore di amalgama Metasys Metasys amalgam separator Séparateur d'amalgame Metasys Amalgamabscheider Metasys Separador de amalgama Metasys


97041101

DESCRIZIONE

Indice dello schema idropneumatico: Applicazione aspirazione DURR Hydropneumatic wiring index: DURR suction system group Liste du schema hydro-pneumatique: Dispositif d'aspiration DURR Verzeichnis des Hydropneumatischer plan: Saugsystem DURR Indice del esquema hydropneumatico: Aspiración DURR

REV.

4

PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1


H GRUPPO IDRICO HYDRO-GROUP GROUPE HYDRIQUE WASSEREINHEIT GRUPO HIDRICO 22 Convogliatore cannule con filtro Tube collector with filter Conduit des canules avec filtre Leitung Kanulen mit Filter Transportador cánulas con filtro 28 EV bacinella Solenoid valve, Rinsing bowl EV crachoir Magnetventil Schale EV cubeta

29 Regolatore acqua bacinella Control, Water into the rinsing bowl Réglage de l’eau au crachoir Regulierung des Wasserdurchflusses zur Schale

Regulación agua cubeta

55 Innesto rapido prelievo acqua Quick coupling, Water take-in Raccord rapide d’amenée de l’eau Schnellkupplung zur Wasseransaugung Acoplamiento rápido toma de agua 110 EV intercettazione cannula piccola Shut-off valve, Small tube EV de fermeture, petite canule Sperrmagnetventil der kleinen Kanule Electroválvula de cierre cánula pequeña 111 EV intercettazione cannula grande Shut-off valve, Large tube EV de fermeture, grande canule Sperrmagnetventil der großen Kanule Electroválvula de cierre cánula grande 118 Filtro aspirazione Filter on suction line Filtre sur la ligne d'aspiration Saugfilter Filtro en la línea de aspiración 132 Unità di lavaggio Durr Durr washing unit Unité de lavage Durr Washende Durr-Einheit Unidad de lavado Durr

97040377 97040539 97040675

Schema elettrico: Aspirazione DURR Wiring diagram: DURR suction system Schemas electriques: Dispositif d'aspiration DURR

Schaltplan: Saugsystem DURR Esquemas electricos: Aspiración DURR

120 Separatore di amalgama DURR DURR amalgam separator Séparateur d'amalgame DURR Amalgamabscheider DURR Separador de amalgama DURR


97041112

DESCRIZIONE

Indice dello schema idropneumatico: Applicazione aspirazione CS1 DURR Hydropneumatic wiring index: CS1 DURR suction system group Liste du schema hydro-pneumatique: Dispositif d'aspiration CS1 DURR Verzeichnis des Hydropneumatischer plan: Saugsystem CS! DURR Indice del esquema hydropneumatico: Aspiración CS1 DURR

REV.

4

PAGINA

NR. 1 DI 1



118 Filtro aspirazione Filter on suction line Filtre sur la ligne d'aspiration Saugfilter Filtro en la línea de aspiración 110 EV intercettazione cannula piccola Shut-off valve, Small tube EV de fermeture, petite canule Sperrmagnetventil der kleinen Kanule Electroválvula de cierre cánula pequeña 111 EV intercettazione cannula grande Shut-off valve, Large tube EV de fermeture, grande canule Sperrmagnetventil der großen Kanule Electroválvula de cierre cánula grande 132 Unità di lavaggio Durr Durr washing unit Unité de lavage Durr Washende Durr-Einheit Unidad de lavado Durr

97040417 97040541 97040677

Schema elettrico: CS1 DURR Wiring diagram: DURR CS1 system Schemas electriques: Dispositif CS1 DURR

Schaltplan: CS1 DURR Esquemas electricos: CS1 DURR

19 Separatore aspirazione Suction system separator Séparateur du disp. d’aspiration Abscheider (Saugsystem) Separador aspiración

a7 plus - a9 series 2007 rev. 9

Documents